;&l
I 'ill
f:
y-.
Jiasting I^ymns
A COI9I9ECTION OF SONGS
««««««
SpcciallxJ Designed
' for
Ev^r\? Department
I
I
««««««
=Worship:
Suitable for AH the Services of the Churches.
-1^
i
1^
by JOHN A. LEE.
Pastor Evangelist.
PUBLISHED BY
JOHIV A.« IvEB,
419=421 Elm St. CINCINNATI, 0. 7921 St. Charles Ave., New Orleans.
QLENfOE, KY,
ROUND AND SHAPED NOTES.
S^l'2-
49^06
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Calvin College
http://www.archive.org/details/lastinghymnscollOOIeej
LASTING HYMNS
A COLLECTION OF SONGS
SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR EVERY DEPARTMENT
OF WORSHIP.
AND
Suitable for all the Services 09
THE Churches,
By JOHN A. LKE,
Pastor Evangelist.
WITHDRAWM
JNO. A. LEK,
419 Elm Street, 7921 St. Charles Ave.,
CINCINNATI, O. NEW ORLEANS, LA.
GLENCOE, KY.
Copyright, 1901, by Lee & Porter.
Prkfach.
An Excellent Work.
** Your new song book is an excellent work. I congratulate you upon
your success. Yours sincerely,
Louisville, Ky. J. N. Prestridge, Editor Baptist Argus."
Nothing" But Cream.
" I have examined Lasting Hymns soug book and congratulate you
jupon your successful collection for Church Service, Prayer Meeting and Sun-
(day School. You have certainly selected nothing but cream.
Very cordially yours,
Cincinnati, O. J. F. McCurdy, Baptist Supply House."
Good for all the Sepviees of the Sanctuary.
" I have examined your new book, Lasting Hymns, with much pleasure.
It is an excellent collection of hymns, old and new. I am glad you have
given us so many of the sweet old tunes loved by our fathers. The book is
good for all the services of the Sanctuary. I hope you will find sale for many
of them. Yours fraternally,
Richmond, Va., Oct. 25, 1901. R.J. Wii^lingham."
Grand Old Hymns with Best of the New Ones.
"The cop3' of your admirable hyniu book, Lasting Hymns, has been re-
ceived. In the short time I have had to peruse \^. I am very favorably im-
pressed with it. It seems to be a splendid compilation of the grand old
hymns, interspersed with the best of the new ones. I trust it shall have
wide circulation and fill the place it seems well qualified to occupy in the
worship of the saints. Affectionately,
Atlanta, Georgia, Oct. 24, 1901. F. C. McConnei,!.. "
Much Pleased with Selection.
" Dear Brother Lee : — I have carefully examined the index of your
proposed hymn book and am very much pleased with your selection. Culling
from the hundreds of sacred sougs, good, bad and indifferent, your choice
displays judgment, taste and reverence. Especially am I pleased to see that
you have chosen so large a number of the grand old hymns ' that were not
born to die.' Cordiallj-,
Louisville, Ky. Carter Helm Jones."
Hymns that Will Last.
" I am well pleased with Lasting Hymns. You have a most excellent
f jllection of hymns that will last.
Nashville, Tenn. J. M. Frost."
Right Name.
" I think your song book is aptly named. The Gospel lasts and so uill
the hymns in j'our book. May the Holy Spirit use your book for the salva-
tion of souls. Fraternally.
Louisville, Ky. J. G. Bow."
Well Suited for Devotional and Evangelistic Meetings.
"I have examined the new hymn book. Lasting Hymns, compiled by
Drs. J. A. Lee and Geo. C Cates, with much interest. The book is well suited
for use in devotional and evangelistic meetings and in Sunday school. I wish
it a w-ide circulation. T. T. Eaton,
Louisville, Ky. Editor Western Recorder."
THE ARMSTRONG PRINTING CO. PRESS,
CINCINNATI, O.
1
LASTING HYMNS.
Live For Jesus.
"I will walk bejo'.-e the Lord in the land of the Iin7>g."—Ps. 116: 9.
J. A. Lee.
— j
-^^-, 1 ^^ >> — N — s: —
Rev. W. D. Holt.
:2=1
1. Live for Je-svis ev-'ryday, As we jour-ney on the way,
2. For the night will sure-ly come, When your work will all be done,
3. Yes, your work will soon be done, Bat-ties fought, and vic-t'ry won.
Toil - ing ev - 'ry day and night, Press-ing on with all our might.
As we jour-ney thro' the land, Come and lend a help-ing hand.
Then in bliss we all shall rest, With the tranquil pure and blest.
Sfe^
t-
^^^3^3
SlL
^j \J \J -J J
/ • i/ ^^ >
CHORD'S.
-b-fc — I ^-
-K S ?S-
S , N
Broth - er, won't you help us now? While the Spir-it tells you how,
mm.
itzzig:
-> — /-
V— i^
fl U I 1
N Ik .
fo^b^:-r^--f==^^
--7^-^
— ^ —s: — w — y» — T — <m —
— 1
Take the Bi-ble for your
Iff:* :ff: -♦-
guide.
A.nd the Sav-iour by your
-^ -W. iF I^ .fc^
side.
f^' U . 1 ♦ ^ i 1 A
"r" — 1
1 1 1" i' i' !
..^
i*i '^ T .
U . j« U !« ^ U
-^ 7 11- ' 1 '
r"- r"^
-^ ^ A • ▲ A .A 'a 'a
- H
1 J 'J J J J
'^
■^ y y u y
Copyright, 1»01, by J. A. Lee.
SEND THE LIGHT.
C. H. Gabriel.
Chas. H. Gabriel, by per.
V V -.^-* -♦- -♦- -♦- .^-•.^. .,^.« ^ _
1. There's a call comes ringing o'er the rest- less wave, " Send the light !
2. We have heard the Ma - ce-do- niancall to - day,
3. Let us praythatgracemayev'ry-where a-bound,
4. Let us not grow wea- ry in the work of love, ' Send the Keht !
IN . Ill
1 1 I 1
mi^^m
liEEEEEl
^ V
m
-b — >5— I —
—^~?-
Send the light!"
Therearesouls to res - cue, there are souls to save,
And a jrold- en off-'ringat the cross we lay,
K nd a Christ-like spir - it ev - 'ry-where be found ;
Send the light I" Let usgath -er jew-elsfor a crown a - bove,
^-, r— J^— ^r^r-*^— Aird \ P»-^_^-4_^_^J^_J^-J_
,, — » — •—. — ^-
--^
Send the
light!
Send the light!
Send the
zk^=^=:
^^Ei^
m
light I
Send the light !
.\ — -]^_4
._x_i
:^:
^1
Chorus
/Send the light,
t Send the light.
thebless-ed gos
and let its ra
pel light; Let it
diaut beams Light the
shine ,
world
from shore to shore !
for - ev - er
iiiS^^r^^
more, (for-ev- er-more. )
Copyright, 1890, 1S91, Geo. P. Bosobc, owner of oopyrlgbt.
WONDERFUL PEACE.
Rev. W. D. CORXELL, alt.
^r-^
#^=?=^
»zz
-T-
Rev. W. G. CooPMt.
:=t^
^-:fi
— I — -^ — '
1. Far a- way in the depths of my spir - it to - night.RolIs a
2. What a treas - ure I have in this won - der - ful peace, Bur-ied
3. I am rest - ing to-night on this won - der - ful peace, Resting
4. Andme-thinks when I rise to that Cit - y of p:ace. Where the
5. Ah! soul,- are you here with - out com- fort or rest. Marching
^ ^ ^ ^ ^_J* ^ 3
ki — ^k—r^- A! — aJ Ai . Ai Ai—
mel - o - dy sweet-er than psalm ; In ce - les - tial- like strains it un -
deep in the heart of my soul; So se- cure that no pow - er can
sweet-ly in Je - sus' con - trol ; For I'm kept from all dan-ger by
Au-thorof peace I shall see, That one strain of the song which the
down the rough pathway of time! Make Je - sus your friend ere the
fi ft r>« ft ^ .^ ,ft ,^
ceas - ing - ly falls O'er my soul like an in - fi - nite calm,
mine it a - way,While the years of e - ter - ni - ty roll,
night and by day, And His glo - ry is flood -ing my soul,
ran-somed will sing, In thatheav - en - ly king-dom will be.
shad -ows grow dark; Oh, ac - cept of this peace so sub - lime.
U* l^ ^
o - ver my spirit for-ev-er, I pray. In fath-omless billows of love.
-:-♦-♦- ^>.^
• A A — ▲! — ^ — A)-T-
B7 per. 0. B. TowBti, ovnei at ««pn<|bt
4
The Kingdom of the Lord.
p. n.
Marcia<
ite
r-A-
-^-
H. F.
-N -N-
g==$^|^^y=a^
1. Thekiug-dom of the Lord Is com - ing in the world, His
2.- The king - dom of the Lord! Let ev - 'ry sol - dier true, Be
3. The king-dom of the Lord! Oh, speed the bless -ed time When
Word thro'all the earth has gone a-broad; The trump has sounded forth, The
in - stant at his gracious Leader's call ; And tho' the strife be long. The
vie - to - ry from ev-'ry voice shall swell; And 'neath the reign of peace, E-
s s
==r
li^lfeEESEpE^^J
=^=^
V 1
^:
ban - ner is un-furled. And gath'ring fast are all the hosts of God.
triumph stands in view, And ev-'ry-where the holds of Sa - tan fall,
ter - nal and sub-lime, His faith-ful ones for ev- er-more shall dwell.
^^
=S^5=Fi
t:
CHORl'S.
53-
^^=^
^--^>-
^1
^i=
-J^a=3^
m
The king-dom of the Lord, The king-dom of the Lord, Oh,
shout, ye conquering armies as ye go, (as ye go,) While rolls the mighty song
Copyright 1897, by Fillmore Bros
The Kingdom of the Lord.
•£il . 7-
The bat - tie front a-long.Where leads our great Com-man-der 'gainst the foe.
By the Side of the Deep, Rolling River.
(Small notes and repeat for bass in chorus only.)
J. B.
1. By the side of the deep, rolling riv - er, I have wandered for many a day,
2. By the side of the deep, rolling riv - er, My foot-steps have wandered a-gain,
3. By the side of the deep, rolling riv - er, In sor-row I wan-der no mora;
rolling river,
—1 N--|»,=_!«_»-
iga^
Cho. By the side of the deep, rolling riv - er,
-^^^-^-^-^-g-
I have wandered for many a day,
ifc^ Fine.
Where the roses so brightly were bloom-ing. And the wood-birds were singing so gay.
Where the cold winds of autamn have withered The flow-ers that bloom o'er the plain.
Ere the next summer's ros-es will blos-som, My wand'rings on earth will be o'er.
brightly blooming,
-1 m r^ * — y . .^
Where the roses so brightly were bloom-ing, And the wood-birds were singing so gay.
» — • — «> — •• — ■• — m-^-m m ^ >-J>
iq:
->»-->;
^^z^-:^:
With the beau-ti-ful maid-en be-side me. Whose voice had a mag-ic - al sound.
Where the maple tree waves o'er her tomb-stone, And sad winds moan soft-ly a - round,
I hear a small voice soft - ly call - ing My soul from this dark world of gloom.
,N ,N
^^«:
:-^
:^^=^
^H — E
^
e
1=
;?c=^i
■^-iK
I>. C. for I'taorns.
•-!-♦ — « — « — m — •-— •-L ♦ — •-
§5fc^t
I roamed 'neath the shade of the ma-ple. And gath-ered the blos-soms a-round.
I wan-dered so sad- ly and lone - ly. While leaves fell with a rustling sound.
I haste to 0 - bey the glad sum-mons. Yes, welcome, thrice welcome the tomb.
"!♦■ ^ ■■♦- -^■-♦- -♦- ^^—1 www
tr-
m
s
_^2^_pE:
^^-^^
Arrangement copyrighted, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
> >
^^k*'
6
Heaven Will be the Best of All.
Dedicated to Miss Camilla Henderson, Covington, Ky., died Dec. 26, 1900, aged 19 years.
Loved ones had gathered at her bedside, Christmas Day, and the presents she had received
were mentioned. She realized what heaven was and knowing that she would soon be there
said, " Heaven will be the best of all." In a little while she was there.
A. Lee.
• J. H. F.
1. Heav'ii will be the best of all; For we'll meet our Saviour there.
2. Heav'ii will be the best of all, Of our lov'd ones there, we think ^
3. Heav'ii will be the best of all, There we're free from guilt of sin ; ■
4. Heav'ii will be the best of all, Come, O come. His grace to test ;
^— — A-
s?gis
-»«= — (*-
j-^ at <k. — r
:t=t:
tizr^f::
' — N— h5-
— I ^ 1-
(2Z-^-
^^-^
'^-^
We shall hear His wcl-comecall To that laud so bright and fair.
And we know they can not fall When they at the fountain drink.
Hear His gen -tie, lov - ing call, By His grace we'll en - ter in.
Now He longs to take you all In - to His e - ter - nal rest.
CHOKl'.S
Heav - en best of all, Best of all, the best of all ;
Heav'nwillbe the best of all, Bestof all, the best of all ;
:t=
:^^~^-^^z
-^-l-g-^
•7 i^ '■ >'
Yes, heav'n will be the best, the best of all. The best, the best of all.
Copyright, 1901, by J. I, Lee.
ANYWHERE WITH JESUS.
Jessie H. BRO^v^^
D. B. Townee.
^^^i^3
=f=^
A' A'
W^
1. An - y-where with Je-sus I can safe - ly
2. An - y-where with Je-sus I am not a
3. An - y-where with Je-sus I can go to
m
go, An - y-where he
loue, Oth-erfrieudsm.,y
sleep, When the darkling
±
-^~wr
m
S=f
^ — 1^ — ^-
;>-"-i^:^±^-i
t i^— t-
1 1-
fe^
S^S
:^^
leads me in this world be - low; An - y-where with -out him, dear-est
fail me, he is still my own; Tho' his hand may lead me o - ver
shad-ows round a-bout me creep; Know-ing I shall wak -en nev - er
•i ^ I* .'* i*"
m
I
^» — *-
^ti'i'^
i
ife:
r ^:^-ig^^
I I
joys would fade, An - y-where with Je-sus I am not a - fraid.
drear- est "ways, An - y-where with Je-sus is a house of praise,
more to roam, An -y-where with Je-sus will be home,sweet home.
^^HHftH
fc^-^
Choeus.
^
^-
^m
^^3
I^~£~^T+1S^
An - y-where! an - y- where! Fear I can not know,
m
m
f
--^=^
ioai
I I
f-^'-^-
An - y-where with Je - sus I can safe - ly
go.
&
^
f
1^
-i-
Copyright, 18S7, by D. B. Townsr. &g per.
8
MY SAVIOR FACE TO FACE.
W. C. Agab.
m=iv
-^L_J>L_J>__^__J^_
\Vm. J. KiRKPATRiCK. By pef.
4^
^i
-■^ *i ■*> -ti *i Si'
5=ir
=5=r=J
1. I am glad I found the Savior, for He makes my heart rejoice, And I
2. Yes, I know He ev - er loves me, daily guides mj- erring feet, And I'm
3. When life'ssunisslovrly setting, twilight shadows veil thesky. And I'm
4. When I tread the crystal pavement of the new Je - ru - sa-lem, Where my
-A- -Q^- -♦- _ -A- -A- -A- -A-
%^^^
feel within my soul His saving grace; But I wanttotalk with Jesus.hearHia
resting in His tender, fond em - brace; But I want to know Himbetter,andmy
near the ending of life's weary race, In my heart will bethis longing, none but
Savior has prepared for me a place. Where the angel choirs are singing praise and
1^ 1^ 1^ li 1^ ^ 1^ 1^
zi|^z:J*?=^
fi(:->->-
Fine
:« — V-
-^^i^
m
lov-ing, gen-tle voice, I vpant to see my Sav-ior
dear Re-deem-er meet, I want to see my Sav-ior
Christ can sat-is - fy, I want to see my Sav-ior
glo - ry to the Lamb, Ob, then I'll see my Sav-ior
JtH
face to
face to
face to
face to
face
face
face
face!
see my Savior face to face.
N N I
^ ^
±:^=±
^
«:
I I . r
1 — r^
jg ^~i# _^ *-
^
'^ > > \ 'y > '^ > '^
D.S.— eu - er-last-ing thr'one, I want to see my
Chorus. ^
Sav
face to
face.
:?5=^:4**=:vzjr:
:t-
?r=^rf-fM'^
^=^
^=^
:^=:3:
^^=^=^-^^ J-^-^
-si-
^^-[-^-T-^zir
Oh, I want to see my Savior face to face.
Last v.-Oh, then I'll see my Savior face to face,
see my Savior face to face.
Who hath loved me and re-
deemed me by His grace; In His kingdom, crowned with glory, on His
and redeemed me bv His srace;
Oopjrigbt, 1888, b; Wm. J. KirkpkUiek.
9
JF^e GFiild ef a King.
Words Dy Hattie E. Buell.
Arr. from a Melody by Rev. John R Sumner.
-sir fp
1. My Fa-theris rich in hous-e3aiicllaiicls,Helioldetlithewealthof the
2. My Father'sownSon, theSav-iourof men.Oncewander'do'erearthas the
3. 1 once was an out-cast strangeron earth, A sinner by choice, audaa
4. A tent or a cottage, AvhyshonkllcarePThey'rebuildiDga pal-ace for
¥M.
^t
i
W-
-^^^-^
;tz: - - -
f
.^— 1»— *•
f
world in His hands ! Of ru-bies and diamonds, of sil-ver and gold, His
poor-est of men; But now He is reigning for - cv - er on high, And will
a- lien by birth! But I've been adopt- ed, my name's written down, — An
me o- vcr there ! Tho' exiled from home, yet still I may sing: All
h-i=^
Chorus.
«=i
— I — I — I-
d:
a
t=%^
:^=^
j:^±^-^^-»EE^
--t^
cof-fers are full, — Hehasrich-es un-told. I 'm the child of aKing.The
give me a home in heav'nby and by.
heir to a man-sion, a robe, and a crown,
glo-ry to God, I'm the child of a King!
ad lib.
ss
child of a King!With Je-sus,ray Saviour, I 'rathe chile, of a King!
-a-
l=ti=fet
t±t
&e=f^
1=t=:
10
I Am Resting in the Saviour's Love.
Rev. E. A. Hoffman.
D. E. DORTCH.
^=t^
1. Oh, my heart is thrilled witli wondrous joj' to-day, I am resting in the
2. At the fountain opened for the soul unclean, I am resting in the
3. All my doubts are vanished, all my fears are gone, I am resting in the
4. Oh, the peace and rapture! Oh, the wondrous bliss, I am resting in the
5. So I live rejoicing in His love each day, I am resting in the
-^ -^r .^ .^ .^ .^ .^ -fcg- -<*- ,^ ^ ^ -fc^ .^ -(*-
s±
pi
9 w p m 9
D
Saviour's love; Christ, the Lord, has taken all my sins a-way, I
Saviour's love; Trusting in His grace I ventured free-ly in, I
Saviour's love; When 1 trust-ed Jesus, lo, the work was done! I
Saviour's love; I have nev-er known so pure a joy as this ; I
Saviour's love; I am walking with Him in the narrow way, I
-(*- -I*- -<2- • -I*- -^- A A A A -^^ -(*- ^ ^ ^
+x rl H-H rt? ^ !?— {^— j?— |x— r.13: ^ ^—^
am
am
am
am
am
'^ i^ i^-
-ji \J J J
-^ — s'-
±
Refrain.
resting in the Saviour's love
m
^-
-)*- -fci-
1 am resting, sweet - ly resting,
I am resting, resting, sweetly resting,
-I 1 P f»
e±==F^=fc£=^
-fc' — "J-
^^
V — -^ — yl-
3=J=I
-M J 4
♦t-x-J
-N--Ar
Z^=Z^^±i
(« (• • • *
I am rest-ing in
the Sav-iour's love;
T^'-^S-
am rest-ing,
— N-
3
-Ai PV-
*>--AI-
sweet - ly rest
rest-ing, sweet-ly rest
g^^fe
ing, I am rest-ing in the Saviour's love.
_)* — «? — fk.
tZ c c h- ?
7^
Cicd by permisiioD.
^ u
11
We Are Gliding Along.
J. A. Lee.
II. Peter 3 : 18.
it -▼- V" "v ;^-
1. We are glid-ing a - long life's wea - ry way, Serv-iug our Master from
2. I will nev - er de - lay at Christ's command, But in His service I'll
3. To the faults of man-kind I will be blind, Giv-ing to all on-ly
—I s-
=^==^
day to day, We are fill - ing our mis - sion here be -low,
lend a hand; In His serv -ice I'll al - ways take de- light,
words so kind, I'll for -give and be mild in what I say,
■^
££
V— — ^ — ^
^--m-
CHORVS.
--N— J
4S— ^
Seek-ing still more of our Lord to know.
Ear-nest - ly do - ing His will with might. More of Je • sus to
Pointing to Christ, who's the on - ly way.
PE*EESE
P
K — ^ — r^
— I . — S' -+-: 1 —
>/'>!> 1
know. More of His work to do,
More of Je-sus to know, More of His work to
r
It:
^-s:
i» ^
More of His grace to show, ^lore loy - al and true
do. His grace to show, More loy - al, more luval and true. I
-^ _ _ -^ -^ • -St -^ ^ N ^ I
> ■ 'di ;* 2 I * ■ *!
-9—^
^ !» ^:
5*
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. :
12
The Cross.
SOLO, OR DUET FOR SOPRANO AND ALTO.
Rev. J. W. Porter.
Edw. S. Fogg.
-\ 1-
5— J^^-t=b=:
J5=i5:
:=t
^=it
■=]=
I wan-dered long in darkness and sin, Caring naught for His
I looked a - way from this world and its care, Sad-ly gazed in the
I looked at self and my well-deserved fate. There was darkness and
I looked a - way from my guilt and its stain, And from all self or
won-der-ful
si-lent blue sky ;
doom ev - 'ry-where
others could do ;
love^ When a voice from
iE^-=i
far ech-oed sweetly with-
When I saw painted there a pic-tureof
As there came to my soul the sad words " too
To the Son of God who for sin-ners was
(9-^ (2 # ^
REFRATK.
in. Look up, lost one, thy home is a
blood, By Him who reigns for-ev-er on high,
late," My load was more than mortal could bear,
slain And found His promise loving and true.
I look'd on the Gross at the
i^-^
-f— ^
E±
-«-.
Cru-ci-fied One, As the blood flow'd from His dear side. It was then that I
§S
^
Tff-T-
-sHt-
3!J— a*!-
-N — ^^-r1^--W—
-~H — I
t£
-J — -I-
^E3
m
knew when my burden was gone. And I'm un-der the crim-.son tide.
_L ^
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
13
Come and Be Blest.
J. H. F.
1. Sweet on the ear falls a heav-eu-ly voice, Hear it, oh, hear it, each
2. Sweet on the ear falls the ac-cent so pure. Why should earth's follies the
3. There in that land where the golden harps ring, There in that land where the
heart, and re - joice, Come un - to me and make heav-en your choice,
spir - it al-lure? Why not the bless - ings e - ter - nal se-cure?
glo - ri-fied sing. There in that pal - ace where Je - sus is King,
g — * r g:
E^
*=fc
isg
-L/,-? IA. • lA. !A lA-
It:
m
^TT
-4^^
CHOBUS.
Jl=^zz=^
E
=^=g=
mnnsi
Come, and your souls shall find rest.
Choos - ing the things that are best.
There may you be a glad guest.
Je - - sus in-
Je - sus in - vites you, in-
/ J
S^
-/--
i^^^i
6— ^-[_,
vites you to- day, Why will you long-er de - lay?
vites you to -day, Why will you long-er, why long-er de - lay?
iss
^
:p
^bf- ^ i»-
This is the beau-ti-ful way. Come, and for-ev-er be blest.
This is the beau-ti-ful, beau-ti-ful way,
Copyright, 1898, by Fillmore Broi
14
My Saviour First of AH.
Fanny J. Crosby.
(Better as a Solo.)
Jno. R. Sweney.
1. When my life-work is end-ed, and I cross the swelling tide, When the
2. Oh, the soul-thrilling rapture when I view His blessed face, And the
3. Oh, the dear ones in glo-ry, how they beckon me to come, And our
4. Thro' the gates to the cit - y in a robe of spotless white. He will
Sfefe
1^==^
-^(^^^
JT^-^JT !i^ I ^ !«. ^ !^ U k
&E
'A V '^
'A 'A
bright and glorious morning I shall see; I shall know my Redeemer when I
lustre of His kindly beaming eye; How my ftiU heart will praise Him for th9
parting at the riv-er I recall; To the sweet vales of Eden they will
lead me where no tears will ever fall; In the glad song of ages I shall
T*- -♦- -]♦- -♦- -T*- I « ™ \^ m
^S!
23E
4--!LgL.!r_g£
P^
P_3^SE^^^3=^g
^
reach the oth - er side, And His smile will be the first to welcome me.
mer-cy, love and grace, That prepares for me a mansion in the sky.
sing my welcome home; But I long to meet my Saviour first of all.
min-gle with de-light; But I long to meet my Saviour first of all.
1^^=^
s
1*-^ ^-w-
^
1^>—p-
-^—y-
-V— t^-
Chorus.
w- '^—^^-4r~^1t^-*
I shall know Him, I shall know Him, And^redeemed by His side I shall stand;
I shall know Him,
^^^^^^^^mm^
I shall know Him,I shall know Him, By the print of the nails in His hand.
^ ^ N
-t=-i — I —
Jt-SL
SSS
m
^rV V U \J \J—\J-
:;i=p:
i^rk
Copyright, by Juo. B. Sweney. Died by jwr.
15
Workers At Home.
Daniel March.
Alex. C. Hopkins.
-N; ;^ ^1 1-
Hark ! the voice
If you can
While the souls
of Je - sus call- ing — "Who will go and work to- day?
not cross the o - cean, And the heath-en lands ex-plore,
of men are dy - ing, And the Mas - ter calls for you,
N N ,S N I ,N ^ I
Fields are white, the har-vest wait-ing — Who will bear the sheaves a way ?'
You can find the heath - en near - er, You can help them at your door;
Let none hear you i - dly say - ing, " There is noth - ing I can do."
K N_
9^
:t=
:5=t
W^
H*-(*
12^
^— 4^-
-tM^
I •! ' I
-y-
■p^
-5-.-*?-
Loud and long the Mas -ter call-eth. Rich re - ward He of - fers free;
If you can not speak like an - gels. If you can not preach like Paul,
Glad-ly take the task He gives you. Let His work your pleas-ure be;
■^ r -♦- ; -♦- >^ -■♦- ,.♦- -fr- ■♦- . I -♦-
T^rr-: ^-1 — A:— I -iA-=— lA — lA — iA— rlA — [▲ \^
:t-:pii
:tz
i^^
J— -«l-s 1 *l W-
-^t-! ^
— '—i~M — — ^
_S ^
£i
m
^.-^'
Who will an - swer, glad - ly say - ing, '■' Here am I,
You can tell the love of Je - sus, You can say
An - swer quick - ly when He call - eth, " Here am I,
0 Lord; send me? "
He died for all.
0 Lord; send me?"
^Lia>J r=pi L-~r I fr ; 7
;^-:-^-^^=F^
Who will an - swer, glad - ly say - ing.
You can tell the love of Je - sus.
An - swer quick-ly when He call - eth.
Here am I,
You can say
Here am I,
0 Lord; send me?"
He died for all.
0 Lord; send me?"
nm
HA lAr-
:|c=^
i
-V-
-7-V-
Coprrifht, 1887, by FiUmor* Br«i.
16
Beautiful Robes.
E. E. Hewitt.
Ur Not too fast.
J. KiRKPATRICK.
— N -K-^ — N IT ^ — :mP—^-- *-!— V ^— ^— Pn-^:»j— -— — C — i
-m , g — ^m- , ■ -f^-m-^ — i — • •— j-« — LB_i+*^ — ^^^ '^ — m -I
-♦- ^ -♦-;-♦(- -♦- . -♦- • tt ^ -♦^
P#
1. We shall walk with Him in white, In that coun - try pure and bright,
2. We shall walk with Him in white, Where faith yields to bliss - ful sight,
3. We shall walk with Him in white, By the fount - ains of de - light,
_. A;-— A; ^ A:---A:— r A:---A A^-S— A: A^
^
:^?^
ig:
^—±
W^^^
-V-
-y-
^:ai-
-V — ^[--^ — PS — ■— ^-^
-s
^
:iiz«!:
n
Where shall en - ter naught that may de - file; Where the day-beam ne'er declines,
When the beau - ty of the King we see. Hold - ing con-verse full and sweet.
Where the Lamb His ransomed ones shall lead; For His blood shall wash each stain,
-ad^^-
For the bless-ed light that shines Is the glo- ry of the Sav-iour's smile.
In a fel - low-ship complete; Waking songs of ho - ly mel - o - dy.
Till no spot of sin re - main. And the soul for ev - er - more is freed.
mm
2i!|t
k-rl^-HA-
iK^:
^■•^ -p-g:-
-t^^-'-y-
■^—\a
-y— y-j-y — & — y —
:^=tc
-: — ^\
SI
Beau - - ti - ful robes, .... Beau - - ti - ful robes, ....
Beautiful robes, beautiful robes. Beautiful robes, beautiful robes.
m
#^ lA, lA lA.
L^-P_W-
-l«H*-^*
:^=^iit:^
-i^^i^-y-
W^^-y-
V->->-
Z^T^r^Tft.
.-T--
-y-y-y-t-
Beau - - ti
Beau ti-ful robes
ful robes we then shall wear;
we then shall wear, Beau-ti-ful robes we then shall wear;
:^=^
Copyright, 1890, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
Beautiful Robes.
5#
Gar - - ments of light, .... Love - ly and bright, . . . •
Garments of light, garments of light, Lovely and bright, lovely and bright,
— 1 1 — 1 — i '■ — L>
-;a :a a jAT-
-nZ—^—nr
-|»-f» !♦ jgl
-^-;^-^
J J 'J \
-wi — g— Mi'
~^ ^ — "^
*■ — x^- f
^^ « S — J-^-i L ^ — I J
Walk - ing with Je - sus in white, Beau - ti - f ul robes we shall wear.
m
^
A:---
^W=-W^
X
^
17
Henrietta E. Blair.
Halleluiah ! Amen.
-^-i^
r~l-
-^ — jsr
Adapted mid arr. by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
_i ,^_ v_ L I ._,n
-»— aj-
:=1:
q:
-^ . ■ ^ — ^^
- ! _! n-.^H
» • aJ a' 4ii — I
\. How oft in ho-ly con-verse With Christ, my Lord, alone I seem to hear the
2. They passed thro' toils and tri-als. And tho" the strife was long, They share the victor's
3. My soul takes up the chorus, And press-ing on my way, Com-mun - ing still with
4. Thro' grace I soon shall conquer, .^nd reach my home on high; And thro' e - ter - nal
('HORUIS.
:t
^ -1 ^-; N, = f
t^r
—Z^^
^— ^-^s
r -^. - - I
mill - ions That sing a-round His throne,
con-quest. And sing the vic-tor's song.
Je - sus, I ising from day to day.
a - ges, I'll shout be - yond the sky.
^-^=^
:*— a!— S — aI S ^
Hal - le - lu - jah ! A - men, Hal - le-
l^k I I -
:t=
.jEzzzp:
•«^ — r-f. — ' ^-
t^t
iE^
Poco ritard.
lu - jah, A - men, Hal - le - lu - jah, A - men, A - men, A - men.
-♦ * — ^^ ♦ 1 k - - . .
\^^
-/ /-
F — ^^=S-
Copyright, 1885, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
18
Blessed Assurance.
FANNY J. CROSBY.
'He is faithful that hath promised." — Heb. 10; 23. MRS. JOSEPH V. KNAPP.
--^I I— I r ^-1 A N-
t==T
1. Bless-ed as-sur-ance, Je - sus is mine! Oh, what a fore-taste of
2. Per-fect sub-mis -sion, per -feet de - light, Vis -ions of rap -ture now
3. Per-fect sub-mis - sion, all is at rest I in zny Sav - iour am
^i^y, A i^ — yk- -1A-— -Uk -'A — Lk — ^A- i^-^-afc--HA Lk:
:^:
m^ — lA- Ia. • F-
5
^
*
±:r^3g:
^IT
ttlrirSd:
-aj — ad — ah
32^
glo - ry di - vine! Heir of sal - va - tion, pur-chase of God,
burst on my sight, An - gels de - scend-ing, bring from a - bove,
hap - py and blest. Watch - ing and wait - ing, look - ing a - bove,
m
:p?=^
F~f" ' L ^ — ^rg=;=H^! r It ^ I i»Titri
\ lA !▲ ^— HA- lA.-- lA. Lk 1^— -A-^-A. i
fz^r^
CHORVS.
==5=
A
'M 4 —^ — ^
— t^ 1 ag -^ — z ; fl 1 IV -~^ —^ —
Born of His Spir - it, washed in His blood. This is my sto - "j,
Ech - oes of mer - cy, whis - pers of love.
Fill'd with His good-ness, lost in His love.
r=E
^
It
H , 1 \ W-' lA. • -lA-
:t=t:
ag^^a
=M— -fi— -fs — ^
e
this is my song, Praising my Sav - iour all the day long. This is my
tttltJt
■" 1 y — b^ — w-
^ — U— U^=ti:
i
"^kW
S^
sto - ry, this is my song, Prais-ing my Sav - iour all the day long.
-A-- -A- A- 1^ -A-'^^- _ _ _ J
A -5^-
.. A'-A-- -A- T^ 1^ -A--A-- _ d^^l^T' s S _
Copyright, 1873, by Joseph F. Enapp. By per.
19
The Hollow of God's Hand.
E. D. MUND.
E. S. LORBNZ.
i
4 — H — ^^h«^
S. 1? « — L^
J=5:
1. I am safe, what - ev - er may be - tide me; I am safe, wbo-
2. What tho' fiercely roar the storms a-rouud me; What tlio' sore life's
3. Ev - er- last - ing arms of love en -fold me; Words of peace the
■^.^i2.y a
mt
t=t
^ft
-f-
;q:
-1—1
?=^— r-^^5
=]:
t:;^
- -Ai- -^kH -A;l A^-
ev - er may de-ride me ; I am safe, as long as I con - fide me
tri - als oft confound me; 1 am safe, for naught of ill can wound me
voice di-vine has told me; I am safe, for God Himself dotli hold me^
^1 a
-si-j-^-z
CHORI'K.
— r — nr"'^~J —
-W P-;^^ V—
In the hol-low of God's hand. In the hollow,
In the hol-low of God's hand.
In the hol-low of His hand.
:C=it=F^
^—,
'(^
hollow of His
In the hollow, in the
-pfe w *-— ^
^J — \J-
-^ ^— Ni
N — ^ — P— ^-
^ 1^ IM r^ 1 1^ h
m
hand In the hollow, hol-low of His hand,
hollow of His hand, In the hollow, in the hollow of His hand,
,S N N N
5 1 iJ^
->•— N
-^-L ♦ ♦ -5 — ♦ — _i ^ — . -3 ^ — -5-C^
=S(-
tT±
H f ^— i
.^^_.
I
W J
9^
I am safe while God Himself doth hold rae In the hol-low of His hand.
-^ — ^-
-V
By permission,
j£=zaziz5t: |a ;*.— ^.
-f — c^ — y — y-
1
^^
t
1 — r
I
20
If the Saviour Journey -with Me.
D. B. PURINTON.
Cently
-^S^^
'I will trust in thee." — Ps. 56: 3.
DUET WITH CHORUS.
W. H, DOANE
1. If the Sav-ioui' journey with me
2. If the Sav-iour journey with me
3. If the Sav-iour journey with me
— jj — ^^ — ' f** — K — i-
_ — 1— ^ri— j — "^-T- i — ^j-y*^ £%~
If He be my constant stay, If His
If He be my faithful friend, If He
If He keep me at His side. If He
igfc
:p=t=
-y— f— 5*-
:(tzi=ttci=N=^:i^:
pres - ence guide and keep me, Thro' the dark as thro' the day: I will
nev - er cease to love me. Love and keep me to the end; I will
shield me from the dan-gers That a- long my path may hide; I will
m^^fE^^^E
:t=^
:tc:z=|tE3
n
-^ — &— '-y-
It:
"m
^^--W^=^
-^— ^
^^*:
w
^*6
fear no harm, dread no fierce alarm; He for me the path of peace is seek-ing.
seek His face, I will plead His grace. Trust my life to Him who ev-er liv - eth,
nev - er stray from the perfect way, Till at last I stand within the por - thl
—#-=—# — • •-^#— r#--jt5 — • #-^#— r»-=— » — 9 — • — * — * ih= »-
:t=
!^/^_j \ \ 1 ^_ -^-i
i^-
-y-
-\^—9-
:|c=»=^=^=t
^ '^ \> K> ""
Ifefi^^
i^£
-N-N-
^__i_=^ 1 — ^^ — -f
^ I
And the voice of love is speaking, While He saf e-ly guards me all the way.
Give my all to Him who giv-eth Love divine, that*naught can e'er transcend.
Of the dwelling place im-mor-tal, Where the blest of God shall e'er a - bide.
9as
K^
■y— y-
g— y-
If the Sav - iour jour-ney with me, If His guid-ing hand He give me,
-I — h»-H^ — I ^1 —
ig^^
X\
•■— r* — ^ 1
:y=3f:
-^±
g=h|ir->— ^
Copjright, 1899, by W. H. Doane.
If the Saviour Journey with Me.
> — ^-
m
If His lov - ing heart receive me, I will love and trust Him all the way.
. -A- -A- ^♦. „ -.4. • ^^-^ -^- \ *" > ^
m-^m^m- — * — t— --
-5/ 9-
-v' — t^-
:^^rz^
i
21
John Burton.
Saviour, Take Me.
' Ij:t my prayer come before thee." -Ps. US : 2.
W. H. DOANE.
1. Saviour, while my heart is ten - der, I would yield that heart to Thee;
2. Take me now, Lord Jesus, take me, Let my heart be on - ly Thine,
3. Let me do Thy will, or bear it, I would know no will but Thine;
4. Thine I am, O Lord, for-ev - er. To Thy serv-ice set a -part;
T^
^
-?-a-
m^
=^=2=
=1=^
^
All my pow'rs to Thee sur - ren - der. Thine and on - ly Thine to be,
Thy de-vot - ed serv-ant make me, Fill my soul with love di-vine.
Shouldst Thou take my life or spare it, I that life to Thee re-sign.
Suf-fer me to leave Thee nev-ei'. Seal Thine im - age on my heart.
t=:^=i=tc=ic=!c
-^
CHOBtS.
Sav-iour, take me, Sav-iour, take me, Make and feep me all Thine own,
». . -i9- -m- -»■- -iS'- -^- ». . fc. ^ -^- -♦- -^- -«'
^
ii
Till Thy per- feot likeness wearing, I shall stand be-fore Thy throne.
^
> k k
♦ — r
Copyright, 1898, by W. H, Doane.
22
After This, Home.
W. H. M.
To my wife.
W. H. MORRTS.
fciP
;^^=l^=;i«=
^'
i
— =j — B— I— ^ — _i-
-^
^-^••— ■-
^-:-£--^-
- -^ rj- -^
1. Af t-er all la - bor is done in this life, Aft-er has end - ed our day,
2. Aft-er all bat-ties are won in the strife. And Je - sus calls to us " come."
3. Aft-er we've suffered and wept here be-low 0 - ver our er-rors and sin,
N N ^ N ^ ^ -fcir -Ik- _
-^ -9-' -^
-^-
Bless-ed re-ward if we've won in the strife, Joy that will pass not a- way;
Aft - er we've finished our work in this life. Then we shall pass to that home;
Up to our beau-ti - ful home we will go, Je- sus will welcome us in;
i
i^rds-
■'^^M-
-5-N-
3
-^ 1
-w)—mi—a^
^-^^1^
Aft - er the sorrows and tri - als are o'er That we en-coun-ter be - low.
Aft - er our morning and evening are past, Then will e - ter- ni - ty dawn;
Aft - er good-byes to our friends ha?e been said, And we have felt the last kiss,
-^ : -^ -^- -5- r ^ -^- "^'S^'
Aft - er the darkness and clouds are no more, To that dear home we will go.
Will we shout,"Glory! I'm safe home at last. Safe in our beau-ti - ful home."
Aft - er the watchers shall say we are dead. We shall have entered sweet bliss.
Copyright, 1901, by Lee & Porter,
After This, Home.
CHOKI'S.
T:
:T-
i^S^B^-
Home, home, sweet, sweet home, Where we are long - ing to be,
I I I ^ N ^ ^ _ ^ -i*-*
f — N-
S^i
Home, home, beau- ti - ful home. Where the dear Lord -we'll see.
'^=F
> • A
23
Thou Thinkest, Lord, of Me.
E. D. MUND.
E. S. LORENZ.
^ -^ J J
ra
5
-^ — ^-
"^^ "«*- •«-
1. A - mid the tri - als which I meet, A - mid the thorns that pierce my feet,
2. The cares of life come thronging fast, Up -on my soul their shadow cast ;
3. Let shadows come, let shad-ows go. Let life be bright or dark with woe,
I ^ N I I N N I
^m
itnf-
« — • — »- — ^
— '^ 1 i^
One tho't re- mains su- preme-ly sweet, Thou thinkest, Lord, of
Their gloom re-minds my heart at last, Thou thinkest, Lord, of
I am con-tent ; for this I know, Thou thinkest, Lord, of
me!
me!
me!
^t-^
±1
E
4^
:5=5:
D . S. What need I fear when Thou art near f And think-ed, Lord, of me.
CHORUS.
:i=d:
;S
^:
--^-
I^--*-
m-
Thou thinkest, Lord, of me, (of me,) Thou thinkest, Lord, of me ! (of
me!)
1
i U be
A-) 5^
V — / — h
Copyright, 1885, by I. S. Lorenz.
24
Rock of Ages.
A. M. TOPLADY.
Arr. by Rev. W. J. IIoltzclaw.
1^
-AH
±lt
-Gh-
^-SSsH
:^i^=^
-^-■-£a
1. Rock of A
2. Could my tears.
3. While 1 draw.
ges, cleft for me,
for-ev- er flow,
.... this fleeting breath,
^ f- ^---^~ ^-
1. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Rock of A - ges, cleft for me,
2. Could my tears for-ev - er flow, Could my tears for- ev - er flow,
3. While I draw this fleet-ing breath, While I draw this fieet-ing breath.
of A - ges, cleft for me. Let me hide my-self in
Could my tears for-ev - er flow. Could my zeal no languor
While I draw this fleeting breath. When my eyes shall close in
^-'—^
1^
Let me hide myself in Thee, Let me
Could my zeal no languor know, Could my
When my eyes shall close in death. When my
Thee,
know,
death,
Let me hide my - self in Thee ; Let the
Could my zeal no lan-guor know. These for
When my eyes shall close in death, "When I
§S=^ES
Se
f—f-
hide my-self in Thee ;
zeal no lan-guor know,
eyes shall close in death,
:t==^r=t:::
= :^
-t — — — I 1
wa - ter and the blood (the blood), From Thy riv - en side which flowed,
sin could not a - tone (a - tone); Thou must save, and Thou a - lone ;
rise to worlds unknown (un-known). And be - hold Thee on Thy throne,
^ N
CopTiight, 1895, by Wm. J. Holtzclaw.
Rock of Ages.
Be of sin the dou - ble cure (the cure,) Save from wrath and makes me pure.
In my hand no price I bring (I bring;) Sim - ply to Thy cross I cling.
Rock of A-ges, cleft for me (forme,) Let me hide my -self in Thee.
<3>
Rock of A
ges, cleft for me,
-i*-^)«-
Rock of A-ges, cleft for me,
Rock of A-ges, cleft for me. cleft for me, cleft for me.
5=r— — F- 1— — r<~-r' — 7
Rock of A-ges, cleft for me, cleft for me, cleft for me, [;
Show Pity, Lord.
Old Southern Melody.
1. Show pit - y. Lord, 0 Lord, for-give. Let a re-pent-ing reb - el live;
2. My crimes are great, but don't sur-pass The pow'r andglo - ry of Thy grace;
3. Should sudden vengeance seize my breath, I must pronounce Thee just in death;
4. Yet save a trem-bling sin-ner. Lord, Whose hope still hov'ring round Thy word.
Cho. — 0 jQ>/7i ryf mer - cy ! can it be That mer-cy's still re-served for me f
Are not Thy mer - cies large and free ? May not a sin - ner trust in Thee ?
Great God, Thy nat - ure hath no bound, So let Thy pard-'ning love be found.
And if my soul were sent to hell, Thy righteous law ap-proves it well.
Would light on some sweet promise there. Some sure sup-port a - gainst de-spair.
^^^
:a=
■_ A
i^^j
^
tz
t:=±z
Ah. can my God His wraih forbear, And me the chief of sin-ners spare f
26
Why ^Vill Ye Say To-Morrow.
"iVoii' is the accepted tbne; behold, now is the day oj' salvation." — 2 Cor. 6 : 2.
Rev. R. O. Smith. Jno. R. Bryant.
7?H Jii A- JkJ- — «i-
■■*l 1 — '- ^
' 4K^ — 7 "^ S ^ ^.
S=
1. Why do ye say to -mor-row? Wliile Je - sus calls to - day,
2. Come, tho' "thy life be drear - y, Come, tho' distressed with care,
3. Come, while the Saviour's pleading, Ye guilt - y and dis - tressed.
iS^
^
:p==£=
:^=^
Why spend thy time in sor - row. Sin - ner, O why de - lay?
Come if thy heart be wear - y, Je - sus thy grief will bear.
Thy Saviour's voice come heed-ing, And He will give thee rest.
m--
-> — ^- —
fes^
CHORUS.
Come to the Sav -iour, come to the Sav - iour, Come while He
*=i=
i^
^=^
^^*
waits for thee
He waits for thee,
B , J SI
Come to the Sav
m
^
->--
I
-^ ^ — ^ 1-
-ai- .*J a! a!
J
Come to the Sav - iour. Par -don He of - fers free
of - fers
■m. -m. jm- ^- ^ ^ ^ ^ » ^ I 3^
free.
^
I I I ^ I _ll
s
=r=F
'^ ^ V V •
Copjritht. 1901, by Lee & Porter.
^ y-
27
The Water of Life.
H. R. Trickett.
s
-^— jT-t
-m. Jt m M ^ ■•>-
-♦ ♦ ♦ -= -^ ♦-
Fred. A. Fillmore.
J^=:^-:i?=r^
1. In the des - ert of sor-row and sin, Lo! I faint as I
2. In my weak-ness I turn to tlie fount, From the Rock that was
3. O thou God of coni-pas-sion, I pray, Let me ev - er a-
-Ar -A- -^ -.^- -A.- -A.- 1 ^ ^
:(=:
m^^
:^=^
-^-
-^T
^
jour-ney a-long; With the war-fare with-out and with -in, See my
smit-ten for me; And I drink and I joy-ful-ly count All my
bide in Thy sight; Let me drink of the fount day by day, Till I
I N N -:A- -A- -A- -J^ -*.- -A.-
X:
:t=
-(2-
t—
-;J -^
^
1^ I ;/ >
strength and my hope nearly gone. I thirst, let me drink,
tri - als a bless-ing to be.
join Thee in mansions of light. I thirst, let me drink,
— "^"' "*" '^' "^^ '^ • -P- -*- -^' a -^-
ijgj— t . r . I* !^ > y r''-^ .*
i
±=^
_,*_^_
-^ i^ i^
■>&--
■I s^
i — m — -^- ■•^
^r=u
IN-^
Of the life-giving stream let me drink, 'Tis the Rock,
let me drink, 'tis the Rock,
•Ac- -^- -A- -^k- -Ar- _ ^ -A- -A- -A.- -Ar -At- -?■- -*- -^
:?t=-s:
iir-A-^
-jc-p — iii'-
-y — E^
-y — s-'-
.4.
-f0^ N ^
s s .^ J.
^ ^ ^ *!-
I
S^I^t^
^ I > > I I
cleft for me, 'Tis the wa - ter, the wa - ter of life,
cleft for me,
H« — m-
A: -A:- -^--
:t=x:
-A- -Ac- -At- -At- ^
"t-
-^ — h
Copyright, 1S87, by Fillmore Bros.
28
God Held Out His Hand.
"And Jesus put forth his hand." — Matt. 8: 3.
Rev. Johnson Oatman, Jr.
: i^ ^ =^
'=^
Jno. R. Bryant.
■-^ . ^-
S^
::t
1. A siu - Her, lone-ly, sick and poor, So weak that I could scarcely
2. My life was like a ves - sel toss'd Up -on some lone-ly o-cean
3. 1 read that on Mount Cal-va - ry, For me the dy- ing Sav-iour
4. For my sal - va-tion now is sure, Some day be-fore the throne I'll
ia=#
B^-
IP
-A '^
t^^
-iii-; — [A — L'
=6=::^
stand; I heard a knocking at my door, And God held out to me His
strand; My strength was gone, all hope was lost, "When God held out to me Hiw
planned ; 'Twasthro' that death up-on the tree, That God held out to me His
stand ; For I received the prom-ise sure, When God held out to me His
-■^A. — m — ^ — *^ — APi £i - — ikc — r>»<r--H 1 W—W-i
isfeifes
^]2Zt
W^W-
:^=zr^=lB=^=^:
■t=--
4;iIORUS.
:^^^,:^
hand. Yes, God's own hand, His own blessed hand, Reached
His bless-ed hand.
> .,!5 N
ifefcj
)^. A.r I-
E^ — r^; Ar
A — ^-^—*^
I I
f^^h^
-A: Jk-
^ — ^^ — ;s — it:
out to help a sin - ner stand ; I heard His blest oommand and
-Jk *r-- — A^ 1
:^^\^-.±=i^
^nA-
±\IIZ-I=j^=^
:5--«
^=i=^
-N — V
==^5='^=^w==i?-':V^ :zi
> ^, ^ ^ I
start-ed for that land, "When God held out to me His hand.
His blessed hand.
-- *" ^ '^ S V s
i
p:^^ A 1 A. '-A. ^ Jk — n^-^—i 1 !■ ^ • l^-T'A.' . 1
m
Copyright. 1961, by Le« & Porter.
J. A. Lee.
S01.0.
My Mother's Prayer.
Dedicated to my prayini/ mother.
Frank L. Beistow.
xz::
—^—^—^— — *— »-r-li-H »-a-l — *
7 ^ ^ ^^ 13»
1. Oh! I was saved thro' mother's
2. Ir this wide world where'er you
3. What would I say? what would I
4. That mother's gone who used to
5. That mother's gone to heav'n a ■
-i — S-
pray'r, She followed- me ev - 'ry-where;
roam, Re-member j'our mother's at home;
do? But for a moth-er so true;
pray, She's waiting now o'er the way;
bove. At home in her Sav - iour's love!
J? 5* ' ^' §•' ■ ^ 7 7 Tt*" ^''' ' "*■ "•■ " "*"•
And when I wandered far a - way Her pray'rs were with me ev - 'ry day.
She'll hum-bly kneel beside her bed At e - ven - tide un - til she's dead.
Who prayaeach day and pra3's each night That God will make and keep me right.
Oh! won't you heed your mother's pray'r And dwell with her at home up there?
Oh! won't you come your mother's way And meet her there on some sweet day ?
-0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- i-S
^#— ■:i=X
— 1 — Hi — ^F —
m^
> > r-
by pray'r;
Yes! I was saved, Yes! I was saved
Yes! I was saved by moth-er's pray'r! Yes! I was saved by mother's pray'r;
kiC— 1 1 1 1 1 ! : 1— 1 I- A -i_
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
/) ,, ^ Rev. Wm. Hi-nter.
I'm Going Home.
r-4-
Wm. Mii.i.er.
Cho,
1. My heav'nly home is bright and fair; Nor pain, nor death can en - ter there:
Its glitt'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine; That heav'nly mansion shall be mine.
I'm go - ing home, I'm go - in^
To die no more, to die no
2 My Father's house is built on high,
Far, far above the starry sky;
When from this earthly prison free.
That heavenly mansion mine shall be.
home, I'm go - ing home to die no more.
more, I'm go - ing home to die no more.
3 Let others seek a home below.
Which flames devour, or waves o'erflow ;
Be mine a happier lot to o'ah
A heavenly mansion near the throne.
31
OVER JORDAN WE SHALL MEET.
Bev. W. T. Dale.
Ye shall pass over this Jordan." — Joshua 1 : 11.
fc=t5
D. E. DoRTCH, by per.
JU^^^U^
=^:
-^ P — ^-
-A! Ai i—
=^=|8:
1. O - ver Jor-dan we shall meet.By and by,
2. All our sor-rows shall be past, By and by,
3. We shall join the heav'nly choir, By and bj',
4. There we'll join the ran-som'd throng. By and by.
-^ -^ -*- "^
by and by, In that
by and by, We shall
by and by, We shall
by and by, Chanting
hap-pylandso sweet,By and by ; We shall gather on the shore, With our
reach our home at last. By and by ;With the ransom'd we shall stand, There a
strike the golden lyre. By and by ; In our home so bright and fair Where the
love's redemption song, By and by.There we '11 meet before the throne,Ther8 we'll
@
^*=!s:
^
-I — w-
4^=4^
£=i^i^^
:U=!;2:
^
fe
:^=
ft— j^-nSfc^J- I
f^z:^
W
i=:i=i=ai
1^^=:^
kin-dred gone be-fore. And the Sav-iour's name a - dore.By and
ho-ly, hap - py band, Crown'd with glo - ry in that land, By and
hap-py an -gels are, We shall praise for - ev - er there, By and
lay our trophies down, And re-ceive a shin-ing crown, By and
r
by.
by.
by.
by.
By and by, by and by, O - ver Jor-dan we shall
By and by, by and by.
m
^
iJ^^J-
-^
^-^-^—^
^^-
^— A
E.^:rfefc£=/
W=^^
^ — ^ — t^-
J^-J^
d*^
^t^
^3^
gath-er, by and by, By and by, by and
by and by, By and by, s
-f-^ <>-f--r--f--^-p- :
t;
t
Over Jordan.
by, (by and by,) Then we'll shout and sing for-ev -er, by and by, (by and by.)
itzz;
^_H*— ^fc— *— ^
-~- -^- -W:- ^ ^
i
-^
-^ — ^»^ — fc>^ — K — k-
^ — y-
V — J- V 1^—
32
Come To Jesus.
Rev. J. H. Stockton.
5 '^'
1. Come, trembling sin-ner, from thy seat, And how be - fore the Lord;
2. Come while you may to Christ and live, For life will soon be done ;
o. Come if thou canst, or canst not feel ; Come trusting in His grace;
4. Come while the voice of Je - sus calls In ac'-.cents full and clear,
5. The Sav-iour stands thy cause to plead Be - fore the throne a - bove ;
N I ^ ■!«- • -«- -Ifc- ^ ^ ^ ^*- -/*- -|5i- •
1 n tt 1
1 1*^ 1
'i£?-^
-■•i— — m 1 — — 1 —
-A 45—1 ^
::T— ^-d-^
l-Af^T AH i^ A.-^ —
t«^?=*=^
-^
1- ▲! 1 ^—
-is.
Fall as a mourn-er at His feet,
And hang up - on His word.
Oh, come and to the Sav - iour give
That guilt - y heart of stone !
He will the work of par - don seal
On all who seek His face.
And mer - cy's sweetest language falls
In - vit - ing on the ear.
Come in thy hour of great- est need,
And feel His pard'ning love.
c,.8-^r^v ^ -^^- r?^-* -"- .
xU.. *■ r r ,i> .
9-i-^
-1 '-J — F — i—
^ • Ik ^
h-
-i»-= — 'm- — i»
m —
— \
1 1<^ 1
1
1
1 J \
Come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus. Come to Je-sus uow, \
On-ly trust Him, He will save you, (Omit) ) He will save just now.
33 I'll Go ^A/^here You AVant Me To Go.
Mary Brown.
Andante.
^M
±-3i
"-^5
Carrie E. Rounsefell.
-N K — r 1-
1. It may not be on the mountain's height Or o - ver the stor - my sea;
2. Per-haps to - day there are lov - ing words, Which Jesus would have me speak;
3. There's surely somewhere a low - ly place In earth's harvest fields so wide,
-•- -^- -»- -» — »■ -^ -^- ». ^ >-.-'"- -»- -^-'-m
9^it^
^-H---^
=r=^
yh
-f-M— '
l^i^
It may not be at the bat - tie's front My Lord will have need of me;
There may be now in the paths of sin Some wand'rer whom I should seek;
Where I may lab - or thro' life's short day. For Je - sus the Cru - ci - fied;
t
^
-lA. ▲ — 1*-^
t::
E
t:
:[=st
^
But if, by a still, small voice, He culls To paths that I do not know,
0 Sav - iour, if Thou wilt be my Guide, Tho' dark and rug-ged the way,
So, trust - ing my all to Thy tender care. And know-ing Thou lov - est me.
I'll an-swer: "Dear Lord, with my hand in Thine, I'll go where you want me to go."
My voice shall ech - o Thy message sweet, I'll say what you want me to say.
I'll do Thy will with a heart sin-cere, I'll be what you want me to be.
■<m- • -*- -• — ^- -»■- -^- -•- H — -^ ^ 5=- -^- -♦- ■*- -m- ^
^ » JjtL.
REFRAIN
-Xr— N
I'll go where you want me to go, dear Lord, 0-ver mountain, or plain, or sea;
^
W-^-—^—^-
-^^—t
Copyright, 18S4, by C. E. Rounsefell. Used by per.
I'll Go \Vhere You Want
^^^ N— N— N sT 1^ iTI
I'll say what you want me to say, dear Lord, I'll be what you want me to be
-!♦— ^— U^" 1 ; 1 1 1 (—
I
^--
■A. • 'Jk. !▲ M-l-X-
tz
£EE»Eg±S3S
M
> >
->^-^s^
34
Words arr. bv J. R. B
Rest in the Valley.
'^The rough ivay shall be made smooth."— 1.vk% 3: 5
Jno. R. Bryant.
m
'=¥=^
1. Where the rough road turns there's a valley sweet, Where the skies are
2. Where the rough road turns there's a haven blest, Where the ships at
3. There is rest, sweet rest, in that val-lev sweet, And there's rest in tlie
Nil N ^ " I
starred and fair; We'll for -get the thorns and the noon-day heat
an - chor ride, And the sea - winds sing sweet-est songs of rest,
ha - ven still, Tho' the rag - ing storms on the brave ship beat,
53^
3C ^-
^
i^^S
-s-
^
And rest in the ros - es there; And the dark of the drear-y,
Far o - ver the dreamless tide, Where the tern -pest fade from a
The thorns are keen to kill! Let us dream that the dark of the
1 |_^ _.^-fc^^.^*-^.
i*E^
r^zJ:
-lif-
"wea - ry night, Will
si - lent shore. And
drear - v night, Will
be lot'*^^ in the morn - ing
the sails furled for ev - er
be lost in the morn - ing
j-^—
^tlE?
light,
more
light.
m
Coi.ynght, 1901, by Leu and Poile
35 TRUST AND OBEY.
*' The secret of the Lord is with them that fear him." — Ps. 25 ; 14.
Rev. J. H. Sammis. D. B. Towner,
When we walk with the Lord In the light of His word.What a glo-
Not a shad-ow can rise, Not a cloud in the skies, But His smile
bur -den we bear, Not a "sor- row we share, But our toil
nev-er can prove The delights of His love, Un-til all
fel- low-ship sweet We will sit at His feet. Or we'll walk
-m- -0- ^ _ _-*--*- -0- -<5>- -»- -4
Not a
But we
Then in
He
quickly
He doth
on the
by His
T=!«=ft:
-^~w-
^eri^zzlc
-^-^
sheds on our
drives it a -
rich - ly re-
al - tar we
side in the
-■9-
way 1 While we do His good will, He a -
way; Not a doubt nor a fear. Not a
pay; Not a grief nor a loss. Not a
lay, For the fa - vor He shows,And the
way ; What He says we
-19- ^ ^ -0- -0-
bides with us
sigh nor a
frown nor a
joy He be -
will do, Where He sends we will
^
lEE
C-
f=
^
P-
lB=^=tC
1 — \ — r
Chorus.
still. And with
tear, Can a -
cross. But is
stows, A re for
go, Nev- er
all who will trust and
bide while we trust and
blest if we trust and
them who will trust and
fear, on - ly trust and
o - .bey. Trust and o
o - bey.
o - bey.
o - bey.
o - bey.
bey, for there's
no oth - er w-ay To be hap - py in Je - sus, but to trust and o - bey.
-^- -PL -P- -#--#- -^- -^ -*- -#- ^ -0- -0- -0-
-P-
&F?^
:a^=l:
m
:^-l*-l*-
^ 1 L 4_. . _ j_. ■ .1, ■
^P=P=^
OopTTlikt, ISSr, k7 D. B. Tontt. Oltd ij p«r.
1^ l^'
36. Ssrne Sweet Morn-
Eev. A. B. Simpson.
Jno. E, Bryant.
^^^^
p:t==t:|^
:5|=g:
3Si^
). E. BBY.
-^ — -1^
-I ^i—
-V
L^tztS:
1. Some sweet morn the day shall break, Nev-er-more to sink in night,
ti. Some sweet day the end shall come To our part -ing and our pain,
a. Some sweet hour ourmor-tal frame Shall His glo - rious im -age wear.
4. Somesweettimewe'll weepno more, O'er these scenes of sin and woe;
Some sweet morn we shall a - wake Mid the ev - er - last -ing light.
Some SAveet day we '11 all go home, Nev-er-more to part a -gain.
Some sweet hour our worthless name All His maj - es - ty shall share.
Christ shall reign from shore to shore, Heav'n comedown to dwell be- low.
ix u
We are waiting for the com -ing of the raorn-ing, We are
"SI"
watch-ing for the break-ing of the dawn. Morn ot
for the break-ing of the dawn.
m
:p=F:
:(ei=)c
w
-^ r jo^
W-
:=]:
:=1:
=1=
U* U
StE^:
m
--^
:W=^
^^^,
-2— Ti'^ifT
r ix I I
morns,oh,hastethy glad ap- pear- ing! Day of days,speed on Ispeed on !
Copyright, 1894, by Jno. R. Brjant.
5 Some sweet day our tongue shall tell,
All the story of His love.
Some sweet day our song shall swell.
Loud and sweet as songs above.
6 Some sweet morn we '11 see His face,
And we shall be satisfied.
Some sweet day in His embrace,
We shall evermore abide.
37
Mrs. Ella Lauder.
Crown Him.
1—1 — I , K-
D. B. TOWNEK.
— ^ — !
* : 3. ♦^
J5-^-
1 ^1-- 1 — ^-— 1 ^ —
1. Hear the vault - ed arch - es ring - ing With the praise of Je - sus,
2. Crown, 0 crown our lov - ing Sav - iour, For His won-drous good - ness,
3. Crown Him, crown a suf-f ring b"av - iour. Gen - tly lift the thorn-crown,
4. Crown the might-y ris - en Sav - iour, 0 - ver death vie - to - rious,
§t^
W=£^
:p
=\'
-t — \-^-T-^ — -f> — dszaS
Ev - 'ry heart re - joic - es; List - en to the an - gels sing - ing,
For His lov -ing kind -ness; For it was this lov - ing Sav - iour
Take the cru - el cross down, And be - hold the suf - fring Sav - iour
Reign-ing now most glo - rious, Ev - er - more our ris - en Sav - iour
§^-EE
.i_^ — A-
:t=:t
A-
A-' lA bfc---«k !▲ ^-
vnt*nv.s.
F^
zsi-
mS
ij?-^
In our great Re - deem - er's praise.
Died a sin - ful world to bless.
On a glo - rious heav'n - ly throne
Wears the crown of ho - li - ness.
.^ • _^- :^ • _♦- -^ :^- -^-
E
Crown .... Him King of
Crown Him, crown Him,
-^-
1=:
fE^at=t^
r-
-^-
:^S=^
-s^-
♦ •♦ — *r
iSES
glo - ry. Crown the Son of Da - vid. Crown Him Lord of all.
King of glo - ry.
^-
It
:t=:
Crown Him King of glo - ry. Crown the Saviour Lord of all.
Crown Him, crown Him King of glo - ry,
^A ^1 : 1 1 1 ( ^j_
^—^ lA; \^ bl
f^
T-
--y-
mm
Copyright, laya, by I) B Towner. AU rights reserved
T
38
SEEDS OF PF^OMISE.
Jessie H. Brown.
Fked. a. Fillmore, by per.
1. O, scat- ter seeds of lov - ing deeds, A - long the far - tile field; For
2. Tho' sown in tears thro' wea-ry years,The seed will sure - ly live ; Tho'
3. The har -vest-home of God will come, And af - ter toil and care; With
T^M
--J--.—.
IitSitd
4*"=?*:
t
i 1 1 — : — I —
P—P
^-^J^^^J^
-^1 — r
-^ — ^ j^ 1
Chorus.
1 S
grain will grow from what you sow,And fruitful harvest yield. Then day by
great the cost it is not lost,For God will fruitage give,
joy un-told your sheaves of gold, Will all be garnered there.
^i
jy-'a:— 'a-'a:-
muux^^^t^r^
:te=^^E^>]
12:
&
1 it 1
T/-tJM?-=^— -=^-= — '^ — SI .^-1 — 1^^ , ^^- — s:— ^— '4-'*-^'^-= — ^-= — -^
day .... a - long your way, . . . The seeds of prom - - ise
Then day by day, a-long your way, The seeds of promise cast,the
-" U^ I U" I
cast; That rip - ened grain, from hill and
seeds of prom- ise cast ; That rip - ened grain,
> I ^ I
-A — Si AJ — Ai-
-1
^2;
^- *K-
T.^--
-^-^
r
±
-T^-^ ♦
^>l 1^"P"1^ "' "' t^l '^ \ '^
plain, .... Be gathered home .... at last
from hill and plain, Be gathered home at last,be gathered home at last,
J ^ 1 -d^ I N -,^ I
P^'^=^^^\i^'^^-^^^^'^^'f=^T^^=f
S
r-
:«::
1=
.39
p. H
Cheerful Giving.
J. H. F.
i
6-
n
-Kt i ^ 1 1 F
1. Give as the Lord hath prospered thee, Give,
2. Give to the poor a - long the wa)*. Give,
3. Give, tho' so poor tliy gift may seem, Give,
-m — :f!^ — m — Ci ^- — I*—
:t=
give
give
give
to the
to the
to the
Lord ;
Lord ;
Lord ;
' I 7- y Jk • — |A 'J^ IM
T
3=^
-^ — * — •-
I — " I i
Give with a will - ing mind and free, Give, give to the Lord ;
Give to the heath-en far a -way. Give, give to the Lord;
Give but the cup in Je - sus' name, Give, give to the Lord ;
^^^^^^im^^-
— ^-
• — ♦( — ♦(- — I
A.) A^ '
is
He hath supplied thee o'er and o'er. Blessed thee in basket and in store,
Give to His ueed-j' as they cry. Give to His peo-ple ere they die,
Cheerful then give the good thou hast, Fearless thy bread on waters cast,
N S _ -A- -A- -A- -A- ^ . ^
. J^ -w»- -m- -^
-g-y-
1*5::
-tt-
Promised to fill thee more and more,Thy gracious Lord.
Give to His gos-pel that it fly, O give, give, give. Give, give with a
It will re-turn to thee at last In har-vests great.
^
9^3
kt)-=-
EE
-y-b< h
t=t=:
r-r
-m-^-^
-v—^/^^
-^—^l
^^E5==^
-▼—▼'-
■^-^▼^
'-S^
willing hand, Give, give with a liberal hand, Give at His blest command.
m—m-
-^*-MR— ^-
.^_,e_i»_
:t=!?:
^=t
Copyrijht, 1898, by Fillmore Bros.
Cheerful Giving.
:rfc
I — N rs ^
i?-f7— >.
2 ^- --w-t;
•^5-=-
s=r^---=i
^--; — ^
a
•T i .-^
Who prospered thee, Give at His best command,Who prospered thee.
^-^>-^-l — I 1 hs-— H> ^ I ^ ■ h^-<» — *-l-i 1-, — I — ^--
±Efcfc
^
:g^^.g|BEg?£^Egg^^
Waiting for Thee.
Edw. S. Fogg.
-«:z::-V
1. There is a Saviour that's waiting for thee, Tho' you have wandered a-way,
2. There is a du - ty that's waiting just nov/, One you've neglected so long,
3. There are our lov'd ones who wait o'er the way, Friends we so ten-der-ly love.
rt::
:t:
-0-H-hf-
i^
-N — A
1 Hi r ^ H P
?^f*^
You may by faith the Re-deem-er now see. Then come and be saved while you may.
Come then to Christ while His Spirit tells how. Come to Him and He'll makf you strong.
Who with the Saviour are wait-ing to - day To greet us in mansions a - bove.
! — L3|| w, ^k.— =
■Wait - ing, wait - ing, Come, for His par - don is free,
Waiting to-day, waiting for thee, so free,
9i£
^— lA-HA-HJr
y > y
m
'-*E^
-^f- -w- -mr- -» -m -m- J
U
:-F-;'-
^;:
±1=*:
-jt=^
m
Wait - ing, wait - ing. The Sav-iour is wait-ing for thee.
Waiting, to - day, wait-ing for thee.
ii£
iptzzv p
XT-
-(^►-rAi
1
b^ — ^ — lA — yk-
k' L/ / I
C'opyriEht, 1903, b; J. 1. Let.
ZXiti
^^=^ — w -p> >- — U=P=
-bSi--
41
MEET ME THERE.
Henrietta E. Blair.
Wm. J.. KiRKPATRICK.
1. On the hap - py, gold-en shore, Where the faithful part no more,"When the
2. Here our fondest hopes are vain,Dear-est links are rent in twain, But in
3. Where the harps of an - gels ring, And the blest for - ev - er sing, In the
storms of life are o'er. Meet me there; Where the night dissolves away In - to
heav'n no throb of pain, Meet me there; By the riv - er sparkling bright, In the
pal-ace of the Kiug,Meet me there; Where in sweet com-mun-ion blend Heart with
t!J
pure and perfect day, I am going home to stay, Meet me there,
cit - y of de-light, Where our faith is lost in sight. Meet me there.
heart, and friend with friend, In a world that ne'er shall end, Meet me there.
^
=^
I
:i£z::ii_iETJA._
i
U-^L-V_^
U ^ '^ ^ ' ' ^ "^"
D. S.-lvxppy, golden shore, Where the faithful part no more. Meet me there.
Chorus. .^^ I
'Sz*
'^p^ — ¥-^«-
-t-M^=^
-<^>-
Meet me there, Meet me there, Where the tree of life is
Meet me there, Meet me there.
M^XZJ^JtZ-X^
-^-:t-t
blooming, Meet me there; When the storms of life are o'er, On the
Meet me there;
^-JL-^-V-U^-^cp
Copyright, 1885, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Uied by per.
42
Leaning on the Everlasting Arms.
"The eternal God is thy dwelling place, and underneath are the everlasting arms." — Deut. 33: 27.
REV. E. A HOFFMAN. A. J. SHOW ALTER. By per.
1. What a fel- low-ship, what a joy di - vine, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
2. Oh, how sweet to walk in this pil-grim way, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
3. What havfe I to dread, what have I to fear, Lean-ing on the ev - er-
last
last
last
ing arms; What a bless - ed-ness, What a peace is mine,
ing arms; Oh, how bright the path grows from day to day,
ing arms? I have bless - ed peace with my Lord so near,
m^
^f^=^±
■(=
-!f>l*^
m
i
fcfc
KEFBAIIW.
— I — ♦-
Lean
Lean
Lean
1 ■^-
(S^
mg
ing
ing
on the ev - er - last - ing arms. Lean
on the ev - er - last - ing arms.
on the ev - er - last - ing arms. Lean - ing on
ing,
Je •
:p=^
^^_^_j^
5=;it
-^h
W
lean - ing, Safe and se - cure from all a - larms ; Lean
Lean - ing on Je - sus, Lean-
N S . I -I -I
e
^^
ing on
I C
— A-: * '^
3t3t
fe^
£
It
*, \ K-
*^r-l-
i
r 1 ♦- r
H==f
m
ing, lean ' ing, Lean-ing on the ev - er - last-ing
Je - sus, lean - ing on Je - sus,
^ s s s ,s ^
arms.
:t=t=
-kr— fct Ik^ fcr-
#1 S
-L L_
43
THE ROCK THAT IS HIGHER THAN I.
E. Johnson.
fe^
-J-
s
=^=
Wm. G. Fischer, by per.
1. b.sometimes the shadows are deep.And rough seems the path to the goal
2. 0,sometimes how long seem the day, And sometimes how weary my feet ;
3. O, near to the Rock let me keep, If bless-ings or sor-rows pre - vail ;
A:-.rl^-^
atjt:
I
rr
■■» • «s — «■>
-C^—-'
1^=^
^-^8
And sorrow.sometimes how they sweep, Like tempests down over the soul.
But toil - ing in life's dust-y way. The Rock's blessed shadow.how sweet I
Or climb-ing the mountain way steep, Or walk-ing the shad- ow - y vale.
l;2=S=a|
J2i:^
^ ^-^
■£i- — A-
^^^-W-
-mc ^ — ^ — ^ IK r--
-^^^^
-l£l-!-
:t:
Chorus.
ytzad:
1^-4^
i-K^-^ — « — • — m — *i *i — ^ — ^—
q:
^3
:^^=^
>J^
Bfe
O, then, to the Rock let me fly, (let me fly,) To the Rock that is
I ^ S
; Ai — 'Sfc-
S
_j 1
J^J^J'.
ife^zzb^
4,^1^
high - er than I ;
is high - er than I ;
O, then, to the Rock let me
w
5Ei
4i£=S2=!^
■I — I — ^-"••
:t=;
-HA A: a(—
hA, jA,
IX ^
IX ^
.fc^:
s
:t^=^:
:^=*f
tfc:=t
fcrl^
S
-F — P^
-■^ — wt-
i=z^=:st
fly, (let me fly,) To the Rock that is high - er than I.
-F— A A
T— jai ac ^c-
-tT^
44
THE COMFORTER HAS COME.
•'I will pray the Father, and He shall give you another Comforter, that He may abide with you forever."
Rev. F. BOTTOME, D. D. — John U: 16. WM. J. KIRKPATRICK.
0 „■■
1 i 1
1 -^ N .
Jl3 1
— i S — -K
— 1 ^ --^ 1>«-
1 A\-
a| . "^ -A| J"
-^ J—
^4 g-
-^ : ^ — « — :=r-
i^— :d —
-^ -'- M -< ^—
^ 4—
1. Oh, spread the tidings round, wher - ev - er man is found, Wher-
2. The long, long night is past, the morn - ing breaks at last, And
3. Lo, the great King of kings with heal - ing in His wings, To
4. Oh, bound-less love di - vine, how shall this tongue of mine To
5. Sing, till the ech - oes fly a - bove the vault-ed sky, And
i~\' '\
' 1*
1*
t • t t k^
It- ^
/' 'J
1 r
r
1 P" r" P"
-^ A,
A —
W ' A A A
^ !▲
H ^ 17 — 7—
-f i
F=^
Lp ^ y \^ — '
Lj ^ 1
t
^
-ttrtt
W
ev - er human hearts and human woes abound; Let ev-'ry Christian
hushed the dreadful wail and fu-ry of the blast; As o'er the golden
ev - 'ry cap-tive soul a full deliv' ranee brings; And thro' the vacant
wond'ring mortals tell the matchless grace divine — That I, a child of
all the saints a - bove to all be-low re - ply, In strains of end-less
i^
=ff^
%=¥
^
■*■ A A
^ r I ' - ' '
D. S. Holy Ghost from heav'yi, The Father^ s promise giv'n; Oh, spread the tidings
1
_i _
,s
1^
1
1
J
1
Fine
1
L" . ', 1 ', _ ','!».
1
, ',
<^ W
1
'^ 'A' •
■^
A'
^- -J
1 ^-
A 1
/d •
'
HI
t^ ri
^ '
1 1
g ^ •
^
^ ^1
■^ ^
x;
A-'
■^
^ 1
C\'
tongue proclaim
hills the day
cells the song
hell, should in
love, the song
-^ N- - .
the
ad-
of
His
that
joy - ful sound: The Com
vane - es fast ! The Com
triumph rings: The Com ■
im - age shine ! The Com
ne'er will die: The Com •
■ -^- - -^ -^-
-fort-
■ fort -
■ fort -
-fort-
• fort -
er
er
er
er
er
has come!
has come!
has come!
has come!
has come!
/TV
;
h
F
P L
!?■■
.
fp p
r> A
(^ 1
T"
1 1*
^
K
,^ ■-
— *■
^
1 1
~\^
1
^ 'A> 1
0
'j 'j
1 1
r
1
1
' ' '
J
round, Wh^rev - er man is found — The Com -fort - er has come!
CaOBITS.
t
i
3
The Com - fort - er has come, The Com - fort - er has come ! The
^• ^ ^ ^
:e=&
hE=^
^ ■i' 5^—
CopTTigbt 1890, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
45
STEPPING IN THE LIGHT.
L. H. Edmunds.
Wm. J. KiRKPATRICK.
:=1=^^Jz=^q=^=z|t:J^
*iz:5:
i^:^
1. Try-ing to walk in the steps of the Sav-iour,Try -ing to fol -low our
2. Press-hig more closely to Him who is lead-ing,\Vhen we are tempted to
3. Walk-ing in footsteps of gen- tie forbearance, Footsteps of faith-ful-ness,
4. Tiy - ing to walk in the steps of the Sav-ionr,Up-ward, still up-ward,we'll
^
^-^-
■m — 2-
?c=:?>P=i=zii
^^^
Sav - iour and King, Shap-ing our lives by His bless - ed ex - am - pie,
turn from the way ; Ti-ust-ing the arm that is strong to de-fend us,
mar- cy, and love; Look -ing to Him for the grace free - ly promised,
fol - low our Guide; When we shall see Him," the King in His beau - ty,''
\^-
^:rF=
-(«-=S=
^
.s=t^=t:
>-- K-
Chorus.
Hap-py,how hap-py thesongsthatwebring.How beau-ti-ful towalkin the
Hap-py,how hap-py ourprais-es each day.
Hap-py,how hap-py our jour-ney a-bove
Hap-py,how hap-py our place at His side.
g-r-r5— 5-5-,'
fel=i=fe
pE^^^E^^|^^^=^=^K^^j^
^
i
-^.
:^=^
i^=j^_r ^ |-IL> >— iviz^
^^
— 1-^ — 1-= — 1^= — i^=-j — ^
♦'•■»■»
steps of the Sav- iour, Step-ping in thelight,Step-ping in the light; How
^?:rk:
EE^
:t=f:
S^e:£
^
rf:
|r— ^-^^te=^:
^t^==^^
V— ^
U* U* U' 1^
beau-ti - ful to walk in the steps of the Sav-iour, Led in paths of light.
.^.A-_-^-.>- _ _ .-A- -A- vk---A--A- -^ If?: iP: ""
ifefc
-K^!-^--
^55
-U-V-ig:
-K^!-^-^
-;^=^-
:t=:
.-^
:t:
UtO, Oopjilfht ct Wm. J. Bltkpatiiok. D»il bj penoisiion.
V-!^
-» — »• — 1# — ^-
ISI
46
LEAD ME, SAVIOUR.
.^^=^=3:
IVith espression.
FRANK M. DAVIS.
i^z^zs:
■/ '/ / 1/
1. Saviour, lead me, lest I stray,
2. Thou, the refuge of ray soul
3. Saviour, lead me, then at last,
Gent-ly lead me all the
When life's stormy billows
When the storm of life is
mM
T^
It— t:
sr^
^-^
1. Sav
lour,
lead me. lest I stray. Gent
\v
p::^=z::|^zzift
^^
-9 * ■ ♦'i
-^ k fcK-
/ 1/ 1/ l^
way;
roll;
past,
^ \/ y y y
I am safe when by Thy side,
I am safe when Thou art nigh,
To the land of endless day,
-A- -A- ^- >^ -A- -A
lead me all the way ; I
-fc._*._^.-_fc.
:t=^-
=-i±z^v-^s=-V
safe when by Thy side,
CHORUS. 1
i^t^
4=
I would in Thy love a - bide.
All my hopes on Thee re - ly.
Where all tears are wiped a - way.
y 1/ / / ^1/
Lead me, lead me,
-A-
i^
t2I
:p=rz:t:
-m-^-W:^:^--
1^ i> f> 'j
would
'• '/ y '/ '^
in Thv love abide.
f-=t=:=i
'^=r-
:b-=i^
±^=:^--
:^=5=^
--^=
A \ \-M^^=^
-£—. — jt
Sav- iour, lead me, lest I stray ; . . . Gently down the stream of
N lest I stray ;
-aL ^. -A- ^ -^ ^-^
fe^
time,(streamoftime,)Lead me, Sav- iour, all the way. (all the way.)
I ' I ^ K I
■ ^ ^ J—
,SS|
^ ^ p>-
'-i^-
:^--^^
T
i
From " Carol! of J07," b; (Mr.
47
\Vm. S. Pitts
The Old Musician and His Harp.
H. M. HlGGli^s.
, iVloderato.
s
^L-^-^^^zz^r
tz=t
■-=T-
1. Years have come and pass'd a-way, Gold-en locks have turn'd to grav,
2. O those chords with magic pow'r! Take me back to childhood's hour,
3. Soon I'll be a-mong the blest.Where the wea - ry are at rest ;
^
&^^^^^
Gold-en ring - lets, once so fair, Time has changed to sil-v'ry hair ;
To that cot be-side the sea, AVhere I knelt at mother's knee;
Soon I'll tread the gold-en shore, Singing prais - es ev - er-more.
12=^=^
-Kt — :=c-
m
gp
:^F=P
jctrt:
Yes, I've neared the riv-er side. Soon I'll launch up-on its tide-
But that moth - er, she has gone— Calm she sleeps beneath the stone.
Now my boat is on the stream, I can see its waters gleam ;
1^
^ - N
-A— i=
^e^
-^^
Socn my boat with noiseless oar, Safe will pass to yon-der shore.
While I wan - der here a -lone. Sighing for a brighter home.
Soon I'll be where angels roam — Dear old harp, I'm go-inghome.
CHORl'S.
Bring my harp to me a-gain. Let me sing a gen-tle strain —
V— — — -A !Ar-r-^Jk. 'A. 'A. — i^ -v-^^r^^^ ^ ^-
^^y^^ ^ -I \ ^-—P ir
_^ ■. VH^-H H — sr
1- ' -I J ■ -J — m ^'
:^±
m]
Let me hear its chords once more. Ere I pass to yon bright shore.
'J 'J 1
By permission.
Jesus Will Be There.
R. A. (Jl-KNN.
i. We shall meet a - gain; How sweet the time will be, When in that hap - py
2. We shall meet a - gain, Where tears will nev-er flow, Where fleams the golden
3, We shall meet a - gain. Grieve not at part- ing here; When on that shin-ing
—-1=5:^'=
-^
land, Each oth - er's face we'll see; The dear ones that have gone, We'll
crowns. And robes as white as snow; With an - gels there we'll roam. And
strand, There'll be ^"^ fare -well tear; Yes, by and by we'll meet, And
gJ^g^
zkl=z±z=:^^^^X
meet them o - ver there. Around the great white throne. And Je - sus will be there.
vic-try's palm we'll bear, In that ce - les - tial home, And Je - sus will be there,
know each oth - er there; To make our joy complete, King Je - sus will be there.
m
m
&^'£
t=t:
t-'-Ar-r ak--
CHOKirN.
■S — m—^^m-'-m !■
^ -♦'- I -♦- •♦'- -•♦-
Sweet it is to know Je -sus will be there, yes, Je - sus will be there; With
■' - ff p — J — ^ — j_
■»K-^fcK ik:-
t=t=
V t> 'j-^r-^-^f-
=t==tl
fT-r
±:5ztd
— i^zzJ
all the host redeemed, We'll roara the heav'nly plains, And Je-sus will be there.
t/ k* ;»/
49
Jesus is Passing this Way.
W. H. DOANE.
ilt
1. Is there a heart that is wait-ing, Longing for par-don to - day?
2. Com-ing in love and in mer-cy, Quick-ly now un - to Him go ;
3. List-en, the Spir - it is call-ing, Je - sus will free -ly for - give,
4. He is so ten - der and lov-ing, He is so near you to - day ;
-1^- g-fc^ -|*- -^ — -^fe-fc- ^ .
94it^
tzstzizd
---8-
z^czm-
-fs — P— ^-
^ H
Nf
-^^-
-7-
Hear the glad message we bring you, Je - sus is pass-ing this way.
0 - pen jour heart to receive Him, Par-don and peace He'll bestow.
Why not this moment accept Him ? Trust in God's mercy and live.
O - pen your heart to receive Him, While He is pass-ing this way.
REFRAIN.
Je-sus is passing this way, This way to - day ;
Je-sus is passing, is passing this way, Is paasingthis way, Is passing to-day
' ♦ ♦ *^ ^ ^ ♦ ♦ ♦ 1*-
j5_^_^_P_ip
1^ 'lA. Ut-
•. >
Je-sus is passing this way, Is passing this way to - day
way to-- day.
■*— — L r r ^ i*
g^^^s
-I —
'^ — ^ ^
Copyright, 1895, by W. H. Doane. Ky per. of the author.
i
^-1^
^
O Sound the Jubilee.
J. B. Herbert.
zzzr:iS=::^viig2irii::
1. There's a rod a - bove the o - cean And a wind a - cross the
2. 0 the might -y God has spok - en, For the chil - dren whom He
3. We will stand a - side like Mo - ses, When Je - ho - vah pass - es
= pg" _ f ^z=(:jg=z==r^ ^-4-
A A— hT~ ^» -^ — ? A !a IaZTCa a ^A-A— ^
__^ — _y — c^ — ^ — _^ — ^> — I 1'— f — '-y — &» c'-y
wave, And a path-way thro' the sea, And a path - way thro' the sea.
loves. He has said they shall be free. He has said they shall be free!
by, And His glo - ry we will see. And His glo - ry we will tee.
i^£^
'-^3L
SEE
^^
?=I=
♦- -^ -^ -- Jr ^^
And a na-tion is in mo-tion For a land with- out a slave! 0
Up, 0 Ja -cob, heed the to - ken, When the fi - ery pil-lar moves! 0
For He o - pens and He clos - es With a pjw - er great and high, 0
i^is
m
^—m-
^ — fe^-
>. K
-f==t
4=
a '^^ 'u J fj V 'J 'J -J ^j u u
D. S. — For the ypke of rum is bro-ken, And the peo - pie shall be free! 0
si?r^
m
Fine. C^HORUS.
-^<i — \ — r—H — N-
^ ^ '^ ^ \ " -♦-• ^ • ^ -«.-
sound the ju - bi - lee! 0 sound the ju - bi - leel Ju - bi -lee! ju - bi- lee!
f^^
SS
m—m-
m—^-
-m-^^-
< ^j '^j
k^ w* •
sound the ju - bi - iee! 0 sound the ju - bi - lee!
^
!=t
e^:
fi— fi-
A=?^=A^-Z=^=:^^=7-^C>U-^^:
g^^
Ju - bi -lee! come, Sound the sil - ver trum-pet, Call the chil-dren hnme
P'
-i«^=P
-:S=fe:
\
-V — ?-
Copyright, 18H7, by FiUmore Bros. From " The Battle Cry,"
51
ONWARD, CHRISTIAN SOLDIERS.
A. S. SCLLIVAN.
feS^
r-
r=l
^r-^-
Onward, Christian sol - diers! Marching as to vpar, With the cross of
Like a mighty ar - my Moves the Church of God; Brothers, we are
Crowns and thrones may perish. Kingdoms rise and wane,Biit the Church of
Onward, then, ye peo - pie ! Join our hap-py throng, Blend with oars your
H 1 1 H
--L^bL^-^
JZ-
2B==±
St£
Je - sus Go - ing on be - fore ; Christ, the roy - al Mas - ter,
tread- ing Where the saints have trod ; We are not di - vid - ed,
Je - sus Con-stant will re - main; Gates of hell can nev - er
voic - es In the tri-umpb-song ; Glo - ry, laud and hon - or
lfe=^:
-;a_
^^— '— £l •— :
itd===--=J
-U^-
= — f^
Leads a -gainst the foe; For- ward in - to bat - tie, See, His
All one bod - y we, One in hope and doc - trine. One in
'Gainst that Church prevail ; We have Christ's own promise, And that
Un - to Christ, the King; This through countless a - ges Men and
REFRAIHr.
^^-
3
\ T
X^-
:i=-1— 1=
*=jt
^
■*i — Al — Al— '-AI — ^-=t-^-
-*■ -*- -•*-
ban-
char
can
an -
ners
- 1 -
not
gels
go!
ty
fail
sing
-a.
ail. J
Onward, Christian sol
diers ! Marching as to
Wl
war,
With the cross of Je - sus Go -ing on be -fore.
! ^
-d-.
i=:
»-^ — * 1-
52
O Come Unto Jesus.
'Come unto mc." — Matt. 11 : 28.
Nellie a. Montgomery.
W. H. DOANE.
1. There's a soft plead-ing voice, call- ing ten - der - ly,
•2. Heed not sin's lur - ing tones, the' so tempt-ing - ly
3. When He hung on the cross, 0 how cru - el - ly!
4. Yield to Him, for He pleads, 0 so pa-tient-ly!
~0- -»■ -0- -»-.
-N N-
To the heart heav - y
She doth whis-per of
Did they mock as they
As no friend ev - er
9i±i
-^JfZZ^
■t=
4=t:
:^^^-
-^ — -^
— I — ♦-
-^ ^-
^=^5=5=3^p*?=;5^*=|^5=^=*=
^'=x=
la - den and sad ; At the cross thou shalt be, from thy bur - den set free,
joys yet un-known; On- ly Je - sus can give pleas-ure sweet, that will live;
pass'd by Him there! Will you mock at Him too, when He hung there for you,
sought thee be - fore, On His dear, lov - ing breast, all who come shall find rest;
Then look up, wea-ry one, and be glad.
He with-holds naught of good from His own.
Whom He lov'd with a love past com-pare '
Joy and peace to Thy soul He'll re - store.
£
V-*-
Come, O come, un - to
U ^ • » # p 9 •—
I h
,A lA
-y — 5' — '
> • I
Je - sus, And His vovs do not doubt; This the prom-ise to
Je-sus, coTue, And His love do uot doubt:
ztzzt
^
£
-W (»
1 — r
"1 — h
_^_,_-
^— N-
q^:5=i!^
H
_V^_^-
^^
thee: He that com - eth un - to me, I will nev-er, no nev-er, cast out.
-^_ -^^ -^^ _^- -^- _^- -^- -^_ ^ ^ _ -^- M~W-' A -£i- .
m
1!a. lA—Ji:
Copyright, 1899, by W. H. Doane.
53. THERE'S A GREAT DAY COMING.
' Therefore, be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.
W. L. T. Matthew xxiv: 14. W. L, Thobipson. By per.
_-#- -<5- -<p^ -*^ -^ -^' -^ •
-*- -^- -5P^ -^ -^*r -;*j-
1. There 's a great day com - ing,
2. There 's a bright day com - ing,
3. There 's a sad day com - ing,
K N j I & N
-aJ — ;aj— r.sj -jk! ad- '"
3E3E=|
:*:
A great day com - ing. There 's a
A bright day com - ing. There 's a
A sad day com - ing, There 's a
:3E^
t=:
=bi=t^
=*=^:
-i^:
=f»=^:
J^-Ji-
^
^
^
great day com-ing by and by ; When the saints and the sin-ners shall be
bright day com-ing by and by; But its brightness shall on - ly come to
sad day com-ing by and by ; When the sin -ner shall hear his doom, "de-
^ ^ J* > i .•«» i««i N
■^ ;g! — ai-
-i^
^
A >»-
:^=f^
'Sl ai~
:— b^-
^^=t^
i^iii
:jv_|v
:i'^:
:^=dv
part - ed right and left.
them that love the Lord.
part, I know ye not."
Are you read
Are you read
Are you read
_fc K-
^ ^ y ^
Chorus.
'jk. A — bk-
^
Are you read- y, Are you read - y, Are you read - y for the
-g I I-
53:
?!3r5=gz:^^^E3£i:4d
■♦I . ♦! ~ ♦l-ig 1-
:0
-si-
-AI-r-A— A— A-=^
Judgment day? Are you read J', Are you ready for the Judgment day?
-J — - ^^:^ "-^-f^— H^^"£" tr "f" < ^ . ^ - — v
— i-
B/ per. W. L. Thompson & Co., East Liverpool, O., and Chicago.
54
TURNED AWAY FROM THE
BEAUTIFUL GATE.
D. E. DoRTCH, by per.
^-^|-Ai-— Ai-— Ai— i*j^
-*f- -*- -^ -5h -^- -^ -^- "^- , ^ J . ,
Some one will knock at the saints' bright home, And hear the Lord saying,"You
Some one will be near the ransom'd throng. And wish he could join in the
Some one will stand with an ach - ing heart, While Je -sus pro-nounc-es the
Some one will lin - ger with tear - ful eyes, While Christ and His peo-ple as-
Some one will go in - to dark-ness drear. Far off from the Sav-iour and
Some one will en - ter the door of hell, And hear the sad wail-ings no
r=t=^"
^
:t=t=^
■^ 1^ U^ IX u» u*
can - not come;" With sad - ness he'll mourn o'er his
hap - py song; With sigh -ing he'll mourn o'er his
word, "de - part ;" With groanings he'll mourn o'er his
cend the skies; Withweep-ing he'll mourn o'er his
all that's dear ; With an -guish he'll mourn o'er his
tongue can tell ; With hor - ror he'll mourn o'er his
I I =U l-A A-^ fk Jk A
:j^==^=|
ei^
sor
sor
sor
sor
sor
sor
row - ful
row - ful
row - ful
row - ful
row - ful
row - ful
=F=
state
state
slate
state
state
state
ttrt
Refrain.
-Ai-^A:*^ Ai Ai . A% A A S- -AJ-T-A^I
— -J ^ — <— -J .^ ^ -5- — I—. — ^r—^ ■
-*-^^
-f z-t — I
-1a-=-1A !A^
L" IX IX
Turned a- way from the beau-ti - ful gate. Turned a - way from the beau-ti - ful
ie^=^Si=^
w^w-
ix ^ Ix IX
gate, Turned a -way trom the beau - ti - ful gate; With sad-ness he'll
M^U^
Al . Ai^
-*-^-#-
ix u» ' -^ -^ ^ '
mourn o'er his sor - row-ful state, Turned a - way from the beau-ti - ful gate.
V • •
I ^
55
He Never Turns Sinners Away.
Carrie Ellis Breck.
Jno. R. Bryant.
■S- s s-
1. Come, come to the Sav - iour,
2. Come, come to the Sav - iour,
3. Come, come to tlie Sav - iour,
4. Come, come to the Sav - iour,
^k A.-
Come and
Tho' you
Hear His
Par - don
re - pent of your
have wan-dered a-
com - pas - sion - ate
is of - fered to
ii£#^=
w
— -i^ — -K
^ — ^z=2r
fcn
sinT^- He has a won-der- ful king-dom of love. And
far; Tell Him that you are a sin - ner in -deed, And
call; Count-less the bless-ings He longs to be -stow. And
thee, Why not the bless-ing by faith now ao - cept, While
:[:=[:=t=t::
i^:
<;horiis.
fefe^^ =^' =^
— ^ — ^ ,
M :M .
-- Sp-
— n:
— ^^
"^ ^ f "
fe^t^-^-^— S-
""♦ ^ ? ",^"* i*^
^ -^
V —
-i-
-5-
-2-^=^=^=
longs for your
tell Him how
wants you to
yet it is
-9 ^ ^ \- •(
en - ter - ing in.
sor - ry you are.
ask for them all.
of - fered so free.
Come, come
to
the
Sav - iour.
-Pi- ♦ -♦-
r^' r r ! !• F i
iX * lA
IF •
!
1
[;.■ . !»
7*1 1 i ! '
t^ "■
1 1
1 t^ 1^ ftf
-y rt m • i» m
.» ».__ »
1 " — 'i
/ 11* •
*
» .
"f^
L . / ._
^ \ ^ T \ !
1 : 1 '
^ i/ >
'^ 'y '•
1
^
1^
U
-»■- ' -»■- -m- -»- '!!!l3w. -^- ' -»
^zzipixzz»::^:^:=zpzz=at=i±wi=Dzti"=t:
Come, come to a
Copyrlsht, 1901, by Lee & Porter.
56
W^hat a Wonderful Saviour.
Rev. W. J. UoRAN.'
Edw. S. Fogg.
1. What a won - der - ful Sav - iour is Je - sus, A won-der- ful
2. Wliat a won - der - ful Sav - iour is Je - sus, He saved a poor
3. What a won - der - ful Sav - iour is Je - sus, He sweet - ly
4. What a won - der - ful Sav - iour is Je - sus, He's com - ing
m
w=^
is^
1?' ^
#
i.-^-^
— ^^ — 1
-^ — ^
~^~
s-
N~
—^ — ^
^
[^^- — w -^ :^ —
A. •
•^
t^ ~t^
-*.~7
A
a'
A' . ■*,
-^—
Sav - iour
is
He,
A\'hat a won
- der
ful
-•- . -m-
Sav - iour
is
sin - ner
like
me,
What a won
- der -
ful
Sav - iour
IS
dwells
with -
in,
What a won
der -
ful
Sav - iour
IS
by
and
bv,
What a won ■
der -
ful
Sav - iour
is
-i»-
-•-
CH \ 1 \
lA.-'
~>»
^ ▲: \*tr-^
— A —
— ^ —
'A. • i4k
-^
1
t? y- — !*—
=^t=J
-A
\y ^
^—
.^
—J—
-^ ^—
■V ■ ■
V 1
T\
CHURIS.
^ t N
!/fcH=f
— ^ N-
-1 — -^— :>-;^-> — 1 -J. ^^ ^^
l=rr^-r~
Je -
—2 2
sus. He
iied for you and me.
Je -
sus, There's par-don wait-ing for thee. What a won - der-ful
Je -
sus. He saves and keeps from sin.
Je -
sus. We'll reign with Him on high.
A •
' /"^s
-i —
-m- -^ -m- -^ -• -• », ^ . -^ -♦ -^ -m- -^
C\' A • -
1 1 ' 1 '
J
'* • ' A ' *.
^•i i
■^ ^
1 '
^^
^ "T ,
-^ n \ ■'
^ ^ W A ^
'
;; > y
' , -^ ' 1
^-^1 '^ ^-^^ ^^
6^ •
^ y V
^T=t
:i5=^
i
won - der - ful Sav - iour, He saves. He saves. What a
He saves. He saves.
§§^
■■At-- bfc-
-/^ y
-V h-
> 7
::t
-I N-
-V — w — 2 — ^
♦ — ♦ — ^ — ^-
won - der-ful Sav-iour is Je - sus, He saves and keeps me now,
^ . ^ • -^ ^ .^ ^
-I JC-
-i^^ ^^ ' ^^ h-
-m- — m — «-
Copyright, 1894, by Fogg and Barker.
57
ALL FOR • JESUS.
Mary D. James.
^■^-m
-J^-^-K
Arranged.
-4 r^
—I- h-*l— ^— =^ 1— |-2s!t-5^-- -
1-^
^ (AM for Je-sus, all for Je - sus ! All my being's ransomed powers:
' (All my tho'ts,audwor(ls,and doings, All my days and all my [OmiY. ] hours.
r, (Let my hands perform His bidding, Let my feet run in His ways —
\ Let my eyes see Je-sus on - ly. Let my lips speak forth His [OmtY. ] praise.
All
All
sus! All raydaysand all my hours; hours.
praise.
SS^
for Jesus! all for Je
for Jesus! all for Je-sus! Let mv lips speak forth His praise ;
3 Since my eyes were fixed on Jesus,
I've lost sight of all beside ;
So enchained my spirit's vision,
Looking at the crucified.
|: All for Jesus ! all fbr Jesus !
Looking at the Crucified. :|
e
:^-r=.t=^:
/ / / i/ /
4 Oh, what wonder! how amazing!
Jesus, glorious King of kings-
Deigns to call me His beloved,
Lets me rest beneath His wings.
P: All for Jesus ! all for Jesus I
Resting now beneath His wings. :|
58
,R. E. Hudson.
ni Live for Him.
:^=:1:
:i±^^J£^i^FfeEE5
:--^
C. K. Dunbar.
^M^ms
t
1. My life, my love, Tgive to thee, Thou Lamb of God, who died for me;
2. I now be-lieve thou dost re-ceive, For thou hast died that I might live;
3. Oh, thou who died onCal-va-ry To save my soul and make me free.
)-:-3-l— Ft— -A-i-
Cho. /'/? live for him who died for me , Howhap-py then my life shall be !
Oh, may I ev - er faith-f ill be, My Sav - ior and my God !
And now henceforth I'll trust in thee, My Sav - ior and my God !
I'll con - se-crate my life to thee, My Sav - ior and my God !
^l=f=
ive for him ivho died for m(\ My Sav -id ' and my God!
r-
I'll live for him. who died f(rr me, 3Iy
Copjiight, 1882. bv R. E. Uu JsoD.
59
Little Feet, Be Careful.
Mks. L. M. Beal Bateman.
J. H. ROSECBANS
•♦■- -♦- -♦■ ^
m
1. I washed my hands this morn-ing, O ver - y clean and wliitc
2. I told my ears to list- en Quite close - ly all day thro',
3. My eyes are set to watch them A - bout their work or })lav,
.S N S
And lent them both to Je - sus, To work for Him till night.
For a - ny act of kind-ness Such lit - tie hands can do.
To keep them out of mis - chief, For Je - sus' sake all day.
§;£
z&
t^ k. y=
I
CHOBIS.
*. — ^r-"
- — ^ — ' »^ ^1 — I -•—
i^im
9^»±^S
Lit-tle feet, be care-ful Where you take me to, }
A-nv-thing for Je- sus ( 0)/i!7 f On-lvletme do
■K-'>--*- — -♦-.
SS
Copjiight, 1SS6, by Fillmore Bros. By per
i=S
GO
Thomas Ken.
OLD HUNDRED.
* M. H. B. H. P. H,
34. 2. 2.
1-1 \-
:t
2-^^
sr
:=r-.25^
lis:
IgTl
^s- -<^ -^- 1
Praise God, from whomall blessings flow ; Praise Him, all creatures here below;
:£
m
^— ^H
1 =i 1» i=s f
^■
w^-'B-
S:
m^
-III i
Praise Him above, ye heav'nly host ; Praise Father, Son, and Ho- ly Ghost.
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ J^ ^ ^ \ ^ ^-^ A A.^ -
1=
w
-^^-
z±.S=tz
t.
r
iSl
r
61
I Will Follow Jesus.
R. E. Hudson.
-N-
•^— ^-
-zg:
:si —
-A — N-
■ — 1—^^—^ — ^ —
1. Down in the val - ley with my Sav - iour I would go, Where the flow'rs are
2. Down in the val - ley with my Sav - iour I would go, Where the storms are
3. Down in the val - ley, or up - on the mountain steep. Close be - side my
»sr • -^-
>■ r^ ^— -j 1-
-A —
-*— I*
V-
;:iv=:^_
'M A:' At! -^ H^hS'
- — — - — K~f^'-
— ^-
-w — ^-
blooming and the sweet wa-ters flow; Ev - 'ry-where He leads me I would
sweeping and the dark wa-ters flow; With His hand to lead me I will
Sav-iour would my soul ev - er keep; He will lead me safe - ly in the
-^- -1*- 1 -I*- -P- -«- • - -Ear- A ^ ^ ■^- -I*- -i*- -I*- H*-
-V i^-
-(*■— ^A— A-
-^
-y-
-5*-
^
"Sir
i^
-a^ — ^r
:fe__:
ii
fol - low, fol - low on, Walk-ing in His foot-steps till the crown be wen.
nev - er, nev - er fear, Dan-gers can - not fright me if my Lord is near.
path that He has trod, Up to where they gath-er on the bills of God.
-t* — p*> — (*■-
Fol-Iow, fol - low, I will follow Je - sus j Anywhere, everywhere, I will f ol-low on;
±1-1 — V
=^_=Etz±=:t=^
^ ^ fc^ ^
■y-y-s'-f-}*^
I I
?=1=it=:
J^-Ji
~l 1 K— N— K-
i
"N— K-f>
^-^-
>=?-^
_«-^
Fol -low, f ol-low, I will follow Jesus! Everywhere He leads me 1 will fol - low on.
Copyright, 1S95, by R. E. Hudson.
61Ji
STANDING ON THE PROMISES.
K. K. C.
R. Kelso Cartkb.
-W— ^y- • -W-
1. Standing on the proniist-s of Christ ray King, Thro' eternal a- ges let his
2. Standing on the promises that caunot fail.When the howling storms of doubt and
3. Standing on the promises I 'now can see. Perfect, present cleansing in the
4. Standing on the promises of Christ the Lord, Bound to him e-ter-nal-ly by
5. Standing on the promises, I cannot fall, List'ning ev'ry moment to the
prais-es ring, Glo- ry in tlie highest. I Avill shont and sing,Standing on the
fear as - sail, By the living Word of God I shall pre-vail. Standing on the
blood for me;Standingin the lib-er-ty where Christ makes free. Standing on the
love's strong cord.O-vercoming daily with the Spirit's sword, Standing on the
Spir -it's call,Rest-iugin my Sav-ior,as my all in all. Standing on the
. A——^ A .-A-' A A • A A » ^k ,-A-- '*■
wj-ij-i i 1 — H 1 — I — \ — i — *-!» • 0 \-t — 0 — ^-
Chorus.
A • A A' lA"
\^ ^ > ^ Z T' '^ ^ ^
prom-is-es of God. Stand - - ing, Stand - - ing,
j^ Standing on the promise, Stand-lng ou the promise.
-^ — ^-t^— ^j-}^-' \~l
U-j^-fi— J^-- ^— J^-^-^-^-Xj_-|.
Standing on the prom-is- es of God, my Sav - lor. Stand
* 1^ ^.^ .» Li
Standing on the promise,
b' ^ U» ^ ^
-*|— -At-; — At— A • ^i 1-=— -H— ^—
— I 1 — —I 1 1— ^-T ^ 1—
—I 1 '—■ ^-: ^ 1 '■
— ^ — Be — ifc. . fc^ — I 1 —
stand - ing, I'm stand-ing on the prom-is - es of God.
stand-lng on the prom-lse, ^
;b
i^felEi
CopjTiilkV U8S, b; John J. BooA.
62
God Be With You.
"The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you." — Rom. 16: 20
J. E. RANKIN, D.D.
^
^^^z:^
"m^
— I ^— N — N — ^— N|
1. God be with you till we meet a - gain, By His coun-sels guide, uphold you,
2. God be with you till we meet a - gain, 'Neath His wings protecting hide you,
3. God be with you till we meet a - gain, When life's perils thick confound you,
4. God be with you till we meet a - gain, Keep love's banner float-ing o'er you,
I ,A^ -A.. -A- -i^ -A- -P- -A-
?S« I- I A 1^" ~ 7^ — ^ — ^ — I "TS
1/ \j I
With His sheep se-cure-ly fold you, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
Dai - ly ma - na still di - vide you, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
Put His arms un - f ail-ing round you, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
Smite death's threat'ning wave before you, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
ifSi
t=ft
iT-i — r-^
jA-^l-A.- A t^— 1^
!♦ ^ -I—
^
^
4e==^
U J
t:=P~w/~P~^
BEFRAIN.
^~N
2ST^
F=I
1 — r h^--^
Till we meet, till we meet. Till we meet at Je - sus' feet;
Till we meet, till we meet, till we meet, Till we meet,
I y \j
^31
:*^i=i^=r
t^t?^
Till we meet. till we meet, God be with you till we meet a-gain.
Till we meet, till we meet, till we meet,
•A- -AiA- -A- _ _ _ „ _
c\\ i> L ^ ^r r r — i*^* — ^— ^
iA- -A- -A-A-A--^.-A- -A-
H» ^^
-£t^
]I
S|5
I — ^_i^
_>^:^-
-^^'^r-;^-
-i-^-V-
5EX
CdKTight, J. E. Rankin. By per,
63
Make Some Other Heart Rejoice.
Wonls and Music bv Chas. M. Fillmore.
-A V-
1 — n—< — J f^ Nt ^ Nt 1
^?z2z.^z^=^—z: — T=* —
r — -^=«-^=" — *-i--^ ^ * - -, - -,. -• ^. ^ - ^
1. Would you kuow earth's highest happine.^s, Would you know its greatest
2. Pleas-aut smiles will cheer a drooping heart, Kind-ly words re-lieve a
3. Ma - ny hearts are crushed with bit-ter woe, Manj' hearts with grief are
=fc^
It
.-A -V N-
^^
bless-ed-ness, Would you know its truest joy-ful-ness, Make some other
bit-ter smart, Helping hands to weakness strength impart, !Make some other
bend-ing low, Many hearts need help you can bestow, Make some other
^
CHORl'S.
r-;;^=F
heart re-joice. Give a pleasant smile, Speak a kind-ly word,
-X 1 . .—Ar ▲ A-^A.-— A-
\^i^-^y~f^-F=^-^
1
I
c^:^
> ^
^^
^^^
I V Z>
Lend a hand to help a broth - er, Give a pleasant smile,
±=?=2=t:
"y^~»^y-i
:?— ^=;^::^=f^-
1
|i^^
-N K — -s s-
<y-5— ♦ -V-^— ♦-
J ' '^ ^ \ \ i 'y ^
Speak a kind-ly word, Lend a hand to help an - oth - er.
^m
2ir^=P
Copyright, 1S98, by Fillmore Bios.
64
Through the Blood.
A. P. Cobb.
J H. FiLLMOKE.
M
pE^
-d 1 1 N
-♦) Hi 1 ^-
1 =i ^t! Jkf-
-N-
-^ ^
-A-q^-
1. Have you touched the garments of the Holy One ? Are you washed in the
2. Are you walking dai-iy with your Lord in view? Are you close to His
3. Are you bringing sinners to the sinners' Friend? Does your life tell of
V-
4t—p
-*K
3
->,-, — K
— p-y-r r — ■y- — r"'
-"-Si-
isfe
soul-cleansing tide ? Are j^eur sins for-giv-en ? Do you hope for heaven
dear, wounded side ? Do you love your Saviour ? Do you seek God's fav-or
Je - sus who died ? Do you have the 8pir-it ? Do you peace in - her - it
-f*- -<•- -V- -m- -m- -w-
EH?
->-rA-
\ 1 I ^t—
1 H i-. '
-»■ » m — m — -I
1- —I \ 1
-iA: 1^ \^ ^ 1
-I 1 1 1 •
-3— -:i\ — f'' — js -IT ^-
CHORES.
■^^
Thro' the blood of the Christ cru - ci-fied ? Thro' the blood, cleansing
Thro' the blood,
m^
^-w-
-^
^
V-
4t
— : f-= H^i 1 1 Ni 1 f- 1^, 1 —
blood, Thro' the blood of the Christ crucified ! Are your sins forgiven ?
cleansing blood,
I ^ !^ 1 .
r^
Do you hope for heav-en Thro' the blood of the Christ cru - ci - fied ?
-t; s^
t:
1
Copyright, 1$90, by Fillmore Bros.
65
These Are They.
Mrs. Harriet Jones.
D. B. Towner.
1^:*
::1=^
=P— N — ^ — ^ — N — I — ^TT.i 1
1. Oh, who are these so near the throne, That Je - sus so de-lights to own,
2. They cast their crowns be-fore the King, They see His face and prais-es sing;
8. The Lamb of God sup-plies their needs, By streams of liv-ing wa-ter? Ijads;
4. They toiled and suf-f ered here be - low, And washed their garments white as s no',\ ,
1 ^ -i«-^ -I*- I*- -^ ^ -^- ^ A -|*- -(*- 1*- -(•- ^ -I*- -(^
Ar - rayed in gar-ments clean and white. With crowns of vie - to - ry and light?
They serve their God by night and day, In beau - ty shine, oh, who are they ?
He wipes their tears of grief a - way. And can it be that these are they ?
And in God's presence dwell for aye, Be - loved and blest, for these are they ?
7#-
i*
rZ -^- -I*- •^-
■A — A-
^
i^i
:^
.(*. H*.
:fe
^. H*-
f^:
CHORUM.
mt
Theae* are they which came out of great trib - u
^
"^rzt
la - tion, and have
ft. jt. -|ft-
i
-m -^ "-^ 1 1- s — I-
Ai I — A. — T-v- T — 4-
m
wash'd their robes white in
H*- -I*- H*- ^ _
the blood of the Lamb. Hal - le - lu
-^ :ii-
-EE=t=t--
jah,
hal - le- lu - jah,
-S^
-4_^— A-
-?-<^
P~^^
^ j"^
1 k 1^ 1 IN k
-P
i— 1-
\:^i=^ ^ -^ 4v-^-1
=^=t
hal - le -
^i-^ —
-i_ ^1 — A^—- A — •
lu - jah, Wash'd their
hal-le-lu- jah,
-A — A — A — V V-^ T
robes in the blood of the
Lp^JJ
Lamb.
-^r-t? p~
C| 'n ijf 'u V
tp-JJ
Copyright, 1887, by D. B. Towuer.
66
Saved For Evermore.
"For by grace are ye saved through faith." — Eph. 2 :
Ida Scott Taylor.
DUET and CHOBU.S. CHORUS.
W. H. DOANE.
1. From the world with sin al - lur - ing, I am saved, I am saved;
2. Now m)- heart to Je - sus bring -ing, I am saved, I am saved;
3. Dear - est Lord, re-ceive and bless me, I am saved, I am saved ;
4. Glo- rioustho't, I can - not lose Him! I am saved, I am saved;
§S
t:
^
1 — r
By the grace of God en - dur - ing,
To His promised par -don cling-ing.
Let Thy ho - ly peace pos-sess me,
If by grace a -lone I choose Him,
.0. • .0. .0. -*. -0. -0.
I am saved for
I am saved for
I am saved for
I am saved for
ev-er-
ev - er -
ev-er ■
ev-er •
^
more,
more,
more,
more.
-f2
-S> B^
„ CHOKUS.
i > lb ^ N
i. k.
U JJ h \
■■ ^ N '^ ■ P
1 ■ r> ».'■
^jrJ^i^-
""^"-^^r---^
'W^'~'
~*~^~1~
0 the
1 J 'Q ^
blood that flowed for
me,
flowed for me,
-A-" -At-' -^ -A-
Long a-
0 the blood
C\' 1
m ' m (0 ' ^ ■■ !
*^. 4 N*
^ 1 r 1 * • (♦
s»
>' /k •^
•^ A. . 'a. 'a . 'a. 1 ly
1 ' 1 'i "
y ' J J J
1 J ],/ ■
/ J > <f -^ ^
1 ^
s
^
K
1 N S
^ ^ •
_>
p
a ■ •
^
^1
^
^ •
5
s
e
S ' z ■
go
Long a - go.
on
-Ar
Cal -
va - ry ;
Cal -
va - ry
Praise the
t~A*
L.
1
I*
^ r* ■ 1
]
I ! .' 1 III
•V , ^. ! ,
!•
W •
|a
▲
:▲
:▲ '▲
:▲ . ▲
;
J i
1 T '
y
'J
1
i/
i' 1
^ >
I
-aJ aJ ^ tS^-
^-j-^r-:sr—x—-a^
^ ' ♦ ' 1 1
^
i
=^=^r
r
*>i ' o'-
9^
Lord, it made me free ; I am saved for ev-er - more
praise the Lord, made me free ;
J Z) J-
3 — r
i
Copyright, 189», by W. H. Doaav.
67
A. J..S
Jesus Knocks at thy Mean.
"Behold, J niand at Uiedoor, and knock."— Rev. 3: 20.
A. J. Showaltib.
-JV, H.L
1. Lo! Je - sus pa-tient-ly knocks at the door, Knoclis at thy heart,
2. O - pen the door and say, "Master, come in. Come and a-bide,
3. Je - sus stands waiting and pleads with thee still, O - pen to-day!
4. O - pen the door of thy heart and find rest, Find it to-day,
tgiiSafci
-^-m
m
'm
-p — ^-
:p=pc
i
m-^
?
— \ —
-^ P — !" I
-« • -• m . ■
knocks at thy heart, O - pen to - day and re - sist Him no more,
come and a - bide; " He will re-deem thee and cleanse from all sin,
o - pen to-day! How canst thou treat the dear Saviour so ill?
find it to - day; Let Him but en - ter and thou shalt be blest;
—m — ^ — fc^
^iii-X-^
m
t=^
u.
fm — I '■ 1 — w — V — '■ — t-^ — !-- — t-^
REFRAIN.
iCst He for - ev - er de - part. Knock - ing to - day, . .
He will be with thee to guide.
How canst thou turn Him away?
Why wilt thv long-er de - lay ? Knocking, knocking to-dav, to-day,
■m
Knock - ing to - day, . . Je - - - sus is
Knocking, knocking to - day, to-day. Je - sus is earn-est-ly
^ ^ gy. 4*. -t*- -,-i^ t^
^=^
-/ — > W-
-V — r
i*-?-l^ j~
«t
knock - - ing,
knocking to - dav, Is knock-ing for en-trance to - day.
I M, U 1 1 1 9
-^ — V
-i)~
£
ir
H* fc^
^5^
it_i_*;
it::
^
Oopy right, by A. J. SbowaKer. Used by per.
68
Are You Ready?
J. W. Slaughenhaupt.
E. S. LORENZ.
1. Soon the eve - ning shad-ows fall - ing, Close the day of mor-tal life;
2. Soon the aw - ful trum-pet sound- ing Calls thee to the judgment-throne;
3.0 how fa - tal 'tis to lin - ger! Are you read - y, read - y now,
4. Priceless love and free sal - va - tion, Free - ly still are of -fared thee;
Soon the hand of death ap - pal - ling, Draws thee from its wea - ry strife.
Now pre - pare, for love a - bound- ing Yet has left thee not a - lone.
Read - y, should death's i - cy fin - ger Lay its chill up - on thy hrow ?
Yield no long - er to tempt - a - tion, But from sin and sor - row flee.
g^
_(• (It.
^
■m — m — ^-^H^_H^
\}-'j J W
-t-x
f. . REFRAIN. , ^
^ ^
S N 1
it^u ^ -^
— ;^ N h-
— ^ • ^
-rt" -^-^^^ H
Wy 2 -^ L>
.^"^ ^ ^1
^~
. w k. ^ •
v-7 ^'Wi.rv-'.v » . . s»
s. r
J 'J \ 1
•^ X 5 '7
Are you read - y ?
Are
^ s s ^ 1
■J
you
7 r- ^ ^ >
are you read - y ?
read-y ? are
^ ^ s ^~ 1
? > •
you read-y?
C\' W
♦ — -
"* ^
. ^ fc^ ^ . 1
)'\ V
▲
^
▲ ▲ •
■^ -J ' 1
^^-^^
:^^ ^r-
-<<-
^ > ^^ —
-^ ^—
u^ w' > 1
m
■S 1 S \--mr^-^
-♦■ — ♦ — ^ 1 ♦■ . ♦
w^-
^-=^i^=^
J s s L' ^ ^ u
'Tis the Spir - it calling; why de - lay? Are you read-y?
^re you read-y ?
-fci: hc-
S
— -I \ i- -N S- -
'^ — T'. — •• T, T, • W.
^ — -y— ^— ^— i^
are you read -y? Do not lin -ger longer; come to - day.
are you read-y?
§a
^g "J^v-C 'J > 5=^
S->-w^
-l*-^h^
^^
Copyright, 18T8, hy E. S. Lorenz.
U ^ U P
69
The Gate Ajar.
Mrs. Lydia Baxter.
Philip Phillips.
1. There is a gate that stands a-jar, And thro' its por-tals gleam-ing,
2. That gate a - jar stands free for all Who seek thro' it sal - va - tion ;
3. Press onward, then, tho' foes may frown, While mercy's gate is o - pen;
-t. Be - yond the riv-er's brink we'll lay The cross that here is tak - en,
S^
e=e^
±i:
V— t-
A radiance from the crown a - far The Saviour's love re - veal - ing.
The rich and poor, the great and small, Of ev - 'ry tribe and na - tion.
Ac - cept the cross and win tlie crown, Love's ev-er - last - ing to - ken.
And bear the crown of life a - way. And love Him more in heav - en.
Rt-
i *,. 1...
-^— ;^! h-
:t=t-> ,«>
-^-H*H
^
L, y 1 ^ — 1
^ ' T i 1
^ — 7-^ 1
L, \ 1
BEFBAI?!. .
1
1
-Tn
-^ ^i^ ' ^ — *i—
— *v-aJ-
fv-
— K^— ^-
In
i
^ ^z ^ — -j-
1
-■ 1—
— iH —
— ^ —
~J^~
:—^-\
v" K ^1
1 ^
--♦ — ♦^
^♦—
Z ^
♦
n ^ '
s±^
Yes, in the blood of Christ I see The gate that stands a-jar for me,
n 1^ -^. -^- _^_. _^ _^. .^_ _^_ ^- -^^ I
pI=fg^..gi=:^E=p"z=!!!z=»=.^|J tziifF— pT^^-S-;*^
... J . _^ ,^ Li_ 3R 1
lUzt:
y' A A^
-t^ 1 y-
For me, for me, That stands a - jar for me.
For me, for me.
9i=T
^
4s- «-
^
-v^ 1-
-y—Lf.
By parmistion.
-*-^H*-
70
How Often in Life's Journey.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
r, , nVET. Cently.
II. Cob. 4 : 17.
1*^ ^ V
C. M. Davis.
V 1 '"7 A
^
^ A.' _i i^
1 1
^ ^
JL.hi-i.'i ^
^ N ^ r
■ 1 ^ 5
s» 1
fm'^ P n 'i f-
♦1 * S
(S?, e^ •
H H S r^
♦ ■ ♦' *■' w
^ *■ ^
<*
«>
« ♦
^ ^ff
T- ^
1. How oft- en in life's jour-ney here be - low, When bit»- ter dis - ap-
2. There are af - flic-tions which we must pass through, It on - ly is our
3. There'll nev-er be a night so dark to thee, But what our Lord who
4. When to death's val-ley, we each one must come, And earth-ly friends then
pointments come to me;
Lord's chas-tiz-ing rod;
al - ways is a - wake,
turn from us a - way;
To that bright heav'nly home I long to go, Where
Our Lord's " Fear not for I will be with you," Will
Will guide us o'er the rough and stor-my sea, And
Our God will take us to that heav'nly home, Where
^fel
!2i^
^^S
l?^-w— ^-
?--^^
-w h
-^ — m-
Itlgit^
-N-Af-
i for - ev - er can more clearly see.
clear a - way the doubt, for He's our God.
we can lean on Him who'll ne'er forsake,
we can spend one nev - er end - ing day.
0 Sav
iour, lead me
^t-B
Lead me, Sav - ioui
I I I I
fcSzt
Lead
me,
ffSB^=a=gi
=vl
=F
• y ^ ^ — ^
on and on, 0 lead.... me gent -ly on and on, Un -til life's
on and on, Gent - ly lead me on and on, Lead me,
I 4^4 :^ -^ J J J.-'-
tri - al time is past 0 Saviour, lead me gent-ly on
Sav - iour, on and on, on and on.
me on,
Copyright, 1902, by J. 1. Lee.
71
The Saviour is Coming.
Rev. G. W. Crofts.
WS^^^:^^^
-^--^— [-^g-j-^f-— jg^
=1^^:
p. B. TOWNEB.
1. The morning is dawning, be- hold! A - way roll the shadows of
2. O long have I wait-ed to greet My Bord in the clouds of the
3. He com-eth to take me a -way From sickness and suf-fer-ing
4. Re-joic-ing I ev - er shall reign With Christ in His kingdom a-
n ^
^
y rfii \ — -
"■ ^ t ^ ? p II
Ak & J J ^
J ^ J ■ ' ^
N ^ "^,
"
m-^^-t^ t <»■
-S-: ^ * •5- .S-4'-J--
_._N .^ 5 .^_
^J^— ♦.LJ* 2 L^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ A -i^
night; The King is ap-proaching in pur - pie and gold,
skv! And now He is com-ing, the vis- ion, how sweet;
His
My
here, To man-sions e - ter-nal more love - Iv than dav
That
bove, And sing the glad triumphs of Him who was slain,
Re-
-A-- -^ -^- ' -^- -A- -A- -A- • ,. ■ > ■
-J>^
-v.ii : ' *
1 ' t 1 1
f^ ^ ^ ^
b-
).-fj+ L4. • lA [a.
'. • » !^ r . ,'. • 1 .
^ ,*j !A. 1*. A.
tik M^ ^k Jk 1^ ;^
^ J J V
■■^
-- ^^^^ -^^
^5^ — 't' — y — & — y y — '
<'HORrS.
:5--^
■-^-i-^
-^ ^ — h! ^^
▲' A. ▲ '^^ A • A A"
coun - te-nance beaming with light. The Sav-iour is com-ing I
Je - sus, my Sav-iour is nigh.
now in His glo - ry ap - pear.
deem-ing my soul in His love. is
know, ' The Saviour is coming I know, My lamp is a-
coming, I know, is coming, I know,
flame with the oil of His grace, And gladly, to meet Him I go.
CopTrlght, 1890, by D. B. Towner.
V '^ ^
72
W. L. T.
Soprano Solo.
-^> — I
THE SINNER AND THE SONG.
Will L. Thompson.
-♦ ^. ^
:=1*?:
:^— ^3-^
-m-p m-
rt
4^=trf
1^=3:
:=t
1. A sin-ner was -wand'ring at e - ven - tide; His tempter was
2. He lingered and listened to ev-'rysweet chord; He remembered the
=t
-1^ — ^-
-s-fc-"
:^=]=]:
:*=^:
watch-ing close by at his side; In his heart raged a bat- tie for
time he once loved the Lord. Come on ! says the tempter, come
:=^szrt=4
:at:3t
-^-^-
i
:^i=tff:
=E^^
i
"■»! ' -^ ■»
-*-^
Hi3vd*F-S3=td:
right a-gainst wrong;But hark ! from the church he hears the sweet song
on with the throng; But hark! from the church a - gain swells the song.
i=3g=J|S
1. Je - sus,Lov - er of my, sou!, Let me to Thy bo - som fly,
2. While the bil-lows near me roll, While the tem-pest still is high I
-&- -0- -G)- ^ -«>- -0- -«- -<9- -»■- -i^- -F*- -&>-
-£=^_
MEEEEEB
ee^eee
-1^ — iA~
'-(2-
t
By penniiiion of Will L. Tbgicpson & Co., EaBt LWerpool, 0', uid tb( TbompioD Musio Co., CbicafO, HI.
i=-i4-— [;-bg±a^fFg
THE SINNER AND THE SONG.
Solo.
^^T=?=3=^
=F=^
=!=:
4^=t^
_-j i-i -^ ^ n \ 1 — ^1 1 — ^- ^-^
O, tempter, de - part, I have served thee too long, I fly to the
S
=i
w
|B^
^^^d=3=
ms
^^^
:|t=!e:
^SrA
itzti
i^-^
^
1-^ ^ • ^
^
^ ;») :«^
:^
=t=F
Sav-iour, He dwells in the song ;
- T^ — T'
O Lord, car it be that a
r«i=«(:
t:
at=3^:
i^-
* -V- -*- -(S-
» I » I — pi 14
-#— ^
sin-ner like me May find a sweet ref-uge by com-ing to Thee?
Oth-er ref-uge have I none; Hangsmy helpless soul on Thee. I come,
rftd:
Qdartet. PP
:[-— ^-W-
;te:]:
:1^
-^-
ft
^
t^:^
^=^
^^
-^'
-^H-*
Lord,I come,Thou'lt forgive the dark past. And O, receive my soul at last.
^^=j^l^^f
tgr-rr-&:-
-1^
P
iiigi:[|=:n
73
Redeemed.
"if/ the redeemed of the Lord say so/'^Ps. 107 : 2.
Mrs. Harriet Jones.
1 ^ 1 k.
D. B. Towner.
jh^^^-^r- '
"IS ;ii « ^-^~^
-J id -1 -
"«
J" ^ ->-^--
m^^^^r-
"Tc — Tl — Ti — ^ — ? — T*"
-_4 ^ •_ ^
"•— "
— W W ♦! —5
Y ▲!
1. 0 glad " who-so - ev - er," the deed is done, My sins are pardon'd thro'
2. I came to my Sav-iour, His word be-lieved, When He the sin - ner at
3. 0 glad " who-so - ev - er," the crim-son tide Is free and o - pen, is
Christ the Son; Of love so precious I nev-er had dream'd, 0 sweet is the peace of the
once received; And now His praises I joy-ful - ly sing. And dwell in the love of my
deep and wide; 0 come, my brother, and bathe in the stream, And you shall be fill'd with a
> > > r- -
soul redeem'd. 0 glo - - ry to Je - sus, re - deem'd ! re-
Lord and King. 0 glo-ry to Je-sus, my soul is redeem'd! my soul is redeem'd! my
joy supreme. re - deem'd ! . . . . re-
^-1*-
deem'd ! Of love
soul is re-deem'd !
deem'd !
If — -g — -'■^ -^ ■^ — :^ — ^ — h^
-N y — \-
so pre-cious I nev - er had dream'd; 0
•TyT J
~^ 1^ ^ '7 '7 7 >' '^ '^
> • 1/ / y •
rapt - - ur-ous sto - ry, re - deem'd ! .
- / / > r
re- deem'd !.
rapt-ur-ous sto-ry, my soul is redeem'd ! my soul is redeem'd ! my soul is redeem
0
'd!0
i^s
ita
^—^.—Jb^ hi. K—V
tE^
i*=y-
-pi
fe
^*~
u y 'J \^ u \j
v. B. Towner, owner of copyrigbt.
Redeemed.
glo-ry, 0 glo - ry, my soul is redeem'd! my soul is redeem'd! my soul is redeemed!
H«--P--P--^-^-f«-
74 The Song That Rings Around.
"Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will ioieard ;Hr/i."— Luke 2 : 14.
Julia H. Johnston. John R. BkvANT.
I ^-
■4— • ^ m- — - P ^ -* i—
:=C
zt P^ J, ^— F^ — *;- \
I
1. The song that rings around the world, Thro'ev - 'ry tribe and na - tion,
2. Ring out, ring out, the tidings glad. Earth needs the; song to cheer it,
3. Tliro' all the a- ges sounding still It rings from countless voic-es,
4. Around the world, around the world, Set all the jov- notes ring-ing.
^^t
•-?:==-t
-PC— A=
f^~ — >
=^e=
m
Is that sweet song the an-gels sang. The tid - ings of sal- va-tion.
Re-jieat the news of Je - sus' love Till all the earth shall hear it.
That song of old as-cends on higli, While heav'n's bright host re-joic - es.
Till ev - 'ry na-tion, tribe and tongue Shall lift the voice of sing-ing.
i^£
i:
-y — y-
—I — \-f^~
itz
I ^ i> s . I
N •••
On earth be peace, good will to men. And in the high-est glo - ry,
-*.- -A-* -Ac- -*c- -Jk- -A:- -A- -£x- • -A.- -P- * _ ^ ^ -i£=- -^'
^
&
:[=:
--t--
-f 5*-
I 1 1 P> Pi PS K^ — ^-
zzLqii-T I I ^^-Ji
^■^-T—^ ♦ ♦ ^
:=Jrz--=:!
^=^
=a=i
r-J-
-_^_,
-^
^
Around the earth it ech-oes still. The glad re-demp-tion sto - ry.
Copyright. 1901, by Lee & Porter.
75
The Old and New Home.
Old English.
„ l>oet.
Arr. by
F. L. Bkistow.
V 1
1 N lu
k. "1
febC-^-J^
-*i — -*^ — V — ^'
K-
-N
■tS — i
-^ ^-^^^J-
\- 2 r ■^.
1 — 1 i ~ -^
-Vi —
▼i-
■ ta
1. 0 the old house at home where my forefathers dwelt; Where a child at the feet
2. It was not for its splendor that dwelling was dear; It was not that the gay
3. But the old house no more is a dwell-ing for me; The home of the stran-
4. There's the '"New House" for me that is not made with hands.'Tis a mansion in heav'n,
^ 1 .4 U
mm
=t:
^^
3^=^
3^=^-W-^i
-^-^^
my moth-er I knelt; Where she taught me the pray'r, where she read me the page,
the no - ble were near; O'er the porch the wild rose and the i - vy entwined,
henceforth it must be; And I nev - er shall room in its rooms as a guest,
- ter - nal it stands — By the riv - er of life, where the streets are of gold,
lJS-
t:
-U
=1=
=fc^M=«i=
-^^
ZN
— y — y — I H — h-^^ 1
Which, if in - fan-cy lisps, is the sol -ace of age. My heart 'mid all changes, wher-
And the jes-sa-mine fra-grant-ly waved in the wind. But dear-er to me than proud
Never roam thro' the fields that my father possessed. But still in my dreams wher-
And the gates are of pearl, it can nev - er be sold. And soon I shall go to the
=^^
£
lit
i
e'er I may roam, Nev-er los - «s its love for the old house at home; For 'twas
tur - ret or dome Is the home of my fa-ther, the old house at home; For 'twas
e'er I may roam. Sweet vis-ions will come of the old house at home; For 'twas
land of the blest, To meet with mother and the loved ones at rest; And 'tis
there
there
there
there
m\
at the feet of my moth-er I knelt, In the old house at home where
at the feet of my moth-er I knelt. In the old house at home where
at the feet of my moth-er I knelt. In the»old house at home where
round a throne pearly white we shall sing, In that "New House at Home," tis
ff \ ^-J ._^
•J
my
my
my
the
It
Foig and Barksr ovrners.
The Old and New Home.
CHOK1IS
forefathers dwelt.
forefathers dwelt. 1-3. 0 the old house at home, 0 the old house at home, My
forefathers dwelt. 4. 0 the new house at home, 0 the new house at home, My
home of a King! _ _ _ . _ _
^^^-
^^DtiTJ!:
--X
-r-
-Uk — bit-
P-
■V—^
— N— ■• J- N S 1^ f I ^
?^H*^-
(^ »r — i-^n — ■
*h-^
heart nev-er chang-es for the old house at home; 0 the old house at" home,
soul now is long - ing for the new house at home; 0 the new house at home,
-m~ -m- -* -»- -♦- -•- -»- -^ -!■ • -^--*- -»--»- -»■- -»-' -m^ -(»-
—I 1 1 1 1 1— — \ rW — to-v-|»— I • 1 r' ' — r-l 1 ■
-^■
-u— fc>-
V Zi V
'^"i
S-= — p
— ^^
:=P
S=f:
^^^
>.-i=
K-*h-
-V-
-S aJ-
^Eg^E
0 the old house at home. My heart nev-er chang-es for the old house at home.
0 the new house at home. My soul now is long-ing for the new house at home.
'i^-
-- yk — !▲ — lA-
:ic=^rnte:
I
^^ — ^ — hE — fct~-fcK— fc»i-=-
-g-r
I Can, I Will, I Do Believe.
Melody by F. L. Bristow.
-N—
•aj — ai — ad-
-5- -♦•
-ad — sJ — si — i-
^--W:
1. Just as I am, without one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for
2. Just as I am, and waiting not To rid my soul of one dark
3. Just as I am, Thou wilt receive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse re-
§gg^
ip^izat:
-y-
t:
Cho. — / can, I will, I do bt-lieve,
/ can,
I will, I do be-
-^ -I—
_^_i — I |j.
me. And that Thou bidst me come to Thee; O Lamb of God, I come!
blot; To Thee, whose blood can clanse each spot, O Lamb of (iod, I come !
lieve Because Thy promise I be-iieve; O Lamb of God, I corwe !
3t3t
t:
t.--
:t=
Si
^w^i
Htz=Ai=;£:
:fc±ts:;ija:
lieve,- I can, I will, I do be -lieve That Je • svs died for me.
Fogg and Btiker, owneic.
77
I LOVE TO TELL THE STORY.
" I will tell thee."— Num. 23: 3.
Kate Hankey. Wm. G. Fischek, by per
iH
ry Of un - seen things a- bove. Of
ry; More won - der - ful it seems Than
ry; 'T is pleas - ant to re - peat What
ry ; For those who know it best Seent
•A-
Je - sus and His glo-ry, Of Je - sus and His love. I love to tell the
all the golden fan-cies Of all our golden dreams. I love to tell the
seems.each time I tell it. More wonder-ful - ly sweet. I love to tell the
hun - ger-ing and thirsting To hear it like the rest. And when in scenes of
W^
L-^_-r,t- 1: .--^^--r^,.^.
ijeiiE:
S
^
^-m-w-
rtWe
-t=^-
^
#*r^=
*=t=a:
^J^ipz^s=iE^
Eg
:^i=2:*i:
P33E
sto - ry, Be-cause I know it 's true ; It sat - is - fies my longings As
sto - ry, It did so much for me! And that is just the rea-son I
sto - ry, For some have nev-er heard The mes-sage of sal - va-tion From
glo - ry I sing the New,New Song,'T will be the Old, Old Sto - ry That
noth-ing else can do. I love to tell the sto - ry,'T will be my theme in
tell it now to thee.
God's own ho - ly word.
I havelov'dso long.
-K-' -i*-'f^' -^ -1^-' -.>--• '-f^ -h^ -<^
glo - ry, To tell the old, old sto - ry Of Je - sus and His love.
z—. ▲ j£s 1 Al I lA . A A,^ A- r-A- — -i£s . A -i-A A j^ . A 1 jil ' |-|
-(^ — 1^+
5T
78
Never Alone.
"io, I am with you alway.'
C. F. O. and P. H.
DUET and CHOKIS. , .
M ATT. 28: 20.
Arrangement for this work.
1. Lone-ly ? no, not lone - ly While Je-sus stand-eth by;
2. Weary? no, not wea - ry While lean-ing on His breast;
3. He died upon the mountain, For me was cni - ci - fied,
4. Wait-ing? 0 yes, wait-ing; He bade me watch and wait;
^
8H»=F
His pres-ence al - ways
My soul hath full en-
He o - pened there the
I on - ly won-der
:p=P=^
-=» — V
■\-^=t
sus
am
cheers me; I know that He is nigh. Friendless ? no, not friendless. For Je
joyment, 'Tis His e - ter - nal rest. Help-less? yes, so help-less; But I
fountain From out His bleed-ing side. Soon from realms of glo-rjt He's com -ing
oft -en What makes my Lord so late. Joy - f ul ? yes, so joy-ful; With joy too
i^
:p=P=
-^-hl ^ I
-t=
r=^=p=
!i=^=^
^^^— 1 ^^ — ^ ( +>^ — ^
:S=drr^-
:___^_-^__^rrt=.
P- — ^
is my
lean - ing
for His
deep for
-# -»-
-^ . -m — •2-^- _♦- — ^^ . — __-|-,_-^_-,_ — «-)-• — ^ — *^-'*H — — 1
c^ 4-* — ♦-• ♦-' — ^^ — ^^♦■J i-^ -^ — 5-L^ — ^ fc.^5zr^zi3
— \ \ ■^^-^ 1
Friend; I change, but He re -main - eth The same un - to the end.
hard On the might-y arm of Je - sus. And He is keep-ing guard.
own, Then me He'll sure re-mem-ber. He ne'er will leave me a-lone.
words; A pre cious, sure foun-da-tion, The joy that is my Lord's.
• •-#- 0- -0- ^ ^ i m -^ ' -^ a '*- -*- #'^-*- -« .
C\' • m
1 ' i ' 1
P P P P
P ' P P
p p p "
1
1' 1 •
S
-^ J
"P • 'P P P
\ 'J \ 'J
1 - 1 ■ ^
i J \- J
p • 1
\ \ ' !y
1 --1 -^^
1
mOBFS.
No, nev-er a - lone, no, never a - lone,. ... He has promised never to
No, no, never alone, no, no, never alone,
■ ••^^^
' -^ ♦ ♦ : ♦ k.3_J5_L ♦L-^^i — J I
leave me, Nev-er to leave me a - lone; Nev-er to leave me a - lone.
CopTTJght, 1V02, by J. A. Le«.
79
Walking In His Footsteps.
M. LOWRIE IIOFFORl), J). D.
SUL.O or DdET.
J. H. F.
1. Are j'ou walk-ing in His footsteps, Are you al-ways do - ing good ?
2. Are you walk-ing in His footsteps, Do you ev - er seek the lost
3. Are you walk-ing in His footsteps, As He bids you dai- ly do,
Do you fol - low aft - er Je - sus As sin - cere - ly as you should?
In the mountain and the des- ert What-so - e'er may be the cost?
Do yon fol - low near the Saviour With Him constantly in view?
-»K — ^ — "-S
-1^" M . M—^
■^-r-s ♦ .^ -i-:~5^
3tst
Do youtrav-el in the pathway That will shine with brighter light,
In the highways and the by-ways. Are your footsteps ev - er found,
In the sunshine and the shad-ow. In the darkness and the light,
m^-^i
u u
1=^
-^ — N-
-N-i — ' —
^
-si—
-*i — *-^— *— *i-
Till you reach the mansions yonder, In the land of pure delight?
Where His wounded feet and bleeding, Left their marks upon the ground?
Are you press-ing in your jour-ney To the land of pure de-light?
r^tr — '^ -^ — r-;" ^ — b '^ : n 1 ^ — n ^ — i- s* — ' —
F
Copyright, 1890, hv Fillmoro Bros.
^Valking In His Footsteps.
Are you walk
ing
I
in His foot
steps ?
^!t=zM^
>i--e-
if 1*-^ ff I*
i^, — [-
V i^ V V '^ y> \^ ^ •' ' ' '^ \j \j
Are you walk-ing in His footsteps ? Are you walk-ing in His footsteps ?
^*- ^*^
Are you al
ways
do - ing
good?
r •? ?
Are you al - ways do - ing good ? Are you al • ways do - ing good ?
A-rA-
-A — *-
H^_i_)^- 1»— S 1» *-
9^^^
!^
-Ft ^. — t
!♦ ■ • !♦■
i
Do you fol
t- ^-r---'
r~r~A
low
aft - er Je
— fs — "
t-
1^ !y y t^ u ^ y
s . *)-
I* I*
^
Do you fol - low aft - er Je-sus ? Do you fol - low aft - er Je - sus
Ab sin - cere
ly
you
should ?
m
1^=4=*
i5fet
i^ ^ '^ ^ \ ^ ^ 1/
As sin- cere- ly as you should ? As sin - cere - ly as you should?
v^^^--
Aa sin - cere
ly
-« ■_! ■ ^_
rp:
1^
you
slionld?
80
THERE'S SUNSHINE IN MY SOUL.
E. E. HEWITT.
#^
r:^
-4-
JNO. R. SWENET.
— — ^-T-^i— A-. m J.—. J .M I 1 1 — "i I
1. There's sun-shine in my soul to day,
2. There's mu - sic in my soul to-day,
3. There's spring-time in my soul to-day,
4. There's glad - ness in my soul to-day.
More glo - ri - ous and bright
A car - ol to my King,
For when the Lord is near.
For hope, and praise, and love.
m^f4
-y— r
y ■;» / y-^f^-"—^
w :^ '^—^
I I
y^^-^ ^^^— M — I 1 m . ^ — ^-T-m—l — i-s 1 — — >~i 1 — A ■'•k — f-K? •-!
Than glows in a - ny earth-ly sky, For Je - sus is my light.
And Je - sus, lis - ten-ing, can hear The songs I can- not sing.
The dove of peace sings in my heart. The flow'rs of grace ap - pear.
For bless - ings which He gives me now. For joys "laid up" a - bove.
^i
Ar^
" — t^ — y — /-
Refrain.
t
shine.
Oh, there's sun - - shine, bless - ed sun
Oh, there's sun-shine in the soul, bless - ed sun-shine in the soul.
? /
-Ji-~±:
■V-
^
^
^K^^
r^
-;— ^-
V— :i-r-:=!-
■^r-=-
■iS>-'-
■While the peace- ful, hap - py mo-ments roll; When
hap . py mo-ments roll;
I^IZZ*
3r_i_*_sr
-fez?_*_*_!_^*
-J— f^, n
j-.^ — I — I — J fir n 1^- >^— Nt-A-4- — I — I , I -,-t
Je - sus shows His smil-ing face, There is sun-shine in the soul.
a«p|Tl«ht. UM, bj Jb*. B. S«ea«r.
f-r
81
More Like Thee.
"Joy in the Holy Qhost."—B.OTil. 14 : 17.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
A-A-A-
±^Z.
-K — N-:d-
J. H. Fillmore.
:Wi3^:
^-F
J 'J 1
1. Ho-ly Spir - it, Dove divine, Hear my ear
2. Ho-ly Spir - it, give me rest. Take life's cases
3. Ho-ly Spir - it, dwell within, Sliin-ing in
I 1 S
nest plea ; Come in-
from uie ; Come and
my face ; Cleanse me
1. Ho-ly Spir-it, Dove divine, Hear my earnest plea;
RKFRAIIV.
I 1/ > I > ^
to this heart of mine^ Make me more
reign with-in my breast, Make me more
from all guilt of sin. By the sav
5? > ■y'
like Thee. Dove divine, Dovedi-
like Thee. Give me rest, give me
ing grace. Dwell within, dwell with-
:^i^^
F^
-y-^-
:^Z^EZ^rz=^
-b'-;^-! h
-S-
Come in-to this heart of mine. Make me more like Thee.
t
n-^--
f^
•t'-y-
Dove divine,
'J
vine,
rest,
in,
-»- -;•- -S>-
Hearmyear - - nest plea, Come, oh come, in-to this
Take life's cares from me ; Come, oh come, and reign with
Shin-ing in my face ; Cleanse, oh cleanse, me from all
_ / / • ^-*-
e
^
?=r=^=u:
Dovedi-vine, Hear my ear-nest plea, Come, oh come, in-to this
"^La— A-
i
heart of mine. Make me more
in my breast. Make me more
guilt of sin. By Thy sav
like Thee, Make me more
like Thee, Make me more
ing grace. By Thy sav
r
like Thee,
like Thee,
ing grace.
heart of mine, Make me more and more like Thee, Make me more and more like Thee.
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
82
MORE ABOUT JESTJS.
E. E. HEWITT.
JNO. B. SWKNKT.
ite
^^^-^=^
=^=:^q=rzA-:^-^4,zr.fi=i=-jy:
1. More a-bout Je - sus would I know.More of his grace to others show;
2. More a-bout Je - sus let me learn, More of his ho - ly will disceru;
3. More about Je - sus; in his word. Holding communion with me Lord;
4. More a-bout Je - sus; on his throne, Rich-es in glo • ry all his own,
I > i.
mi
w^^^s=^
^ff=^^
> ^ U I
More of his sav - Ing full- uess see, More of his love who died for me.
Spir-it of God, my teach- er be, Show-ing the things of Christ to me.
Hear-iug his voice in ev - 'ry line, Mak-ingeach faith ful say-ing mine.
More of his kingdom's sure increase; More of his com-ing. Prince of Peace.
-*:' Af-
-/ — !-
-^=T— .*=»=
JLLi->-
/ y
CHORDS.
■^s^i£
fc^-^
-, -t-^_i ^ ' ■^ — -m—i — •-! m ' I
^N_^^^V
~\—i
More, more a- bout Je - sus, More, more a - bout Je - sus;
^-!^ — ■ — f-r 1 (—— ; i-l — I 1——, — — (— — I 1 i ^-f ■^i — ♦:— A-^l-l
More of his sav - ing full- ness see, More of his love who died forme.
,J?fe'
^ I.
-AH — Arf-'
:^=*=i^==t=Ft
1
ifizitzz.^
-^■—l
y ^
;r-±t:=>^
Copyright, 1887, b; Jdo. B. Sweue; . B; («r.
83
Kneeling at the Threshold.
Rev. Dr. Guthrie.
Karl Reden.
9^^
1. I'm kneeling at the threshold, So wea-ry, faint and sore ; Waiting
2. A wea - ry path I've traveled, 'Mid darkness, storm and strife ; Bearing
3. Methinks I hear the voic - es Of loved ones as they stand Singing
4. With them the blessed an-gels, That know no grief or sin ; See tliem
P-|7-4-
-A-^-^-
-l*-^-l^
■*=A-
^^1
h,|7-^— 1 — q
■ 1
1 1 — 1 — ^
1 1
r-^ — ^ — \ — |-n
>■*
fj^^ [> " ^
.Ji ^
^ ^ . V
.<-it~ •»- -^
?' ' 7 ^ y '
for the dawning, The ope-ning of the door; I'm wait-ing 'till the
many a bur -den And struggling for my life; But now the morn is
in the sun-shine In that far, sin - less l^nd; 0 would that I were
by the por-tals, Pre-pared to let me in ! 0, Lord, I wait Thy
» ^ » . » » . 1 "i^ "! 1 ",♦" "I
Ci* U 1 1^
11 r
^m. ^& m. • ^
^ 1
■
^•i ■^ b
^ (^ ^ * i^
m. s^
w . > ■ >
^^b^-— !*-
-l \- \J-~
-P ^_4 P__
^-^11
■1 1 ■ 1
PS
-s^-
:^i:
^^
:2=^-t:
-I ^pXH_^_-3
§53?
Mas-ter Shall bid me rise and come To His all-glorious pres-ence,
breaking. My toil will soon be o'er; I'm kneeling at the threshold,
with them, A - mid their shining throng. And mingling in their worship
pleas-ure, Thv time and wav are best ; But I'm all worn and wea-rv,
"Sr 'a IA:-r!A. • A. !▲: — 3— ri i-p X^-A iA
-^
;?
CHURUAi.
i^^=i^=^=i=^
— I Aj ^+^r-^
-T-^-
'3k! . aI ^ — aj^
The glad-ness of His home.
My hand is on the door. Kneeling at the threshold, AVeary, faint and
And join-ing in their song!
O, Fa-ther, bid me rest !
-«^*
f*-;-i*--i*- -♦-
^^=^'
-««'-•
sore ; Kneel-ing at the threshold, My hand is on the door.
^^^Jg=M
=N-^
m^
1 h
?^^^=I=S^
84
I Love to Scatter Sunshine.
James Rowe.
fe^
bt?;
^
=q=
Chas. H. Gabriel.
. F». -i ^ \-X~ '
^ ^ L^ ^ « « LB-^^ ■
1. 1 love to share a sor - row, 1 love to dry a tear, I
2. I love to lift the fall - en, And comfort those distressed, I
3. I love to bear his ban-ner A - mid the worldly tiirong, I
1 — r-
^^~
te
^:
-^-
-*r-*— N-hzj=i:N
love to aid the wea - ry. And give the sad heart cheer; I love to
love to cheer and gladden The lone-ly and op-pressed; I love to
love to spread His gospel. By sto - ry and by song; I love to
.|« Si-
ZZ5_L.Z_j 1 1 1^_
H
£
■A^-^k( Ar-
-^ -I 1 — hM-i-M — ■ — ^j— ' — ^ — ^< — m-
scat-ter sunshine, As on my way I go. For this is work for
brighten pathways And share anoth-er's woe, For this is work for
plead with sinners, Un - til to Him they go, For this is work for
§gg
■^=5=^
'7-r
L| L, J
._, L|_:::^l ^,
rHORC».
.^—St.
ifcfcd
— — ♦ — ^1 — h — I — S — ♦^
e
- I I — s
E^
Je - sus. And 0 1 love Him so,. . . . I love to scatter sunshine, As
s-^ — ^-4
on my way I go; For this is work for Je-sus, And 0, I love Him
on mj' wav 1 go; O, I
r*i —
^m^^
t
1 ^-
i-i^ — r^ — *. — 4k — r"= '■^
Copyright, 1900, by Fillmore Bros.
1 I ^
I Love to Scatter Sunshine.
so, I love to scat-ter sun-sbine, As on my way I
love Him so, on mv
-A.—, A-- —
ig^^^i
^^*-A 5-1=:
85
p. H.
Golden Harps.
May be nsed as a Soprano and Tenor Duet.
J. H. F.
"fa4 ,. ^-1 — '^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ J^ -^-^ J^ ^ — ^— r>— rl sr^
r9^^*— — N -^-1-^1 mi s s^ s^ ^ ^H-r-*^ -" — ■ — ' 1 ' — N ^-\
1. O'er the dark and si - lent stream, Comes to us a cheer-ing gleam, Of the
D.C. And our lov'd ones wail, v:e l-iiotr, While ive shrink and/ear to go, To that
2. We must hear the sol - emn knell. We must say the sad fare-well, While with-
And our hearts would sink with grief. Had we not the sweet re - lief. Of a
3. Soon the even-ing shades will fall. Soon will sound the boatman's call. And our
But the hand that led us here. Will not fail us in our fear. It will
-^. ^^- .^_ -^. -^. .p. .^-
light and beau- ty of the farther shore,
sun -ny land to dwell for ev - er -more. \ Go\A-en harps are loud -ly
in this land of part-ings we a - bide. \
Friend that standeth ev - er at our side. (
l§iE£
fra - gile bark must launch in - to the night. \
bear us safe - ly to the shores of light. J
Golden harps are loud - ly
wzjz=zm
ring-ing o - ver there, An-gel choirs are sweet-ly sing-ing, o - ver there.
An-gel choirs
^
H^s — ^ — bfc-
^ ^
^ y ^ 5* I
Copyright, 1898, by FiUmore Bros,
/^
86
Open Wide the Door,
Rev. J. A. Lee.
ehold, I stand at the door and knock
&T¥^^S=^
J. H. Fillmore.
I U I
1. 0 - pen wide the bolt-ed door, The Saviour knocks, He's
2. 0 - pen wide ..... the bolt-ed door, He'll guide you to that
3. 0 - pen wide the bolt-ed door, The Spir - it ca Is you
4. 0 - pen wide, let Him come in, He longs to save you
?=vT 1 — n ^' "
-lA lA bfc-Ubk I
JW ^_
-pezp::pt_j*.i*^H«.
izz^zti^
V »^— »«:-
^t,i?-M ! — h-^- 1^^^ J=^F-^^^^M- 1 -N^=:>rq
firs.9-\;}sii-i-:J-ir- jsh-. *-v — ^ N-^ ^ ^-v— air-. ^^a^--; *r—
knocked be - fore, He is your dear - est friend, so
peace-ful shore, 'Tis there, your Icved ones you will
o'er and o'er: Will you not let the Sav - iour
now from sin; Oh, trust Him, trust Him now to-
A - rise. He call - eth now for
meet, And walk with them the gold - en
in ? He wants to save you from all
day, For Je - sus is the on - ly
I U I t^ I
you
street
way.
^^
let
v |. ^— I 1-
-k. h. W-
-W-J-
1 — =^
-fi-fc— l^-l — N— I-
— 1= — =-i p» — I 1— anr'w \—~\ 1 — i 1 — i
— ( 1 —^ 1— ^ 1 >—\ 1— ^i- -■*^-*h--»f-'Vi 1 1--^ ^•
n]:
;*=^
^^' " I "I 'I •?
Open wide the bolted door, For Christ, the Lord, may knock no more, Oh, let Him
no more,
^^
f=:Pb*r3E^
.^!^0t-^^L-!mj.
■I '-l-=p| K— ^^--'^--^1 \-. — I i-r-f 1 '-'-
:6i*
-?-^
1 r
in the Ho-ly One, For Je-sus is God's only Son.
Oh, let Him in, the Holy One, the Holy One, God's only Son.
-♦-♦-♦-fe-
b«k ;A;-i«fe-iA;-j— ~-yt -r — ;--- h— ' — \- — i piA-lAi-h — ] — |— '-'■■H-' — ^ \- ;> — i-i
Copyrifht, 1902, by J . A. Lee.
87
I AM RESOLVED.
PALME2 HABTSODGH.
J. H. FILLUOBK.
f^
31^
■53EE^ES
1. I
2. I
3. I
4. I
5. I
am resolved no long - er to lin - ger, Charmed by the
am resolved to go to the Sav-iour, Leav- ing my
am resolved to fA - low the Sav- iour, J'aith-ful and
am resolved to en - ter the king-dom. Leav- ing the
am resolved, and who will go with me? Come, friends, with-
Bzir^:
f^ — »«--
fc^:
m^
world's de
sin and
true each
paths of
out de
light ; Things that are high - er, things that are no -
strife ; He is the true
da}', Heed what He say
sin; Friends may op- pose
• lay, Taught by the Bi -
1 ^ ^
one, He is the just
eth, do what He will
me, foes may be - set
ble, led by the Spir
bier,
one,
eth,
me,
it,
^
i^-
±±:
-> fc-
r
CHORUS.
^^=t
Li-' m 1-
Hast -en so glad aud free. ( Hast - eD glad and free,)
s--;=t
r
P=^^
S
a
f-=^
^
:«:
Je - sns, great - est, high - est, I will ^ome to Thee.
Je - sus, Je- sus.
z&
I
'@5j
^^
r
Copjrigbt, 1896, \>j PiUfflore Brof.
88
Just Over the River.
ROBT. SPURGIN.
J. H. F.
1 1 t^r
^ r ^ ^ ^ K
i'h" ^ >^ 1^ 1^ X *>'
J. i » ', . ; » i P f>
^W 8 ^ ^ *> *< » -W^
-'^ =1 ^ ^ '^. ■
y^-^5:^* *— 5— 5- .^r-X
^» ♦ <•; "^ -^ ^ '^ ^ ^—
1. Just 0 - ver the riv - er, just
0 - ver the riv - er, Fm told is the
2. Just 0 - ver the riv - er, just
0 - ver the riv - er, The cit - y that
3. Just 0 - ver the riv - er, just
0 - ver the riv - er, I'm told is the
▲ A ▲ ▲ ▲
C\' \-. P A
, . 1 1 — i
» ^ M, ^ ^ '
;
*-)., ?u •
1 1 1 1 1 '
1 1 1 ^ ^ ^^
^ b e LA.
Ia 'a -a
/ o A
-1 1 -4-^- ) 1 -4
"•'»,■*■;*' J J
-^ ^ ^, _
\^ 1
^
) \V P 1j i^
■ S S ^1 -N" -|
i%^ V' -"^ ■^—
-S^*' ---
— N — >, — ^ — li, — ^ — fv_
-*ti A-' ^H — *^
m^- — s s s
^•Hr-i ^
-*^ — -^ — id- — « ^ s
J ^' 9 — ■— H
tJ -^ -^^ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ _J. ♦ ♦
cit - y of God; Its gates are of pearl and its streets are of gold,
knoweth no night; It need-eth no sun, neith-er need-eth the moon,
cit - y of God; Its gates are of pearl and its streets are of gold,
T*i -* L 1 1 J 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 LA ^
■^ V T. w '^ 1 -i — U.—
-bfc — yk — fafc — i^ — b«K — lA —
Ja y r» ^— -
— - — '^ — y — \^ — '
' ^
> > > ^ ■> >
Lj^ y— >— ^-J
i
-K ^
=fe=t=ifc=±:
-w — i-
-5— B-
— N--^ — m — w — ^ '• — ^-
-ml S 9^-
And by glo - ri - fied be-ings they're trod. And Je - sus, my Sav-iour, has
For the glo - ry of God is its light. In that cit - y are loved ones a-
And by glo - ri - fied be-ings they're trod. And Je - sus, my Sav-iour, has
■^-s^^
-•— A-
i^^=^
-V-^
■[-■^
-U P ^^
y ♦< ♦
gone to that cit - y, A place for His own to pre - pare; In the
wait-ing my com-ing, Ex-pect-ant they stand on the shore; 0 ■
gone to that cit - y, A place for His own to pre - pare; In the
^
§s
N N A
kL a" a'
^
-y-
:tr
v:=c
iA. A.
Copyright, 1886, by Fillmore Bros.
P D
Just Over the River.
-0 — U
, »> Hr-
— ly
Nr r—
1 y-
-N-
jL:h -->, -N N-
N r-
^l--A.■^ M —
— A'—
P ->,-
^- ^ —
4^
--A tr
^^ w). ^. »r
=^ — ;^
-9 [ ;^
-* — 5-
-«Sz
s — t—
-* —
ir ♦ ♦ ■♦!
-* ^
♦' *i ^
^ ♦ ♦
house of the
Fa - ther
the man-sions
are
ma - ny,
And one is
a-
when shall I
en - ter
my man-sion
in
heav - en,
A pil - grim
to
house of the
Fa - ther
the man-sions
are
ma - ny,
And one is
a-
r^-, ^ ^ ^^
A
_A_ A A—
▲ A.
A, A A-
_A
^T-]r—\ \ —
— 1 •—
-f—
r — 1^
— 1 —
. k. . k.
k.
-m 'm—
H»
L 1* ^
L' 1/
\j
1 1
! J
yf ^
1^
^ 1/ ••
> i^
^
■y ^
CHORUS.
_(i_-u N-
— -v-
I — ! 1 —
1 —
— — ,
-,— ^ — ^ — K-]
1
K
^r '^
^^^
-J^
(==:— 1
— N
-♦-T
^ A'
-*^-^ —
=i!=
^
m- — =i— "^-^^
lt~
« l»
1*
m tt S
-B— ■-
M
-r-
^iH
J ^
«'
"•*'^'*'
♦ U U
i;
\J
1/ 1/
1/
L'
wait
ing
me
there.
Just 0
ver the
riv
-
er,
roam
nev
- er -
more.
wait
ing
me
— 1
there.
Just 0 - ver
pA— r-A— A-
the
A
riv - er, just
A ■» ^—
0 -ver
the
riv -
er,
-A—,
^^7 r
— •■ —
— 1^ —
-1 1
-) 1 1 1 1 h^ —
L k
— tr"
^.
-k —
->' b ^
,j
\j
. . • 1 ^
.
. ,
lA. f*
!^ i^
[^
\^ 1^
"*■ L/
y
1/
1^ 1
r^
^
17" ^
1/
.^ J ^
--^^^
~N-A-
»l 9-r-^
^y^—^
\J
-m ^ ft ,«.
U y L' U
That beau - ti - ful cit - y
That beau • ti - ful cit - y
I see; Just o - - ver the
I see; And Je -'sus, my Sav-iour, has
^
!9^g?-i^-|-l — \ — r— ^— T
K V bi* T-A lA- b«K V-r- >-
i=t
t::^!*-
gone to make read - y, A place in that cit - y for me.
^^
-,A '-A
r-^^r
59> The Great Jadgnfieqt Morning
War Cry
Slow and solemn. Effective as a solo.
L K PirP-r.TT.
1. I dreamed thatthfi great Judgment Morning Had dawned, and the trumpet Lad blown;
2. The rich man was there, but his mon -ey Had melt-ed and van-ished a - way;
3. The wid-ow wastbereand the or-phans,Godbeardand re-membered their cries;
4. The mor-al mancame to the judgment, Bat his self-righteous rags would not do,
^ -^
t=^:
:?=f=f::
j»- -p. jr.
:t=
:1^=1^-
^ L.* '•/
1^ r- — 41
I dreamed that the na-tions had gath-ered To judgment before the white throne.
A pauper he stood in the judgment, His debts were too heav-y to pay.
No sor-row in heaven for -ev -er, God wiped all the tears from their eyes.
The men who had cru -ci - tied Je - sus Had passed off as mor - al men too.
-A- _ _ -A- -A- -I*- -j*--P^ -*
From the throne came a bright shin-ing an-gel And stood on thelandand the sea.
The great man was there, but his greatness When deathcame was left far be -hind'
The gam- bier was there and the drunk-ard. And the man who had sold them the drink.
The souls that had put off sal - va-tion — "Not to night ; I '11 get saved by-aud-bye ;
-i^-J^-J^-^-^,4
-S-, 1 IS— ^ 1^! 1^-1^1 [ 1 N— 6» ^^
I "i
And swore with his hand raised to heav-en. That time was no long - er to be.
The an -gel that o-penedthe rec-ords,Not a trace of his great-uess could find.
With the peo-ple who gave him the li-cecse — Togeth-er in hell they did sink.
No time now to thick of re- lig-ionl"At last they had found time to die.
-A- -A- -A- -A- -▲--▲- -A-'-A- -a"^- -a- S ^ ^ ^ N '
/ ... a ■ I I — ^ • 1 '■ 1 H H 1 1 HsK — 3d — ^ _l ai r^-j-
^
=£
t — ^-^
ISM, b; k U Fl
V^
p
OVOdCbt.
FkkMi
Ttie Great Jcidgtnerit Mornhig. GoriGladed.
Chorus.
§^- • ± J:
■m—m — «—■ « — «--
i]=1^
::]=> h > t^
I
Ta:T~azr3r~"^'K"^ ~_:^
And oh, what a weep-ing and wail-uig, As the lost were told of their fate;
. w. -W- ^^ -F- W- -F-'^JK-
"^m
They cried for the rocks and the mountains, They prayed, but their prayer was too late.
%
-«_
-Xi—
^ P^ i^^H
-f«— I*-
:t=^t::^=t:
-fS^nt
H
-^-^-U"
T^r;
90. Step 0at qfi ttie Preniise.
E. F. Miller. By per.
Maggie Potter. Arr. by E. F. M
a
'-'^■
■^-i — I — I — ^
^rrnj ♦;
4 — 1 — ^— ^ ~i-^-«— J h
1. 0 mourn -er iii Zi - on, how bless -ed art thou. For Je - sus is
2. Oh, ye that are hun-gry audthust-y re- ioice;For ye shall be
3. Who sighs for a heart from in - i - qui-ty free? Oh, poor trou-bled
4. The prom-ise can't save, the' the prom-ise is true ;'T is the blood we get
^ I
wait - ing to com - fort you now ; Fear not to re - ly on the
filled; do you hear that sweet voice In - vit -ing you now to the
soul! there's a prom-ise for thee ; There's rest, wea-ry one, in the
un - der, that cleans-es us through: It cleans -es me now, hal - le •
word
ban-
bos -
lu -
of thy God,
quetof God?
om of God.
jah to God!
step out on
the prom-ise, get
Step out on the prom-ise, get
Step out on the prom-ise, get
I rest on the prom-ise. I 'm
-f^'. -1*-
• der
• der
d«r
• der
:r^
t~r-
the
tlie
the
the
-K-
blood.
blood,
blood,
blood.
p-w^w-
m
Ovplib^ 1884, bj E. F. Miller,
91
Showers of Blessing.
"There shall be showers of ble.ssL7ig. "—EZEK. 31: 26.
"Bless me, even me, 0 my Father."— Gen. 27 : 34.
Mrs. Elizabeth Conder.
-A — -^—
!^.-^=i:
-^-i-^
D. E. DORTCH.
1. Lord, I hear of show'rs of bless-ing, Thou art scatt'ring full and free ;
2. Pass me not, O gracious Fa- ther, Lost and sin-ful tho' 1 be;
3. Pass me not, O ten-der Sav-iour, Let me love and cling to Thee;
^ N N N [> _ I ^ -I*- -I*- ^ -I*- -(2Z*
^^4 I ^ — ^ — "^ — ^ — '
■^-
-^-— 1—
:ti
ii^^a=i^^=^S3
Show
Thou
I
^. .^^ .3^. .^. -^r^Z^—'-^Z~'^ *~^ ^T"
'rs the thirsty land re-fresh-ing; Let some droi)pings fall on me.
mighst leave me, but the rath-er Let Thy mer-cy fall on me.
am long-ing for Thy fa-vor; Whilst Thou'rt call-ing, O call me.
^^^^^ _ ^-i*
^lizi
g
:i=e:
-y — ^-
-r^-^
-^-
=P=5 — 1*^^=5=
■y — t-^^y-
CHOKHS.
— p. — H^=— ^ 1-^ — ^
Ar
5i|
El
-<S'-V-
-^-1^==^"-^^^
'^^ ▲} J^. 1-
E - van me, yes, e - ven me ; Let some droppings fall on me.
e-ven me,
-y — y — y-
-^;i< — ^— hi ?— y— I — ^
^ -^ A:' ^ Ac'— F-45— !&|— i
E - ven me, 0 precious Sav-iour,
Let some droppings fall on me.
4 Pa.ss me not, () mighty Spirit,
Thou canst make the blind to see ;
Testify of Jesus' merit,
Speak the word of peace to me.
5 Pass me not. Thy lost one bringing.
Bind my heart, O Lord, to Thee ;
While the streams of life are springing,
Blessing others, O bless me.
By permission.
f) Have I long in sin been sleeping ?
Long been slighting, grieving Thee?
Has the world my heart been keeping ?
0 forgive and rescue me.
7 Love of God so pui-e and changeless.
Blood of Christ so pure and free,
Grace of God so strong and boundless,
Magnify them all in me.
92
Gathering Home.
Miss Mariana B. Slade.
Soprano and Alto Duet, ad lib
sS=^'=^
— '.'«— :j^
'♦, — ^ — -^ — ^ —
R. M. M'Intosh, by pjcr.
1. Up to the boun - ti - ful Giv- er of life, — Gather- ing homel
2. Up to the cit - y where fall - eth no night, — Gather -ing homel
3. Up to the beau - ti - ful man-sions a - bove, — Gather -ing homel
Al-^l- Ai ^ ^ M ^ AJ 1 m Al '
gath - er - ing home !Up to the dwell-ing where com- eth no strife, The
gath - er - ing home !Up»where the Sav-iour's own face is the light, The
gath - er - ing home ! Safe in the arms of His in - fi - nite love, The
'&3^~
:f^=iv
-* — -^— ^ — w — ^—w-
^-^ Refrain. ^
J.. U* 1/ u*
dear ones are gath - er -ing home. Gather -ing home ! . .
gath-er -ing
Gath-er- ing home !
^rfe
-h. — ^— i-
Izltl
\ 1 1 F h \ —
k U k ^ i^ U*
•^—
\S±Z^
^ v~^-
ix i^ 1^ i '/ ' ' ' S'
home! . . . Nev-er to sor- row more,nev-er to roam jGathering
gath-er- ing home!
r ,r- tn-r- 1-
r »
S
■^-lA 'A 1^
:t2=Si^=l^
-^
> L^ ^^±\^ U k-
L" ^ 1^
Repeat pp ad lib.
wm
1^ k i^
home! . .
gath-er-ing home !
gather-ing home !
i~M^-^-^-^ -L A. a!.'-'
. God's children are gathering home,
gath-er-ing home !
tiiifcits
It:
-^-
tO^it^
:*=!^^=^:^
r^^^
'W£3Ei
93
^A/'hiter Than Snow.
'Wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow."
James Nicholson.
Wm. G. Fischer, by per.
1. Lord Je - sus, I long to be per - feet - ly whole ; I v/ant Thee for -
2. Lord Je - sus, look down from Thy throne in the skies. And help me to
3. Lord Je - sus, for this I most hum-bly en - treat ; I wait, bless-ed
4. Lord Je - sus, Thou se - est I pa - tient-ly wait ; Come now,and with
ld=d^^=Fd=d
^!=^=
J-4— !-.
^-
ev - er, to live in my soul ;Break down ev-'ry i - dol, cast out ev - 'ry
make a complete sac - ri - fice ; I give up my - self, and what-ev - er I
Lord, at Thy cru-ci - fiedfeet ; By faith,for my cleansing, I see Thy blood
in me a new heart cre-ate ; To those who have sought Thee, Thou never said'st
^
fcft
&^
^
^^rtrd:
:=!=
Chorus,
:|=4— J--ta
5#E3E
-^--4-
3±
-e^'
^f=^
foe ; Now wash me, and I
know — .Now wash me, and I
flow — Now wash me, and I
No — Now wash me, and I
shall be whit - er than snow. Whit- er
shall be whit - er than snow,
shall be whit - er than snow,
shall be whit - er than snow.
than
m
^^^
=^"=1
E
:?=l«:
r
r=rT^
t=3
^
|sg=| U-J |_|J- , ^1 I I J I T'Td!!^i|:4='jMT=l=H
snow,yes,whit - er than snow ; Now wash me,and I shall be whit - er than snow.
'^m
m
:t=k^z=rt^
:Ktt=^t=F=tf=:
^i^^
94 AA/'alk In the Light.
"That I may walk before God in the light of the living."— Ps. 59 : 13.
Anon. I. Balt*eli..
1. "Walk in the light! so shalt thou know That fel - low-ship of love,
2. Walk in the light! and sin ab-horred Shall ne'er de- file a -gain;
3. Walk in the light! and e'en the tomb No fear-ful shade shall wear ;
4. Walk in the light! and thou shalt see Thy path, tho' thorny, bright,
QMg4-A ama. — a — s — ia„
-^^
lar jA jA
His Spir - it on - ly can be-stow, Who reigns in light a - bove.
The blood of Je - sus Christ the Lord, Shall cleanse from ev'ry sin.
Glo - ry shall chase a - way its gloom, For Christ hath conquered there.
For God by grace shall dwell in thee, And God Him-self is light.
REFUAIN.
1=^
Walk
Walk
^
in the light, in
the
the
light
light
of
of
the
the
liv
liv
ing,
ing,
lA-' A-
=1=
Walk in the light of God; Walk
Walk in the light, in the light of God; Walk in the light,
^^
I
:|=^
J^_^
¥
-^?--
f^
in the light of the liv - ing, Walk in the light of God.
95
^Vhat Shall We Do In Heaven?
"And they sing the song oj Moses, the sei-vant of Qod, and the song of tlie iamb."— Rev. 15 : 3.
Rev. J. A. Lee. J. H. Fillmore.
IT i^ ^ s: K -n-\-
^=^^— i— -»-
7^
— i-f— I N—
"-X-t^— i— *• —
1. What shall we do in heav'n a - bove, (heav'n a-bove,) When gathered
2. When there, we'll walk around the throne, ('round the throne,) With friends we
3. AVe'll meet our friends and loved ones there, (loved ones there,) We'll see and
4. Our loved and own up there we'll meet, (there we'll meet,) O then whv
1^ • ^ I - '
. I -<■ "•■- -^- -»■- .. ^ I -••- -^- • -^-
> > I ^
there from land and sea? (land and sea?) We'll praise the bless -ed
loved so dear - ly here; (dear - ly here;) We'll see our Lord smile
know them face to face, (face to face,) With-out a bur - den
need we fear to go? (fear to go?) Our Sav-iour's there, our
Ft=
toiE:
> ^
> k k
i^
i^-r-4
'^*
±=1^
1^=9:
■^ I -■•- -•- --•- -^'
Christ we love, (Christ we love, 1 Be -cause He died for you and me.
on His own, ton His own,t Then nev-er more need we to fear,
or a care, (,or a care,) Be -cause of God's own sav- ing grace.
souls to greet, (souls to greet,) He'll free us all from sin and woe.
I
^^
^^=^
-4-
:k=k=
1e=tc
'•S>~
It^
VHOBL'S.
> > y
I shall then. ..... a crown be wear-ing, On the bright and
I shall then On the bright
-> ^-
m
2z=fc=fci::^=yzz::yz ii^'
;^k-k-k-k^
-5' ^-
gold-en shore, the golden shore, Heaven's joy with loved ones
Heaven's joy
,N .A. .-^ -A- ^ ^.
^
->--*-
^ 'ufc-
V -J J :^
_^ — k. — pk —
>=^
VII^C
-B'
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
What Shall "We Do In Heaven ?
-fs— ^-
-^■^ — N — ^ — r-
-W T v-^v-
is
i
^ '^ 'J \
shar- ing, Praise His'name, praise His name for evermore.
for ev-er-more.
■A- s S r ^ I
m
-^
t:
-I 1 1 —
1* )»
E^i
i
-t^ — ^ — i;^-
-y — y-
95^
MRS. E. W. CHAPMAN
&
=^
We'll Never Say Good-bye.
fed:
J. H. TENNIY
1. With friends on earth we meet in glad-ness, While swift the mo-ments fly,
2. How joy - ful is the hope that lin-gers, When lov'd ones cross death's sea,
3. No part - ing words shall e'er be spok-en, In yon - der home so fair,
^EE^^EE^^P
Yet ev - er comes the tho't of sad-ness, That we must say, "Good-bye."
That we, when all earth's toils are end - ed, With Thee shall ev - er be.
But songs of joy, and peace, and gladness, We'll sing for - ev - er there,
=^3p^
m
in heaVn, We'll nev - er say good-bye,. . .
good-bye,
Repeat Cliorna.
§5!
For in that land of joy and song, We'll nev - er say good - bye.
m
ii=t:
m
:t:
Copyright. 1889, by John J. Hood. By p»r.
i;^-
^
96 WHEN THE SAINTS ARE MARCHING IN,
Katharine" E. Purvis.
M. Black.
1. Thro' the shiniug gate Where the au-gels wait, When the saints are
2. Part-ed friends shall meet On the gold-en street,When thesaints are
3. Ev-'ry tongue and race Shall extol God's grace, When the saints are
4. To the Lamb once slain, But wholives again, When the saints are
When the saints hth
marching in,
marching in,
marching in,
marching in,
are marching in
-s=t=f^
The redeemed shall come And be crowned at home,
Spotless robes shall wear,Yictors' palms shall bear,
And the blood-washed throng Shall repeat the song,
We shall of - fer praise Thro' e-ter - nal days,
, 1 — U^-,
When the saints are marching in. When the saints are marching
when the saints When the saints
in, When the saints are marching in, Joy-ful
are marching in, When thesaints are marching in,
■^^'-^
I^l'lft^
ifzft'ie:
s
^z*:«3i^t«z^
:^:tc=^
■v.-tf-^^-jg:
5z=r
:^T:a_k^^_«^
:^^ii=^^
'■^^^-
-i^r
I • 1^ i
songs of salvation thro' the sky shall ring.When the saints are marching in .
When the saints are marching, marching in.
^-[=^^=^{=f=^
Copyrigbt, 1896, by J, M. Black. B; per
t=ztz::tsLV_^4?::^t^
97
Remember Mother's Prayer.
S. B.
"Forsake not the law of thy mother." — Pkov. 6 : 20.
Shepheed Be ATT y.
1. Will a girl for-get her moth-er's pray'r, Tho' she has left her ten-der care? Out
2. Will a girl for-get the last em-brace, The anxious look on mother's face ? As
3. No, nev - er in the years to come. Will she for-get that mother, home ; Sin
4. It may be that perhaps she's dead. And mother's pray'rs have all been said ; To-
5. The mother's pray'r is nev - er lost. Faith's answer comes at a - ny cost ; Tears,
6. Oh, child of ma - ny praj'rs and tears, Youfe wanilered. oh, so ma - ny years ; Oh,
s.
:tJ*:
f-^ ^ ^ . — ^
in the world, tho' all a - lone, Her moth - er prays for
from the door she stepped that day, Out in the world to
may e - rase all thought of care, Down in the heart that love is
night you're in the world a - lone, W ith - out a, moth - er, friend or
pray'rs are bot-tled in the sky. Though aft - er moth - er's gone on
leave sin's path, it is not gain. It's pass - ing joys are but a
-^ . -"^ -^ .
her at home,
make her way.
there,
home,
high,
name.
can't re - sist
the pow'r
God with - in.
-«- -<s^.-«i- -*i- . -a^ -^J-.-^
Oh, come to Je - sus, come to - day. Come back and walk the nar-row way ; You
.N N N I N IN
Copyright, 1896, by Fogg and Beatty.
98 I Need Thee
Kky of
1 I need Thee every hour,
Most gracious Lord :
■ No tender voice like Thine
Can peace afford.
Cho.— I need Thee, oh, I need Thee ;
Every hour I need Thee ;
Oh, bless me now. my Saviour,
I come to Thee !
2 I need Thee every hour ;
Stay Thou near by ;
Every Hour.
A-Flat.
Temptations lose their power
When Thou art nigh.
3 I need Thee every hour,
In joy or pain ;
Come quickly and abide,
Or life is vain.
4 I need Thee every hour ;
Teach me Thy will ;
And Thy rich promises
In me fulfill.
Tell Mother I'll Be There.
Mot too fast.
Words aud music by Chas. M. Fiilmore.
-N i
A P - T r s — t
-4 — * — ^-m • P — m-
^—^-
— N-
1. When I was but a lit - tie child how well I rec-ol-lect How
2. Tho' I was oft - en wayward, she was al-ways kind and good, So
3. When I be-came a prod - i - gal and left the old roof-tree, She
4. One day a mes-sage came to me, it bade me quickly come, If
fc^
--^^
=4=q
I
r
n 1. ,
1 / ■ ''' b N iL L k.
Ifeb '/ :ti~ ^ '^ ^ -^ ->^ ^= N-
— N s S- N 1 H—
{^ '^ ♦ "•■ ^ ■ M ♦ 1^
:■— :J ^'\, ■ _ ' _ , ^ -
<
I would grieve my mother with my fol - ly and neg-lect. And
pa-tient, gen - tie, lov - ing, when I act - ed rough and rude. My
al-most broke her lov- ing heart in mourn-ing aft - er me. And
I would see my moth - er, ere the Sav - iour took her home ; I
n ■ 1-1 ;
J \\^ rr 1
n
L^>-',^ ^ 1 V* ,
N* N* .
fe!^ 3__ .V J __. _ S__ . J
K "^
"K Zm m
J J
^ -^ > i: S:
C\' 1-1 1 ^
* )..\? [> » ^ 1 >.»
1 ^ J ^
-^ h \y \ f^ \ f-
...y V 1
w
now that she has gone to heav'n, 1 miss her ten - der care, O
childhood griefs and tri - als, she would glad-ly with me share, O
day and night she pray'd to God to keep me in His care, O
prom-ised her, be - fore she died, for heav -en to pre - pare, O
fes
S
=p
1=
-^-
nt
95^^
rrrzairc
Copyright, iSSS. l.y Filliii..re Bi.»
Tell Mother I'll Be There.
CHOKl'5«.
an -gels, tell my moth-er I'll be there. Tell moth-er I"ll be
§as
eg
^
^
there, in an - swer to her pray'r, This mes-sage, guar-dian
V — Lp >
an - geln to her bear,
Tell moth-er
N S N
I'll be there heav'n's
fe*
^^^:
^^^
> ♦ >- ^ ♦ .y
->-
joys with her to share, Yes, tell my darling moth-er I'll be there.
^ .N ,N , ,S I K K . . p^ s s
^2=
s J^ ' k ' I ^ N s ^ > ^ ^ ,> s ,
y * ♦ *_2* ; . ,-Li — , ; » « ^ — ^c^=ii
^^
100 Calling Me Over the Tide.
Jessie H. Brown. j. H. Fillmoke.
^
ii^^^i
#i
»-*
*- — #-
:^=j^=S^
9 -♦-
1. Friends who have lov'd me are sHp-ping a - way, ^ - lent - ly
2. Dim - ly thro' gatli - er - ing dark-ness I see Je - sus, my
3. Nar - row the wa - ters, and tran - quil the shore; There my be-
A A A A A A— r A A A A
§as
^
:t:==t:=t:
t
■t-
d2=:^
^ — i^
onward they ghde ; Still are their voic-es, as backward they stray,
Friend and my Guide ; An-gels are watching and wait-ing for me,
lov-ed a - bide, — Christ and the an -gels and friends gone be-fore,
,^. , A — f A— I f»-r-» rA — ,
KKFKAISI.
W=^
PV^ \-
r K f^-
-a' . a' 7
-- N N N N K N—
^ — ?t~
-^ — s-
— -H i 1 —
^■9 * ^ Trt .M^ 9^
Call
1
-ing me
o - ver tlie tide. Call - ing to me, they are
1 r-v. 1 i_ ' '^ Li. ii 1 : •:
l^'j \> — ^ —
^ ^
T • r \ \ *1 W ' •7*'
^ V ^-
_> 'y^
_U ^ >-- -U • A ' l-U U^ L ^ '- '-
\
T^l
> ^ ^ ^
■K — ^ — s-
:l=^^:
call -ing to me, Lov'd ones are call-ing me o - ver the tide. They are \
=F^— ^— W— <^— ^=^-
-I I I =y-
-4^ lA. lA —
t^=i^:=ir5=:SF=ts=ti
call-ing to me, they are calling to me. Calling me o - ver the tide.
9SF.
-A— A— A— A-
=f==?=
-A— A— A— A—
ISil
• k-' > •
Copyright, 1886, by Fillmore Bros. By per.
101
D. E. I,.
Loving Each Other.
"Lrt us love one another."— I John 4 : 1.
D. E. LOKENZ.
'rf^->. ^ fs N K
i,-fe:^=ij^_--»j: .._ M — W=
— I xi i
1. This is the mot- to we all would o- bey, We will all
2. Thus will we la - bor and thus will we pla)', Try - ing to
3. Let us, like Je - sus, be thoughtful and kind, Striv-ing to
siii
-t
.^=^
_> y L^.
3=5=
liV
->.-
t:;^
--I*. — ^ — PS — s — ^-L-^^ — ■ — ,)- — -I-? —
love one an-oth-er; Happy we sing and are glad all the day,
help one an-oth-er; Driv-ing the sor-rows of oth-ers a - way,
please one an-oth - er; Here, as in heav'n, we will be of one mind,
_A- -A- -A- -A-
When we can serve one an - oth - er,
Bring-ing sweet peace to each oth - er.
Ev - 'ry one lov - ing the oth - er.
Lov - - ing each
Lov-ing and serving each
§^PE
X=^
zdzztmu
^ ,-j ij; PS ^
a— ^— Tjr— .^r-^^f:
r-i-
-^-T-
oth - er, How pleasant to cher-ish a broth - er; Serv-
Serving and
9apt
1 Cr , 1 1 —
lA — hi— ^ZT"' —
/ — t^ — ^li=^.-1e:
-? — 7 —
1 -gi 1-:
m.
- ing each oth - er, The Sav - iour looks on us with joy.
lov-ing each oth - er,
—A A A— -'A:--— A A'
i
t:
:t=t::
nc:
f^:rt
t2
m
Copyright, 1185, by E. S. Lorenz.
^J
102
A Place In the Ranks for Me.
Jkssie Brown PorNDS.
J. H. F.
^m
^
a^— -ai-5-
mi
1. List! the trump-et of God is sound-ing, Is sound-iug from
2. See, the ar - my of God ad - van - ces, In strength of His
3. List! the trump-et of God is sound-ing, Is sound-ing for
. . S S N I S I
— ^ — ^-
&^
-y-
'-• -*-
' — l/ u-
sea to sea; On the field where the brave are fall-ing, There's a
ho - ly might ; See the flash of the mov - ing Ian - ces, And the
vie - to - ry ; I must go, for the brave are fall - ing, And the
f
1.1
CHORCS.
+ [ — . ! I- — t^ j^fat-T-a^^^— ;Ki »i ^—-\
-xh-T-
place in the ranks for me.
glit - ter of hel - mets bright. There's a place in the ranks for
Cap - tain has need of me.
m
lA. • \^ Uk 1*-
*=lt
f
-y J
'4C
t==t:
ist
J^LZZJ
y
%^
-:x
^X
^^
i
-aJ -iir
-P — m m- -'•'-. ^ •■
1^1
me! (for me!) A place in the ranks for me! (tor me!) On the
1^1 N 1
pTgfe
-g g p=tt
^w^^
"if" • - - - - ■ i , _
field where the brave are falling, There's a place in the ranks for me.
IS«=^
3l=3E:
p^l?-
•^ I?-
H?^^
^-
f^
y ^ 7 r y \u
Copxright, 1191, by Fillmore Bioi.
aon
THE SWEET STORY.
J. B. Atchinson.
Pearl J. Speague, by per.
1. Ite-peat the sweet sto - ry of Je sus to me, O, tell me the
2. O, tell me once more of his won der - ful love, llis goodnessand
3. o! tell rae a gain of theland of the blest, Where sorrow and
_a' A A A -*■ A-r ^ ^ ^— r-*—,- ^—^—!^—
S-^-tr-^^
^IP^3
sto - ry once more ; The' oft en I'veheard it, each time it is told:
mer - cy to me ; When hope-less- ly lost in the dark-ness of sm.
sin nev-er come; Where I with the Sav-iour shall ev - er-moredwell,
-^ — « — :A-f! — I — h/-
ZZ^lZZ^T-jA — ^ — {A — A— j
'Tis swset - er than ev - er be
He found me and bade me go
O. tell me of heav en my
sweet - - er each time than be - fore.
Je - sus once more, 'Tis sweet- er, yes, sweet- er each time than before;
> > > "
Then tell . me the sto - - ry of Je • susoncemore.
Then tell me the story, the story so sweet. O. tell methestory of Jesns once more.
^-v- -i*- iJe: :f^ .*
►_»_i» -|j — I — I — I — ^
H 1
^ ^^ ^ ^___ -lA— lA-
_ -, A_ A_A-A_A-^_A. A-A_A_A. A_ ,^_.^^^»_^_Z;^-^ _■ f— (— .f,
u y 1/ 1/ ;/ /^'^ '^ <j 1/ i
104 What a Friend We Have in Jesus.
Joseph Scriven. C. C. Conveesk,
:^
-^
r~
t^^
la^g-
-ii tH H^^-| 1 ^ ^ Xl-
_^J_^ _ » 1 . ^ -j A^_
:^
1. What a Friend we have in Je - ens, AH our sins and griefs to bear !
2. Have we tri-als and tempta- tions? Is there trouble an-y-where?
3. Are we weak and heavy lad- en, Cambered with a load of care?
f^^
?-
±. / /—/z
f~
S.
i — • — -M—
Fine.
^
I
^=«!^*
=^
-^ I A ■ i — ^ — ^ 1 — ^i — -m
^ -♦-•
3
What a priv- i - lege to car - ry Ev - 'ry thing to God in prayer !
We should never be dis- cour-aged, Take it to the Lord in prayer.
Precious Saviour, still our ref- uge, — Take it to the Lord in prayer.
-♦— P»-
-♦-1-^
'/ " / / / /
D.S. — All because we do not car - ry Ev - 'ry thing to God in prayer !
D.S. — .Te- susknowsourev'ry weak-ness, Take it to the Lord in prayer !
D.S. — In His arms He'll take and shield thee; Thou wilt find a sol -ace there.
=1^^
^zltd^^-jv,
D.S.
giirig-ii^l^^
^^=3*^
Oh, what peace we often for - feit, Oh, what needless pain we bear,
Can we find a Friend so faith-ful, Who will all our sor-rows share?
Do thy friends despise, forsake thee ? Take it to the Lord in prayer ;
- -•- -♦- -♦- -♦- -S>- _ -^ . 7^ -^ -»- -0- -♦- -<9-»
t
ii^^
§e
^^zi&E3Zite=*zite=*=:^
I / / / /
♦M. H. (Methodist Hymnal.)
^
B. H. ( Baptist Hymnal.) P. H. ( Presbyterian Hymnal.)
1<45 Precious Promise.
Key of G.
\ Precious promise God has given
. To the weary passer by,
kn the way from earth to heaven,
" I will guide thee with mine eye."
Refrain.
1 will guide thee. I will guide thee,
I will guide thee with mine eye ;
On the way from earth to heaven,
I will guide thee with mine eye.
I When temptation.s almost win thee.
And thy trusted watchers fly,
Let this promise ring within thee,
" I will guidf thee with mine eye."
B When thy secret hopes have perished
In the grave of years gone by.
Let this promise still be cherished,
" I will guide thee wit' ^ '"
106 All To Christ I Owe.
Key of Eb.
1 I hear the Saviour .say.
Thy strength indeed 'is small ;
Come to me— I'll bo thy stay ;
Find in me thine all in all.
Chorus.
Jesus died for me,
All to Him 1 owe—
Sin had left a crimson stain :
He washed it white as snow.
2 For nothing good have I
Whereby Thy grace to claim —
Jesus died mj- soul to save,
And blessed be His name.
3 When from my dying bed
My ransomed "soul shall rise,
" Jesus died my soul to save,"
Shall re-j«i tilS VU'jlted uSies. -.
107
ROCK OF AGES.
A. M. TOPLADT.
*M. H. B. H. P. H.
106. 496. 304.
Dr. Thos. Hastings.
I Fine.
gri~TR
I
ST«
1. Kock of A -
2. Not the la -
3. Nothing in
4. While I draw
"351 — *~r-
ges, cleft for me,
bors of my hands
my hand I bring,
this flee t-ing breath,
I^-J^
Let me hide my-self in Thee ;
Can ful - fill Thylaw'sde- mands ;
Sim-ply to Thy cross I cling;.
When mine eye-lids close in death,
ma
3-5^-^^-
■iS>-^—
D.C.-
-1.
Be of
sin
the
doub-le
cure
D.C.-
-2.
All for
sin
could not a -
tone;
D.C.-
-3. Vile, I
to
the fount-ain
flv,
D.C.-
-4.
Rock of
a -
ges,
cleft for
me,
Save from wrath and make me
Thou must save, and Thou a -
Wash me, Sav - iour, or I
Let me hide my-self in
pure.
lone.
die.
Thee.
D.C.
is:
3e
Let the wa - ter and the blood, From Thy wounded side which flow'd.
Could my zeal no res-pite know. Could my tears for - ev - er flow,
Na-ked, come to Thee for dress ; Help-less, look to Thee for grace;
When I rise toworldsun-known, See Thee on Thvjudgmentthrone, —
■ ^ A ^ ^-_A__^_-. I -^_-| — ^^ -^-^ ■ ^^.
^
^<?=^^^
(5^---
(g •
I I I
108
Italian Hymn.
1 Come, Thou Almighty King,
Help us Thy name to sing,
Help us to praise :
Father, all-glorious,
O'er all victorious,
Come and reign over us,
Ancient of Days !
2 Come, Thou incarnate Word,
Gird on Thy mighty sword ;
Our prayer attend ;
Come, and Thy people bless,
And give Thy word success ;
Spirit of holiness !
On us descend.
3 Come, holy Comforter !
Thy sacred witness bear.
In this glad hour ;
Thou, who almighty art,
Now rule in every heart
And ne'er from us depart,
Spirit of power.
4 To the great One in Three,
The highest praises be.
Hence evermore !
His sovereign majesty
May we in glory see,
And to eternity
Love and adore.
109 My Happy Home.
Key of G.
1 Jerusalem, my happy home.
Oh, how 1 long for thee !
When will my sorrows have an end?
Thy joys, when shall I see?
Refbain.
II :Will you meet me in the city of the
new Jerusalem ?
Are vou washed in the blood of the
" Lamb?:||
2 Thy walls are all of precious stone
Most glorious to behold ;
Thy gates are richly set with pearl.
Thy streets are paved with gold.
3 Thy gardens and thy pleasant
streams
My study long have been —
Sucli sparkling gems by luiman sight
Have never yet been seen. |
4 Reach down, reach down thine arms
of grace,
And cause me to ascend
Where congregations ne'er break up,
1 .. J — ;„^g never find.
110
i
l=#=^=fi
P^
The Way of the Cross.
Arr.
>-i:
ixzixinM:
> >
1. I cauheariuy Sav-iour call-iiig, I can hear my Sav-iourcall-ing,
2. I'll go with Him thro' the gav-<kn. I'll go with Him thro' the gar-den,
3. I'll go AvithHim thro' the judgment. I'll ijoAvith Him thro' the judgment,
4. He "Will give me grace and glo-ry, He Avill give me grace and glo-ry,
B.C. Where He leads me I vill fid - loir. Where lleh'wJsme^ I will fol-low,
r=?
V4^
:isLti:!=ai:
=S=55-
— *i ■
D.C.
n^
tzd^J
I can hear my Saviour calling,' -Take thy cross and f o1-1ot\ , f ol-low Me."
I'll go with Him thro' thegarden, I'll go with Him. with Him all the way.
I'll go with Him thro'the judg-ment, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way.
He will give me grace and glo-ry, And go with me, with me all the way.
When He leads me I will fol-low, Til go vnth Him, with Him all the way.
Arlington. C. M.
Ill
1 Am I a soldier of the cross—
A follower of the Lamb,—
And shall I fear to own His cause,
Or blush to speak His name ?
i Are there no foes for me to face '.'
Must I not stem the flood ?
Is this vile world a friend to grace,
To help me on to God ?
:> Sure I must fight if I would reigu ;
Increase my courage. Lord !
I'll bear the toil, endure the pain.
Supported by Thy word.
I, Watts.
112
1 There Is an hour of hallowed peace
For those with care oppressed,
When sighs and sorrowing tears .shall cease,
And all be hushed to rest.
2 'Tis then the soul is freed from fears
And doubts which here annoy :
Then they that oft had sown in tears
Shall reap again in joy.
3 There is a home of sweet repose,
Where storms assail no more ;
The stream of endless pleasure flows
On that celestial shore.
W. B. Tappan. 1
113 Walking and Talking With Jesus.
Eben E. Kexford. Last verse by Rev
W. E. Penn.
1. When I read the dear old story of the cross and Cal-va-ry, With what joy my heart runs
2. 0 to walk and talk with Jesus, what a rapture in the tho't! 0 to be like His dis-
3. I can walk and talk with Jesus, tho' I can-not see His face; I can feel the Lnrd, who
4. When I reach the gate of heaven I shall meet His smiling face; Then I'll walk and talk with
I think He died for me; And my soul is filled with longing as 1
ciples, by the world's great teacher taught ! And my heart o'er-flows with gladness as the
loves me, near in ev-'ry time and place; I can feel His smile up-on me; "Follow
Je-sus, of His goodness, love and grace; As I range the fields of glo-ry, with the
F— S — V — K r- — K — N-
> '> V \
read that long a - go, Persons walk'd and talk'd with Jesus as He journeyed to and fro.
sto - ry I repeat. Let me walk and talk to Je - sus, let me learn at Je - sus' feet.
me," I hear Him say; Soul be glad,with those who love Him, Jesus walks and talks to-day.
saints who've gone before, I shall walk and talk with Jesus, and be with Him evermore.
to walk and talk with Je - sus! 'Tis
A -A- • -A- >- • -A- -A- -A- • -A-
a bless - ed tho't to me;
4=
^^
?SEpf
-yk-i— bk — 1A---HA-
-Ut-
-lAr-
~^.
^ . _g .■
^ ^
This my dai - ly pray'r, my Sav-iour, Let me walk and talk with Thee.
Coprright, 188», by W. I. Penn.
114
Cling to the Bible, My Boy.
Will S. Hays,
arr.
1 — N K S N-
^ ^■=^ ^
— A-
D. B. Townee.
1 1?^ — ^~"
■•^ • ♦ ♦ ♦■
zt-
U
A-
=g-i2£=
-1 -IS -H--
-1— ^^-^
1. As your jour-ney thro' life to the grave you pur - sue, Therels
2. You may meet with misfortunes and sor-rows and tears, You may
3. Put your faith in our Fa-therand you will be strong, Keep your
4. Ey -'ry time that you read it you'll learn something new Of
5. 'Tis the an - chor of hope and the lamp that gives light, 'Tis the
one thing in earn-est I wish you to do, O list - en, my
bat - tie with sin and with Sa - tan for years, Be a Christian! press
eye on the cross and you'll never go wrong. Sing the sweet songs of
Je - sus who died on the cross to save you, To the Lord, to your
star that will shine thro' your life's darkest night. If you fol - low its
boy, while I say this to you : O cling to the Bi-ble, my boy.
on ! do not have an - y fears, But cling to the Bi-ble, my boy.
praise as you jour - ney a - long. And cling to the Bi-ble, my bo3^
self, and to heav - en be true. And cling to the Bi-ble, my boy.
guid-ance you'll al-ways bei right, O cling to the Bi-ble, my bov.
_^ ^^» ^ .^. ■ I- I
-^^ r» r* ^ I. — 1— i K-
■i^ ? J '^ •
Then cling to the Bible, my boy, 0 cling to the Bible, my boy,
the Bible, my bov, the Bible, my boy.
>--K-
iA- lA.' A 'A. iA.--A.' iA
-^-^—J-
■lA- A.— lA lA lA A.
tf— ^
-^zi^zr^
^ 'J w
i^-y-
■=-(-A ^ — i^ — >i — s — I 1
■l*-F^ — si ^--af '^ — ^» — c:^^
While living or dying, all else letting go, O cling to the Bible, my boy!
HA— P— *^^-
-— y 'J 'J
-V— > ■* ^ <»
-^ J J
Copyrig' ', 18S9, by D. B. Towner.
115
In My Father's Dwelling.
'In my Father's Iwrise are many ?nans/on.s."— John 14 : li.
Fanny J. Crosby. W. H. Doane.
s ,s I
ri«ES:Ef=ii=:i=:g:
— I ^ N— V at —
1. In my Father's dwelling a-bove There's a robe and a crown for
2. In my Father's dwelling a-bove, O the bliss that re-mains for
3. In my Father's dwelling a-bove, When the cares of the world shall
4. In my Father's dwelling a-bove, With the friends that have gone be-
§ii?
rae ;
me ;
cease,
fore.
I shall en - ter thro' the gates of glo - ry there, And the
I shall tell of my Re-deem-er and His love, I shall
I shall join the ttap-py cho-rus of the blest, In a
Weshall meet be-yond the riv - er by and by. Thereto
k^—, ^ . ,\ i= h- A—
=1=S-
izlzt:
-t
1
« ^ — 4^ — ^ — m — I — I — 1_^ ^_L^ ^ 1 _ 1
King in His beau-ty see. O the rapt - ure, O the rapt - ure,
sing in His grace so free.
land of de-light and peace,
praise Him for ev - er - more. O the rapture then, O the rapture then,
When I reach my Father's dwelling bright and fair! 0 the rapt - ure,
O the rapture then.
^ s .^
^:=^^=5E=^F*2*:s^^^^^E^
O the rapt - ure, When the King shall re-ceive me there!
O the rapt-ure then.
^-^-1--
m^m^
V — ^—h^ 1-
>— ^— ^
:fc
Copyright, 1898, by W. H. Doane.
116
Jessie H. Brown.
Tell It To-day.
J. H. F.
-N 1-
E
W » I ♦! m fti •!
^iifc#
y \^
1. If the name of the Sav-iour is pre-cious to you, If His
2. If your faith in the Sav-iour has brought its- re-ward, If a
3. If the souls all a-round you are liv - ing in sin, If the
i« — m — 0f- — [• — ^ — .« — H* — ^ — .« — f« 1« — *-
Iri2&:d:
i
^-{ — Pv-
i
-K
» -^ h-w H H 1 P( — -M-^--^ •■
= — L^ — ^ — ^ — ^ ^ — a_i
care has been constant and ten-der and true, If the light of His
strength you have found in the strength of your Lord, If the hope of a
Mas - ter has told vou to bid them come in. If the sweet in-vi-
i^ j*L H^:
B4
Efe
s
:!2=^
A-i — N-
* ^ C m m m-
presence has brightened your way, O will you not tell of your
rest in His pal -ace is sweet, O will you not, brother, the
ta - tion thevnev-er have heard, 0 will vou not tell them the
• _^- .^.- _^- .^- .^_ -^- •.^.- .^_ .^-
1 — Ir
9S£fe
-!*
|2=y:
-^--^-
s
REFRAIN.
1^
-S-r-^-^
— I 1-; 1-! H ^— «-
Ad ▲! aJ AJ =
▼ ^-
-5^
U
§iS
glad-ness to-day? O will you not tell it to- day?
sto - ry re -peat?
cheer-bringing word ? O will you not, will you not, tell it to-dav?
^^ -Ar -A- -A:- -^- -ik-.
-f* * ^ ?*— rH"* r^ P !* P ^^-— t=P^i==£=^ '^'
SE=
-5^
-A ^-
-5, ;;^-
->-
r
->( PS-
i^s — ^r-V^
linj^"— ^
— 1*< — k^ — I
Will you not tell it to - day ? If the light of His
Will you not, will you not, tell it to-day?
-At- -A- -A:- -Ac- — _ ^ ]> J9, -^ ^ ^
■:^: T^
is
s^
J/:.
^4c=fir-
Copyright, 1887, by Fillmore Bros.
Tell It To-day.
^ — N-
— ^ — ^^
-N — -J*^-
!=^=F?
f^
-^— "--^^-^
?> — s
-i^-
^
^=^.
' ' ' \-\
presence has brightened your way, O will you not tell it to-day.
-^- ^^ ' ^ — — ^ — ,« — 21-fm.^ ^
I 1^ I i r^-K.t±X
i
t=
1 — [-—
1
-^ — ;^
-K — »" — »^
-m — w — I*-
I^
J ^ ^
^ i/ >
117
The Great Physician.
Arr. bv J. H. Stockton.
Fine.
• > !
, f The great Phy-si - cian now is near, The sym-pa-thiz-ing Je - sus, 1
■ \ He speaks the drooping heart to cheer, O hear the voice of Je - sus, f
'o^ f Your ma-ny sins are all for-giv'n, O hear the voice of Je - sus,
■ 1 Go on your way in peace to heav'n, And wear a crown with Je- sus
;•}
!^-tr8=^-t-
£
bl ^-
m
D. C. — Sweet -est car- ol ev
KEFBAIN.
er sung,
Je - sus, bless -ed Je - sus.
j Sweet-est note in ser-aph song, /
\ Sweet-est name on mor-tal tongue. (
^f— e-
^z±
:E
3 All glory to the dying Lamb !
I now believe in Jesus ;
1 love the blessed Saviour's name,
I love the name of Jesus.
4 His name dispels my guilt and fear,
No other name but Jesus ;
0 how my soul delights to hear
The charming name of Jesus.
118 A Shelter in the Time of Storm.
Key of F.
Words Arr.
1 The Lord's our Rock, in Him we
hid«,
A shelter in the time of storm ;
Secure whatever ill betide,
A shelter in the time of storm.
Chokus.
O Jesus is a'Rock in a weary land,
A weary land, a weary land.
0 Jesus is a Rock in a weary land,
A shelter in the time of storm.
2 A shade by day, defence by night,
A shelter in the time of storm ;
Xo fears alarm, no foes aflfright,
A shelter in the time of storm.
3 The raging storms may round us
beat,
A shelter in the time of storm ;
We'll never leave our safe retreat,
A shelter in the time of storm.
4 0 Rock divine, 0 refuge dear,
A shelter in the time of storm ;
Be Thou our helper ever near,
A shelter in the time of storm.
HAPPY DAY.
RIMBAULT.
S.-^ — IS-
1. 0 happy day, that fixed my choice On Thee, my Saviour and my God! )
Well may this glowing heart rejoice, And tell its raptures all abroad. )
larTi 1 I I-
Hap-py
J , J Tin T I. J • f fle taueht me how to watch and pray. }
day, happy day. When Jesus wash d my sins away. I And live re-joicing ev-'ry day. \
m
^ i^-i^
t
^-r ->-
-<2i
2 0 happy bond that seals my vows
To Him who merits all my love!
Let cheerful anthems fill His house.
While to that sacred shrine I move.
3 'Tis done: the great transaction's done!
I am my Lord's and He is mine;
He drew me and I followed on,
Charmed to confess the voice divine.
120
1 AM COMING TO THE CROSS.
Rev. WM. Mcdonald,
WM. G. FISHER, by per.
g"T^
^^
T
1. I am com-ing to the cross, I am poor, and weak, and blind;
2. Longmy heart has sighed for Thee, Long has e - vil reigned with- m;
3. Here I give my all to Thee, Friends, and time, and earth- ly store;
CAo. — / am trusting, Lord^in Thee, Blest Lamb of Cal - va - ry;
^'^^ ♦ . -^ *. . ■!*- -^
— h-
I am count - ing
Je - sus sweet - ly
Soul and bod - y,
Hum-bly at Thy
--^ -^- -^
all but dross, I shall full sal-va-tion find,
speaks to me, — "I will cleanse you from all sin.
Thine to be, Whol - ly Thine for ev - er - more.
cross I bow. Save me, Je - sus, save me now.
:;£=Jt
i=
1=
£
1
f
4 In Thy promises I trust,
Now I feel the blood applied;
I am prostrate in th^^ dust,
I with Christ am crucified. — Cho.
5 Jesus comes! He fills my soull
Perfected in Him I am ;
I am every whit made whole.
Glory, glory to the Lamb. — ChO^
121
HOW FIRM A FOUNDATION, lis.
George Keith
1. HoAV Arm afoun-da-tion, yesaintsof the Lord,
2. In ev - 'ry con-dl-tion — in sickness, in- health ;
3. " Fear not ; I am with thee ; oh, be not dismayed
Is
In
!I,
laid
pov
I
for your
• er-ty's
am thy
iSa
-.o-
-A— A-riSi
3^=«t
i^
m
[3=2
^^-r-r-f-^-*i-^f-=,^E^^5pH
faith in his ex - eel-lent word ! What more can he say than to
vale, or a - bound-ing inAvealth;At home and a- broad; on the
God, and will still give thee aid; I 'U strengthen thee, help thee, and
s£
i
:=F
^ — d — 4-f^«i — ■«
--l^-§--^-
n ■! WS.
-G-
3«
-♦^ -♦^
-o^
you he hath said. You who un-to Je- sus for re f-uge have fled?
land, on the sea — " As thy days may demand, shall thy strength ever be.
cause thee to stand, Up - held by ray righteous, om-nip -o-tent hand.
■' When through the deep waters I
call thee to go,
The rivers of woe shall not thee
overflow ;
For I will be with thee, thy trou-
bles to bless.
And sanctify to thee thy deepest
distress.
" E'en down to old age, all my peo-
ple shall prove
My sovereign,eternal,unchangeable
love;
And when hoary hairs shall theii
temples adorn,
Lilie lambs they shall still in my
bosom be borne.
shall be
"When through fiery
pathway shall lie,
My grace, all-sufiicient,
thy supply :
The flame shall not hurt thee — I
only design
Thy dross to consume, and thy
gold to refine.
trials thy 7 " The soulthat on Jesus hath leaned
for repose,
I will not, I xmll not, desei't to hi&^
foes;
That soul, though all hell shoula
endeavor to shake,
I'll never, no, never, no, neveb
forsake."
122 Why Should Mortals Doubt and Fear.
J. A Lee.
"Grace tu help in tinif o/necd.—RKB. 4: IG.
:^^
&
l?5^^-^
\V. D.IIOLT.
-I-
__ K^_| — I fs N-p^ 1 1 1 — p— I 1
1. Why should mortals doubt and fear, At the rag - ing tempest's tide,
2. Let us e'er up^on Him call, When we feel and know the need,
3. All the way I'm safely led, By the Christ who set me free,
ijgifc
:^
^ — «—
M
r-4-
2=t2=—
. _f.,-
■-^pr-t^'
-N — N-
For the Saviour's ver - y near, Ev - er stand-ing by our side.
For our Christ is all in all. And He'll be our hel]) in- dee 1
Day by day I'm kindly fed, For He loves and cares for m
m^&.
• ^L ^ iA. L;_
1^-=?-
-pcii «■! — ^^ -~r
ly ■> J
CHURCK.
Ev - 'ry day and ev - 'ry hour, He will
Ev - 'ry day and ev- 'ry hour.
9JSEE
m
-X f-_'r-
V-— it
-^—^~> — JA
-f^^^-ft
:^ f^-r
55^5
=1^1=^-
m^^^
be our friend and. guide. He will give us
our friend and guide, He will give
^'-^ ^ o 1*^ ^ ^^ J m -tm m
- A! ^ Ai ^ — 1 ~ 1* — I*-
-^H^
■■» i*
:fc^
i^zztr
_--&-.
^^— ^
_* ajj 2
J \-
m
grace and pow'r, And will bear us o'er the tide.
grace and pow'r, the rolling tide.
s ^
:^^i^^^^^^
ipezzp — ^.
I
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
/ ?
123
BEAUTIFUL RIVER.
EOBEBT LOWEY.
Robert Lowey.
1. Shall Ave gatli-er at the riv ' er Where bright angel feet have trod;
2. On the mar-gin of the riv - er, Wash-ing up its sil - ver spray,
3. Ere we reach the shin-ing riv - er, Lay we ev - 'ry biir - den down,
4. Soon we'll reach the crys-tal riv - er. Soon our pilgrim-age will cease,
-m — »— » ''m ^ -* & — I
^ >
With its crys-tal tide for- ev - er Flowing by the throne of God.
We will walk and worship ev - er, All the hap - py, gold - en day.
Grace our spir - its will de-liv - er, And pro-vide, a robe and crown.
Soon our hap- py hearts will quiver, With the mel- o - dy of peace.
^^M
t~T^T
Ohobcs.
Yes we'll gather at the riv- er, The beaa-ti-ful,the beaati-fol riv-er—
m,
-^S-S"— 'gi^kl^g-^^'? (» • I ^-r-f^i-lf ^ • l» l» ■•
<«-(*—- r^
-»-
2^12:
l^il=r=5±ir:^^tig:
^
-2-^!^ — ^ ; Ai * — -d
m
7~^ V\ 7
Gath- er with the saints at the riv - er That flows by the throne of God.
Mi^^=^-y—^
m
7i—r
i^zzfc
:{::
^^^i£rli
r^ 9
m-
U; 8«r. Kev. &ebt. L«wr/i owner oX tbe Oopjricbk
124
W. E. Penn
Quartet legato.
AS DOVES TO THEIR WINDOWS.
H. N. Lincoln, by per.
-^ — I— "-^ — •* — -^ 1 ' hL.*, — ♦— «—
-Air -ii- -A- -^r -Mr -Ah -Air -Air -ml "S" ■
-^-Ji
-^ -^-^-
'— fs— f^
I
1. As doves to their windows, when darkness draws nigh My soul in its longings to
2. The win-dows of heaven stand open andwide,Whereearth's weary pilgrimsmay
3. The storm clouds are gath'ring, the tempest is high ,The day is far spent and the
4. Then come, trembling sin-ner, no long - er de - lay, As doves to their windows fly
-A- -,*c--A- i IS ^ ' ~^
Je -sus would fly ;\Vhen dark waves of sor -row would o - ver me roll, In
ev - er a-bide;\Vhy then do we tar - ry in dark-ness and sin, When
dark night is nigh; Why then stand we i - die 'mid dan -gers so great? We
quick -ly a -way; A - way from the sins that will sink thy poor soul, Where
As doves
to their win
dows.when
-Ai-^Ac-
^ •^ r ■
Jesus,my Savioiir.there's rest for my soul.
Je-sus is waiting to welcome us in?
know that this moment may close mercy's gate,
dark waves of death must eternally roll.
As doves to their windows.as doves to their windows,when
dark - ness is nigh, . . As doves . to their win
darkness is nigh.when darkness is nigh, As doves to their windows, as doves to their windows, when
tern - - pests are high . . . There's ref - uge in Je - sus for
tem-pests are high, when tempests are high |
tzrr^zz^
f^ — hi — hi — I 1 '^- -^
^^A—'A—^
s=^
-(•=-p-
-^— k-
ffltm tUrrtit UtUt M». <. W. £. F»n, anor of eap}ri(h(.
VT
w
As Doves to Their \A/'indows.
s l-l s
Con espresN ad lib.
> ^ l> I
thy wea - ry soul When dark waves of sorrow would o-ver thee roll
o-verthee roll.
-At-. ^ « -Ai'-A.- _ . -• -A:- -A- ^ -At-. « -At" -^ > _^ I
9t
■: 2i^— I*-
"SS — ^
.^cupezin:
i
125
W. O. CrSHING.
My Mission Field.
"Tfic Lord alone did lead him."
E. S. LOEENZ.
I
'♦^^ — ^ — <^ ■*■
-4
3^— "a.- .gr-T-
1. I would toil in the field where He call - eth me to go, Tho'
2. I would walk in the path where it lfa<l - eth un - to day, Tho'
3. I would toil in the field where He call - eth me to go, Tho'
humftle my work may be ; I would ask no more ; I on - ly care to know,
lone-ly the path might be ; I would take my staff and fol-low all the way,
bar-ren the soil might be ; Tho' the way be hard, 'tis sweet enough to know.
D. S. I ivovkl ask no more; I on - ly care to know,
'Tis the way my Lord lead-eth me. 'Tis the way my Lord
'Tis the way my
' Tis the way my Lord lead-eth me
lead - eth me, 'Tis the way my Lord lead - eth me;
Lord lead-eth me, 'Tis the way my Lord lead-eth me ;
m
*
^
-« — m.
26. The liife-Beat.
First 3 verses Anon.
Last 4 by Kev. M. M. Brabham.
Solo.
Arr. bv Jno. R. Bbtant.
:&
-Ai Ai — ^-
rJ-QJ^
&
iszta
1. We 're f loat-ing down the stream of time, We have not long to
2. Sometimeswe'vefeltdis-cour-ag-ed, And thought it all in
3. The Life-boat soon is com-ing, Bj"^ the eye of Faith I
ifiis:
KIN K J h
d -«--«--•-
3tl3t
:&
-r
r
^
:^
I
atzitzat
The storm - y clouds of dark - ness Will turn to brightest day.
For us to live a Christian life, And walk in Je - sus' name.
As she sweeps thro' the wa - ters To res-cue you and me,
i
i£
=^^^tj=^l
^S
Then let us all take cour - age, For we're not left a
But then we heard the Mas- ter say, I'll lend a help-ing
And land us safe -ly in the port With friends we love so
J^J
y-^r^-^-r^T T T
lone ;
hand;
dear.
r
r
-«-
-^— a^-
M.
r
:^
The life-boat soon is com
And if you '11 on -ly trust
■ Get read- y," cries the Cap -
ing To gath-er tlrejew-els
me I'll guide you to that
tain. Oh ! look, she is al - most
home.
land.
here.
W.
44h
^
U=d^=U.
r^-:-^
m
r
rr
et^ll^ted, UM, Y>] iuD. B. Bi7*Bi,
Chorus
The liife-Beat (ZofiGladed,
Thencheer, my brother, cheer, Our tri-als will soon be o'er, Ouflov'd ones we will
We 're pilgrims and we're strangers here, We're seeking a citj' to come, The life-boat soon is
meet, will meet Up -on the gold-en shore;
com - ini:^ To
^^-(^ _ .
;ath-er the jew-els home.
4 Yes, see her coming o'er the tide
With banners all unfurled;
She comes from] heavenly ports
afar.
To take us from this world.
'• Aboard, aboard," the Captain cries.
Let every pilgrim come,
And once upon the Life-boat,
I'll bear you safely home."
6 Behold all things are ready now,
The bells begin to ring.
The Captain stands upon the prow,
And all the pilgrims sing.
The breezes All the canvas,
The waters rush and foam.
For we 're upon the Life-boat,
And on our journey home.
6 Far out upon the widening seas
Our Captain steers the way.
And yonder in the eastern skies
We see the gleaming day.
Oh, yes, we see the distant shore.
We hear the ransomed sing,
And every breeze that comes this way
The sweetest odors bring.
7 Oh, wondrous joy we 're home at last,
We 've reached the golden shore !
And here we'll livcj and sing, and
praise.
And shout forever more.
"We 're welcomed by our Saviour here
And friends and loved ones come ;
While angel throngs and ransomed
All bid us welcome home ! [saints
Nq. 127. Sifters, Tarri; wtiY will ^e Die?
1 Sinners, turn ; why will ye die?
God, your Maker, asks you why?
God, who did your being give,
Made you with Himself to live;
He the fatal cause demands :
Asks the work of Ilis own hands,— 3
Why, ye thankless creatures, why
Will ye cross His love, and die?
3 Sinners, turn ; why will ye die?
God, your Saviour, asks you why?
He, who did your souls retrieve.
Died Himself, that ye might live.
Kev. C. Wesley, 1745.
Will ye let Him die in vain ?
Crucify your Lord again ?
Why. ye ransomed sinners, wliy
Will ye slight His grace and die?
Sinners, turn ; why will ye die"?
God, the Spirit, asks you why?
He who all your lives hath strove,
Urged you to embrace His love.
Will ye not His grace receive?
Will ye still refuse to live ?
O ye dying sinners, why.
Why will ye forever die?
We'll Be There.
J. H. F.
1. When the Lord in glo - ry cora-eth with His hosts in bright array,
2. We shall see our bless-ed Sav-iour, and shall know Him in the skies,
3. We shall see the countless righteous gath'ring for their great reward,
§i-^t
Ets^s^te
t£EE
i-Ei^i
J-~
And we wak-en at His summons in that new and gladsome light,
As He comes to take His children thro' the gates of shin - ing gold,
We shall see the palms of vie - fry that the saints in glad-ness bring,
S^i^
r-'.-r- -r
— I — I , r
i
Iljv
r-^P
m
tffe
4»i — *i-T-*i — ^-^i-^isr
O the won-der, O the rap-ture as we greet the heav'nly day,
We shall hear the shouts of joy that from unnumbered thousands rise,
We shall hear the might-y cho - rus to the Ho- ly One a- dored,
^^ ^A — '*'- '^
4=
CHOKtJN.
When the dawn e-ter-nal breaks up-on our sight. We'll be there,
As His beau - ty and His glo - ry they l)e-hold.
As in robes of white they stand be-fore their King. We'll be there.
^y
t=-
t=r-
-'^^W-HA:— bfc-
1 ^ S
-t?-r
J5=i=t5=t53?=i5=^^=i:
1^
we'll be there, ' Ot the res - ur-rec-tion morn-ing we'll be
we'll be there,
-A— A A-» A , A • A— .-^-^-*— 1^" ' "^" » . A-
Copyright, 1900, by Fillmore Bros
^Ve'll Be There.
r-^-
t-
K K /Ts
^^-*
there, We'll be there, we'll be there, On the resurrtction moruing we I! be there.
We'll be there, we'll be there, we'll be there, we'll be there.
^-1=5=
:^^z>4-^;^:
129
W. C. Brown.
A Hundred Years to Come.
(For anniversaries or centennials.
J. A. L.
•i-)-*— ^ — I — ^hW— *-* — "*- -♦'■■
1. Where, where will be the birds that sing A hundred years to come? The flow'rs that now in
2. Who'll press for gold this crowded street, A hundred years to come? Who'll tread jon church with
3. We all within our graves shall sleep A hundred years to come; No liv-ing soul for
-^ ^ I*
k±
tzzSi
^^=^[:^V-^| I ^ A n|-J-
I beau-ty spring, A hundred years to come? The ro - sy lips, the loft - y brow, The
r will-ing feet, A hundred years to come? Pale, trembling age and fier-y youth. And
us will weep A hundred years to coine; But oth - er men our lands will till. And
I _^ — ^—^^:s—xrr^ — !*-H* ^^ -^ . ^ .srr^ — «— 1« — «-r.l*— i*— (*--l«
heart that beats So gai-ly now, 0 where will be love's beaming eye, Joy's pleasant smile and
childhood with its heart of truth. The rich, the poor, on land and sea, Where will the mighty
t)thers then our streets will till. While other birds will sing as gay. And bright the sun shine
sor-row's sigh, A hun-dred years to come. A hun-dred years to come,
mil - lions be A hun-dred years to come? A hun-dred years to come?
as to - day, A hun-dred years to come, A hun-dred years to come.
-g' f»' ^ ^
-a=;a..
1 — ^
E£
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
130 I've Had a Talk With Jesus.
To my very dear sister in Christ, Mrs. W. M. Senter.—W. E. P.
Ida Scott Tayj.ou. W. E. Penn.
] 1-
■*;—
=srq=
a
1. I've had a talk with Je-sus, I've told Him all my care; I've sought His blessed
2. I've had a talk with Je-sus, His promised peace to share, We walked by heal-ing
3. I've had a talk with Je-sus, We held communion sweet; I've laid my joys and
I !^ I
r;*— ts 3fc-r^ — s — A A-r i^—
Ek3E=k±tztz:tz;t=Et::z
*^-
^ 1 «—'-■•-
--A-^
i^3
^
I ^ ii ,
-:q:
» — <5> • '
-«►- -♦- -♦- . -♦- ^ -«►- '
presence, And dropped my burden there. And when I knelt be - fore Him, I
wa-ters Thro' pastures green and fair; His arms of love were round me, And
sor-rows, Like Ma - ry, at His feet — I've told Him ev - 'ry long - ing That
:^E=^
I
P--
-A_J^
St
«4" ♦_
felt my spir-it thrill To hear His gentle whis-per, " I love thee, peace, be still."
blest indeed was I, And oh, I dwelt in saf e-ty With such a ref -uge nigh !
throbb'd within my breast, He fill'd my soul with com fort; And gave His peace and rest.
|--ad-— ^-
=t
£^
;fe^:
aE^E3
trjrd
0 blest com-mu-nion, pure and sweet. To talk with Him is joy complete; And
pz^;pg;E^-£E[:£EgEgE^EEF^=g=pg^iEg'
!&
EE
il
I > I
oh, I love to steal a - way. And talk with Je - sus ev - 'ry day.
Copyrifht, 1S92, liy W E. Penn
131
JESUS, LOVER OF MY SOUL.
Chables Weslky.
* M. H. B. H.
351. 499.
P. H.
305.
S. B. Mabsh.
Fine.
, f Je - sus, lov - er of my soul,
■ ( While the nearer wa-tersroU,
C t. T
Let me to Thv bo ■
While the tem-pest still is hiKh
■<g- -f- ^g- f- , -fg- . [^ . o^
m— b — £ — isi r — I— & ^~c
som fly, }
3 Other refuge have I none ;
Hangs my helpless soul on Thee ;
Leave, ah ! leave me not alone,
Still support and comfort me!
All my trust on Thee is stayed.
All my help from Tliee I bring;
Cover my defenseless head
With the shadow of Thy wing.
3 Thou, 0 Christ, art all I want ;
More than all in Thee I find ;
Raise the fallen, cheer the faint.
Heal the sick, and lead the blind.
* M. H. ( Methodist Hymnal.) B. H. ( Baptist
Just and holy is Thy Name;
I am all unrighteousness;
False and full of sin I am,
Thou art full of truth and grace.
4 Plenteous grace with Thee is found,
Grace to cover all my sin ;
Let the healing streams abound,
Make and keep me pure within.
Thou of Life the Fountain art;
Freely Ist me take of Thee;
Spring Thou up within my heart,
Rise to all eternity.
Hymnal.) F. H, (Presbyterian Hymnal.)
132
THERE IS A FOUNTAIN.
TTnlmowB.
1 There is a fountain filled with blood
Drawn from Immanuel's veins,
And sinners plunged beneath that flood
Lose all their guilty stains.
2 The dying thief rejoiced to see
That fountain in his day;
And there have I, as vile as he,
Washed all my sins away.
8 Dear dying Lamb, Thy precious blood
Shall never lose its power,
Till all the ransomed Church of God
Bs saved to sin no more.
4 E'er since by faith I saw the stream
Thy flowing wounds supply,
Redeeming love has been my theme,
And shall be till I die.
5. Then in a nobler, sweeter song,
I'll sing Thy power to save,
When this poor lisping, stammering tongu*
Lies silent in the grave.
133
Riches of Grace.
" The exceeding riches of his grace." — Eph. 2 : 7.
E. D. MUND.
E. S. LORENZ.
^^m
^^^^^^^^^^]
1. Rich-es of earth I ruay not see, God may pre-vent ; Rich-es of
2. I may not win fair hon-or's crown, God may pre-vent; Heav-en-ly
3. Earth will not bring me hours of peace, Sin will pre-vent ; I have a
grace are of-fered me, I am con-tent. Wealth of the world must fade and fail,
hon-ors are my own, I am con-tent. Children of God and heirs of grace,
peace that can not cease, God hath it sent. Sweet-ly the hours of life glide by,
_^_ .^_ .^_ .^. .^.' -^. -(^- -^- -^.'-^-
^T— ^ — I — \ — I — I — I I I— Fp-
\ J- \ J — \ f — \j — 5=^—
-^-=?-
■^^=4
f'^Tt
\ ? \ ^5 \ ^-
I ■ — ■ ■ — ■-- p-
^ 1 1 ! ! 1
r— I-
^ a!
-si-r
a^ Aj'~ a; a) a'
Earth-ly de-light grow tasteless, stale ; I have the wealth that must a- vail —
Walk-ing in light be -fore His face, Rest - ing in peace in His embrace —
Harmless its tri - als past me fly. Strong in His grace T all de - fy —
Rich-es of grace. Rich-es of grace for- ev - er en-
Rich-es of grace.
9^
ipzzp:
•^=5*
■^ — ■<j — ^-
:^t=2:
-^—^—^
-^
-1-.— =
7^
-—I ^-
-^ — 2
dure, Rich-es of grace ray eafe-ty as-
for-ev-er en-dure, Rich-es en -dure,
9£^^^gEgEg3?_^=^==E£:
±=t:
-P— (»-
Copyright, 1889, by E. S. Loienz.
Riches of Grace.
sure ; Rich - es of grace are fade-less and
mp safe-ty as -sure; Rich-es of grace,
^ 'A. lA. lA. |A-
rrli^— y— t?*— t-
-?-*-^
I
=^-.-1-
r=^
-fts.
^— ^
^-4-
■H^I^i i -H *^
4^^Jf-
-i-A—
pure, Rich-es of grace, .. Rich-es of grace.
are fadeless and pure, Riches of grace,
-A-
— 5< > > I — V — y — 5^— " '-•
9i
if:
lA. lA.— bfc— lA— lA. >,
V^ y^^;*^
-Jt-—
134 >A/'hen I Think How They Crucified.
Southern Melodv.
N — S-
— 1^ — N
-K-*^
-^i-tA-
-*-«i-
— s— s— s-
"■* —*—*—*— «'—■»'
-L
i5>-
1. When I think how they crucified my Lord, When I think how they crucified my Lord, 0
^ ^ ^ ^
kl i 1 ~ A Ar-hA-A-A-.
_i — _j 1 , 1— I • . , —
-Sr--^— ^ », — N
-K--X-
-A— N— N—N -
i
sometimes it causes me to tremble, tremble, tremble, When I think how they crucified my Lord.
2. When I think how they crowned Him with the thorns.
3. When I think how they nailed Him to the ti'ee. :||
4. AVhen I think how they pierced Him in she side. :||
5. When I think how they laid Him in the tomb.:||
6. AVhen I think how the stone was rolled away. :||
7. When I think of His rising from the grave. :||
135
Amazing Grace.
J. Newton.
Pi
liB
J. Newton.
-^:t^-
q^
m
t^
^tg=rf5J
:s)-
1. A - maz - ing grace, how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like me !
2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear. And grace my fears re-Heved:
3. Thro' ma - ny dan - gers, toils, and snares, I have al - read - y come;
4. Yes, when this flesh and heart shall fail, And mor-tal life shall cease,
^^
m^
^^
-"o-
lis:
HP
1^
I once was lost, but now am found ; Was blind, but now I see.
How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first be-lieved!
'Tis grace has brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home.
I shall pos - sess, with - in the vail, A life of joy and peace.
136
COME. HOLY SPIRIT.
Isaac Watts.
* M. H.
178.
B. H.
196.
P.H.
7f).
M-
§
-4--"
-^^ — ^
s>—^
g — ^
=1:
Adapted by R. Simpson.
-4^J I , I
-♦— «-«*
■r
-6^
Come, Ho - ly Spir-it, heavn'ly dove.With all Thy quick'niugpow'rs ;
Look how we grov -el here be - low, Foud of these earth - ly toys ;
In vain we tune our form- al songs, In vain we strive to rise;
Fa- ther, and shall we ev - er live At this poor dy - ing rate,
-^- iT "^ I
Kin - die a flame of sa - cred love In these cold
Our souls, how heav-i - ly they go, To reach e-
Ho - san - nahs lan-guish on our tongues. And our de -
Our love so faint, so cold to Thee, And Thine to
hearts of ours,
ter - nal joys,
vo - tion dies,
us so great?
N
B^^^^^^^SiS
F
137
O For a Faith.
1 O for a faith that will not shrink,
Though pressed by every foe ;
That will not tremble on the brink
Of any earthly woe ;
"J That will not murmur or complain
Beneath the chastening rod,
l!ut, in the hour of grief or pain,
Will lean upon its God ;
138
3 A faith that shines more bright and clear
When tempests rage without;
That, when in danger, knows no fear,
In darkness, feels no doubt !
4 Lord, give us such a faith as this ;
And then, whate'er may come,
We'll taste, e'en here, the hallowed blisi
Of an eternal home.
W. H. Balhurst.
O For a Closer AA/'alk.
1 O for a closer walk with God,
A calm and heavenly frame,
A light to shine upon the road
That leads me to the Lamb !
2 Where is the blessedness I knew
When first I saw the Lord ?
AVhere is the soul-refreshing view
Of Jesus and His word ?
3 What peaceful hours I once enjoyed 1
How sweet their memory still !
But they have left an aching void
The world can never fill.
4 Return, O holy Dove, return,
Sweet messenger of rest !
I hate the sins that made Thee mouru,
And drove Thee from my breast.
Wm. Cowpek.
No. 139.
Isaac Watts.
O How I Love Jesus.
^
1. A - las! aud did my Sav-iour bleed? And did my Sov'reign die? Would He de-
2. Was it for crimes that I had done, He groaned up-on the tree ? A - maz-ing
3. Well might the sun in dark-ness hide, Aud shut his glo- ries in, When God's own
4. Thus might I hide my blush-ing face While His dear cross appears, Dissolve my
5. But drops of grief can ne'er re-pay The debt of love I owe; Here, Lord, I
.ft *__! 1 "t ; ^* * «-«-*-
-^ H«-
:t:
-^'
■(*- -I*- -1*-^ 4^ -^- -j*- -I*-
vote that sa-cred head. For such a worm as I ?
pit - y! grace unknown, And love be-yond de - gree!
Son was cru - ci - fied For man, the creature's sin.
heart in thank-ful-ness, And melt mine eyes to tears,
give my - self a- way — 'Tis all that I can do.
0 how I love Je - sus.
zi^E^^^^J
0 how I love Je - sus, 0 how I love Je - sus, Because H9 first loved me
^- • -*-» !»..
-/-/->— ^
-? --J-J-
-r-hv^-D
:=tti:
SI
■" Tir
140
BEAUTIFUL, BECKONING HANDS.
Ker. C. C. LtTTHEB.
_l^ Duet.
By per. (To my Choir at Walhalla, S. C.)
Jno. E. Bryant.
'i3^^
'-^^-
^-^
:^-=^^:
^^^=)^-^^^^i
m
1. Beau - ti-ful hands at the gate- way to-night,
2. Beck - on-inghands of a motli-er whose love
3. Beau - ti-ful hands of a lit- tie one,— see,
-#— * tf — *~« — -0-, -A — -A-
Fa- ces all sliin-ingwith
Sac - ri-flced life its tie -
Ba - by voice call-ing, O
fe^S^
ra - di - ant light.
vo - tion to prove;
moth - er, to thee ;
Eyes looking down from yon heav-en - ly home.
Hands of a fa - tlier to mem - o - ry dear,
lio - sy-eheek'd darling,the light of our home,
tei-^
n^^-^-
4 -1-.2-J- V 1
!I5!eE
**
r
1^
Chorus.
r
e
^
'tr^^
Beau - ti - f ul hands that are beck-on - ing come.
Beck'ning up high - er the wait-ing one here.
Tak - en so ear - ly, is beck -on -ing come.
Beck - - on - ing
Beau - ti - ful, beau-ti - ful,
Beck - - on-ing hands, .
Beau-ti-ful.beauti-fuT, beckoning hands.Beau
Beau - ti- ful,beck-on-ing hands. . .
ti- ful,beck-on-ing,beckoning hands.
1^
Beau
- ti-ful,beck-on-ing hands.
^ 1^ |y U* U*
CopjTigbt, 1894, by Jno. B. Brjant.
4 Beckoning hands of a husband or wife,
Waiting and watching the lov'd ones of life ;
Hands of a brother, a sister, a friend.
Out from the gate-way to-night they extend.
* Words used by special permission of Uie author who owoa copyright oa tbeiOi
Copyright transfeiTed to L. L. Pirkott
6 Brightest and best of that glorious throng,
Center of all, and the theme of our song,
Jesus, our Saviour, the pierced one stands,
Lovingly calling, with beckoning hands.
141 THE LILY OF THE VALLEY.
Song of Solomon.— 2: 1.
English Melody. Arr. by E. Hanks.
1 ^—T 'al '■I ■•
|:4
a|=:«|:
^=»!=^
^t=i^
3«r:
1. I have found a friend in Je - sus,He's ev - 'ry thing to me, He's the
2. He all my grief s has tak ' en, And all my sorro-vvs borne.In temp-
3. He "will nev-er, nev - er leave me, Nor yet for-sake me here, "While I
f air - est of ten thou-sand to my soul; The "Lil-y of the
ta - tion He's my strong and might-y tow'r I have all for Him f or-
live bv faith and do His bless - ed will ; A wall of fire a -
i
D.s. — He's the *^ Lil-y of
the
=i^=^^ci=|^
=1^=:^
^^=^=^
-a-^ — ^-
Val-ley," In Him a - lone I see, All I need to cleanse and
sa- ken. And all my i - dols torn From my heart and now He
bout me, I've noth-ing now to fear, "With His man - na He my
?r^-
the Bright and Morn-ing Star "He's the fair - est of ten
Fine. I ^
make me f ul - ly whole. In sor - row He's my com-f ort,
keeps me by His pow'r. Tho' all the world for-sake me,
hun-gry soul will filL Then sweeping up to glo - ry,
In
And
To
ly— ty-
1«=4:=t
t
^=^
^ ^ ^
thousand to
my soul.
D.S.
:«l^=3i|:
¥=^
^^^^
zM — ^
I
■2 — ^
trouble He's my stay, He tells me
Sa-tan tempts me sore, Thro' Je - sus
see His bless - ed face, "Where riv - ers
-0- 1^
ev - 'ry care on Him to roll ;
I shall safe - ly reach the goal ;
of de-light shall ev - er roll:
!♦ . I. I —
^±^
Copyriglit, 1890, by D. E. Dobtch.
142
TITLE CLEAR.''*
" Thoa tlierefore endure hardness as a good soldier of Je
May also sing, Am I a Soldier of tlie Cross. Re.
Clirist."— 2 Tim. 2: 3.
nged with Chorus by T. C. O'KANE.
1. When I can read my ||: title clear:!| To mansions Ij: in the skies,:||
2. Should earth against my ]|: soul engage, :|| And fiery |1: darts be hurled,:
3. Let cares like a wild |1: deluge come,:l| Let storms of i|: sorrow fall —
4. There I shall bathe my ||: weary souhjl In seas of ji: heavenly rest,:||
iE^
-^—^—i)-
-^-ii-
-a=t^
.;a_;s_P£z;x:
-M-=^-
-^
-t^^—i^
:£i^-j
I'll bid farewell to ev-'ry fear,
Then I can smile at Satan's rage,
So I but safely reach my home,
And not a w^ave of trouble roll
n
And wipe my weep-ing eyes.
And face a frowu-ing world.
My God, my heav'n, my all.
A - cross my peace-f ul breast.
We will stand the storm,
We will stand, stand the storm. It will not be ver
We will
y long; We will
;^^i^
I
r^S
an - chor by and by, by and by. We will stand,
anchor by and by. We will anchor by and by, We will stand, stand the storm;
-f-;f- f- -f- ♦ -^ ^ i^-->^ i*^ -^- -r -*^ -. ! ^ N '
the storm, We will an -chor by and by,
It will not be ver - y long, We will an-chor by and bv, by and by.
J3_ .! J^-^"?
N N
m
A A
^^feeif
i^j_
ia
■J J
-i^-^
"•'The repeats in verses are ouly fur buss and tenor«
143
COME, THOU FOUNT.
Rev. R. Robinson, 1758.
Old Melody, 1818.
FlWB.
rd^
t^^^-
^.^^.
-# — ^-
:=^
^*i
J < Conie.ThouFount of ev -'ry bless- ing. Tune my heart to sing Thy grace;
( Streams of mer-cy, nev - er ceas - ing, Call for songs of loud-est praise;
Conie.ThouFount of ev
cy, nev
D. C. Praise the moimt — P 7H fixed upon it! Mount of Pky re - deem-ing love.
Here I'll raise my Ebenezer,
Hither by Thy help I've come;
And I hope by Thy good pleasure,
Safely to arrive at home.
Jesus sought me when a stranger.
Wandering from the fold of God;
He to rescue me from danger,
Interposed His precious blood.
3 Oh, to grace how great a debtor,
Daily I'm constrained to bel
Let Thy goodness as a fetter,
Bind my wandering heart to Thee;
Prone to wander. Lord, I feel it —
Prone to leave the God I love —
Here's my heart, oh, take and seal it,
Seal it for Thy courts above.
144
HOLY SPIRIT, FAITHFUL GUIDE.
' He zvill guide you into ali truth." — John 16: 13.
M. M. Wells
M. M. Wells.
it, faith - ful guide, Ev - er near the Christian's side,
us by the hand, Pil-griras ia a des - ert laud,
r, ( Ev - er pres-ent,tru - est friend, Ev - er near,Thineaid to lend,
^' ( Leave us not to doubt and fear,Grop-ing on in dark -ness drear.
„ ( When our days of toil shall cease, Waiting still for sweet re-lease,
j Noth-ing lef t butheav'nandpray'r,Wond'ringif our names were there.
J-
^'^-t
-SJ—
e
-^
D.c. Wilis- per soft - ly, xoan-d'rer,come! Fol-low Me, I'll guide thee home.
J I
D.C.
3 Ai-
Et-
:b
Wea - ry souls for - e'er re- joice, While they hear that sweetest voice
When the storms are rag - ing sore,Hearts grow faint and hopes give o'er;
Wad-iug deep the dis - mal flood, Plead-iugnought but Je - sus' blood,
'kzE-Z.
-J-
a
No. 145.
DIAMONDS IN THE ROUGH.
t. D. CARRINOTOR.
¥S3
NH^
g
'H ^ • 1 —
-»; • N
'^=^
-^A-^— .*J-
>J . aI aI . Ai"
1. There are complaining people, "Who say we are too bold, Alas there are still
2. Ah, many hearts are aching,We find them ev'rywhere, Whose cups are filled witii
3. One day my precious comrade, You, too, were lost in sin. But others sought your
4. So let us keep it burning, The Lamp of holy love, To «^v-'ry per-se-
->^ — ♦ — ♦ — r-i — ^T»- r • V— < - -
oth-ers Who say we're aft -er gold; But they are all mis-tak-en, We
sorrow, "Whose homes are filled with care; "When misfortune overtakes them, The
res-cue, And Je - sus took yoii in; So when you're tried and tempted. By
cu - tor. Point out the way above; The precious blood of Je-sus, Was
want not sordid stuff, But souls of poor lost sinners — Those diamonds in the rough,
world gives them acuff. Or sends them to perdition — Those diamonds in the rough,
scoffer's keen rebuff. Don't turn away in anger — This diamond in the rough,
shed and that's enough, Oh, let us tell Him of it — That diamond in the rough.
The day will soon be over In which to work and win, There's many a gem lies
-*r-;.
hid-den Beneath the dross of sin; Oh, let us dig and find them, God's
9*1
rjBz:^:
-^. J^
3^
1. L. Pickett.
Diamonds In the Rough.
pow-er is enough To pol-ish in -to beauty Those diamonds in tbe rough.
146
J. H. S.
Only Trust Him.
Rev. J. H. Stockton.
^^
1. Come, ev - 'ry soul by sin oppressed, There's mercy with the Lord,
2. For Je - sus shed His precious blood Rich ])lessings to be - stow ;
3. Yes, Je - sus is the Truth, the Way That leads you in - to rest;
4. Come, then, and join this ho - ly band And on to glo-ry go,
>> I ^ -<g- • -I*- ->fcr ^ ^ ^ -^- -^ -fZ-
' A.'- — A A |-'A_iL_'A A :
a*
±=
E
i
And He will sur - ly give you rest, By trust - ing in His
Plunge now in - to the crim-son flood That wash - es white as
Be - lieve in Him without de - lay, And you are ful - ly
To dwell in that ce-les-tial land. Where joys im-mor-tal
^ ^^—i- — ft* \-_ 1-
word.
snow,
blest,
flow.
m^
T
CHORUS.
:f5:
=t:
-♦fi*
«=T=«=
ly trust Him, on - ly trust Him, On - ly trust Him
to Je - sus, come to Je - sus. Come to Je - sus
re - jeet Him, don't re- ject Him, Don't re - ject Him
On -
Come
Don't
I will trust Him, I will trust Him, I will trust Him
now ;
now ;
now ;
now;
^
fci2
m
-^^^Zl
-^^^
-^ • ifc„
-V — I-
— I— ^ — ♦ «"^ A- 1 P>^ 1 r
« * — "— JS- jS: — rat
1,2,3. He will save you. He will save you, He will save you
4. He will save me, He will save me. He will save me
m
.1^^^^
.,♦ -r-
t=^
now.
now.
147
Rescue the Perishing.
"Go out into the highways and hedges, andcompal them to come in, that myhouse maybe fiUed,"-
FANNY J. CROSBY. • W. H. DOANE.
LukeU:28.
By per.
S
1. Res - cue the per - ish-ing, Care for the dy - ing, Snatch them in pit - y from
2. Tho' they are slighting Him, Still He is wait - ing, Wait-ing the pen - i - tent
3. Down in the hu-man heart. Crushed by the tempter. Feelings lie bur - ied that
4. Res - cue the per - ish - ing, Du - ty de-mands it; Strength for thy lab-or the
-j 1 hi tr— ki — r- — h — F* — !•— S=&— B
sin and the grave; Weep o'er the err -ing ones. Lift up the fall - en,
child to re - ceive. Plead with them ear-nest-ly. Plead with them gent-ly;
grace can re - store, Touched by a lov-inglieart, Wak-ened by kind-ness,
Lord will pro- vide; Back to the nar-row way Pa - tient-ly win them;
-« — A — »
m
i=t
^l
t:
^ ^
REFRAIN.
&=
— <^^«' — JM ^
-9I — «tl — g-
-i^— ai-
S^
Tell them of Je - sus the might - y to save.
He will for - give if they on - ly be - lieve. Res - cue the per - ish - ing,
Chords that are brok - en will vi-brate once more.
Tell the poor wanderer a Sav - iour has died.
¥?=^^^.
:i&S=^
Care for the dy - ing; Je - sus is mer - ci - ful, Je - sus will save.
P^^^i
§E^
^
r-^
?^-
ih=±:t
148
*
Come to Jesus Just Now.
p^^E^^
■^-
liTup:
£
-^ ♦-
_>_L,
:n:
1. Come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus just now,
i
:P1:
q;
—I — ^-
¥
Just now come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus just now.
2 He will save you.
3 He is able.
4 He is willing.
5 He is waiting.
6 O believe Him.
7 O receive Him.
8 Jesus loves you.
9 He will blesa you.
10 He will cleanse you.
11 Only trust Him.
12 Let us praise Him.
13 Hallelujah. Ameu.
149
TELL IT TO JESUS ALONE.
*' Tell it to Jesus."— Matt. 14 : 12.
J. E. Rankin, D.D. Rev. E. S. Lorenz, by per.
1. Are you wea - ry, are you hea - vy heart -ed.'' Tell it to Je-sus,
2. Do the tears flow down your cheeks un- bid - den? Tell it to Je-sus,
3. Do you fear the gath-'ring clouds of sor - row ? Tell it to Je - sus,
4. Are you trou-bled at the tho't of dy - ing ? Tell it to Je - sus,
^^
-^
:^
-^— «-
^1 ^ *! ■
-^ ^-
Tell it to Je - sus ; Are you griev - ing o - ver joys de - part - ed .''
Tell it to Je-sus; Have you sins that to man's eye are hid -den?
Tell it to Je-sus; Are you anx-ious what shr.ll be to-mor-row?
Tell it to Je-sus; For Christ's com-ing King-dom are you sigh -ing?
■ • "r "i~ A A — ^-.
Pa=r"rt:-L^
^^^ bk A. •■ iA. Uk bk-
E
:i.^=t^
1^ ^
^J Jl
Refrain.
±
-^L-. 1
i
S
^ij:zjit
^. y
^fc. ^
lone.
Tell
g@
s=s
it to
Je - sus
Tell
it to Je - sus.
?
^
-«>-=-
^-
-i£j-=-
.^d^^feE^^
J^E
^
-P— i^
Idt
Tell
it to
Je - sus, He ev - 'ry sor - row hath known ;
J
■B \ '^='^ 1
You have no oth-er such a friend or brother, Tell it to Je-sus a -lone.
m^M
A—A^
.A 1 1^ -r 1~ r*-i^-
-)♦ — ♦-
-^ — 1^
^
■— ♦4-^— y g -r,
— r t, — I — i — I—
^
150
W. E. P,
That Beautiful Dream.
Very slotr and sort.
1. 'Twas night, and all a -round was still, I lay up - on nay bed,
2. The sweetest voice fell on mine ear, It thrill'd my in-most soul;
3. I dreamed I saw the jas - per walls, And streets of pur-est gold;
I dreamed death's portals I had passed And was a- mong the dead ;
'A - rise, my love, and come a - way Un - to thy promised goal."
And all the saints of God were there. Those beauties to be - hold.
ter
Bz
•/« — i^
^ — f»-
w r»
-:i-
t:
-y-
I heard the trump of God resound, The dead in Christ to raise,
I looked — I saw — I can - not tell, There's nothing will compare;
I heard the wel-come plaud-it giv'n:"Come, all ye bless - ed, come ;
I saw the saints prepared to shout Our blest Redeemer's praise.
I saw the Sav - iour glo - ri - tied. And loved ones gathered there.
Re-joice, re-joice for ev - er-more. In this thy heav'nly home."
CHORTS.
O that beau - ti - ful, beau - ti -ful dream, O that beau - ti - ful,
mt
a-2^=g:
-^
-X
4=
=^g=i=ife'^
^ u
--A-
^rr-^
'^. t" r
Deau - ti - ful dream! Dear Lord, shall it be all my
12-^ ijr
r P '1- — w— ^ — m ^^-
-*t. A^ ▲ ▲- 1
T ! ^^^
A A U ^ J
fe*
-J— I
e
z^-^r--^:
-> — ar
i>^i>-
loved ones I'll see As they were in that beau - ti - ful dream ?
I ^ ^ ^ ^ I I
Copyright, 1890, by . E. enn.
151
SOFTLY AND TENDERI.Y.
" Come unto me kll ye that labor and are heavy-laden and I will give you rest."— Matt. 11: 38.
W. L. T. WILL L. THOMPSON.
Very «Iow
Soft - ly and ten - der - ly Je - sus is call - ing, Call-ing for
Why should we tar - ry when Je - sus is plead-ing, Pleading for
Time now is fleet-ing, the moments are pass-ing, Pass-ing from
Oh, for the won-der - ful love He has promised, Promised for
£
«^^
i^i^
F^E^
W^
S
fc=?^
f» i^
rrt
1 — .^i — ■ ~-+^
you and for me, See on the portals He's waiting and watching,
you and for me? Why should we linger and heed not His mercies,
you and from me; Shadows are gathering, death beds are coming,
you and for me; Tho' we have sinned He has mercy and pardon,
Watch-ing for you and for nieT
Mer - cies for you and for me?
Com - ing for you and for me.
Par - don for you and for me.
Come home, come
Come home,
-I
^
t—p—^
SiS
m
fcfe
^SE
W
^ ^_,7^_^
fr l>7|*Mu^
— I 1 i — r*t — i^ . I □'
^^
home, Ye who are wea-ry, come home, Earn-est - ly
come home.
r-J^v- -^ -^ -^ -^^.
^^^^^i^f^
m
^
PPP
^=^
^^"-
KU~°^^ Is s Ov r:\ PP
— ^^ — S — d^ — R— N — -N-r [^ |
-A — AJ • J
ten-der-ly, Je-sus is call-ing, Call-ing, oh, sinner, come home.
\
^ ^ ^
-it — J — J — LjsirsKzijj
S^
-m — ^
:J?=^
:!^=f!?
V — V A '^
■ 9 y ^ - - - -^ Q ^ y
By per. W, L. Thompson & Co., Chicago, 111., and E. Liverpool, 0.
&
152
J. H. F
When The Waiting Time.
— =^^*--2 — y^
^— ^
5— ^^==t-w=t«^
Feed. A. Fillmore.
_^_^
-:m-
1. When the wait - ing time is ov - er, When the Mas - ter bids us come,
2. When the wait - ing time is ov - er, Bat-ties fought and vic-tories won,
3. When the wait - ing time is ov - er, When the toils of life are past,
-A- • -A- I -A- • -A- A.
SSrts^
Sp
t
-^~"i~» V
A— w:
15:
r
In the glad and bright for - ev - er, We shall rest in peace at home.
We shall hear the Sav-iour's wel-come, " Good and faith-ful one, well done."
We shall sing with ho - ly rapt - ure, " Praise the Lord, we're home at last.'
-A- • -A- I -A- -A- • _ I
>^
r^-^.--7-
:^
:^
l^^te
<;iiuRus.
^:
— fv-
.^ - S-
^
>, N--£d
^! Nf-* k: Iter-
^i ^_l 1 1
55=15=5:
r^ i* * ?* i*_
' ' y J '\j \j u
When the wait - - ing time is ov - er When from
When the wait-ing, waiting, waiting. When the waiting time is o ■ ver, When the
sin and sor-row free, We shall meet be-
waiting time is ov-er, When from sin and sorrow free, We shall meet beyond the river,
p ^ p p p ^ j^I-A- ^- -^. -f^-A-:g: -g--rg- -A-A-A-A-A- ^
14=
J 'J 'J
-J -J J j-
V-i^->^-V-V-
!^=^=^
•*■ y > • > ?
-^— ^^— K
~^--
K-X~
^
^
^ >» > • 1
yond the riv - er, There to dwell e - ter - nal - ly.
When the waiting time is ov-er, e - ter-nal - iy
-A- A-A- -*^ ■A--A-A^-A- -A-; ^ I . ^ > J' J" m^ J
m
^
-A— jA-l-b^^p^i^' J J J b*— 1^-
i
Rl
Copyright owned by Fillmore Bros.
No. J53.
DID YOU THINK TO PRAY?
"Be careful for nothing; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your
requests be made Isnowu unto God." — Phil. 4 : "J.
Mrs. M. A. KIDDER. W. 0. PERKINS.
-^, ■
— ! 1^ — ^i sH
-^-i — ^ ^-
H 1 ^^ 1*-
-<5>- '
1. Ere you left your room this morning, Did you think to pray?
2. When you met "with great temp-ta - tion, Did you think to pray?
3. When your heart was filled with an - ger, Did you think to pray ?
4. When sore tri - als came up- 6u you, Did you think to pray?
§i^^
^
-&-
^=
i^
Z^
-^ ^
^=5Fp=g
In the name of Christ, our Sav-iour, Did you sue for lov-ing fa - vor,
By His dy - ing love and mer - it, Did you claim the Ho- ly Spir- it
Did you plead for grace, my brother, That you might forgive an-oth - er
When your soul was bowed in sor-row, Balm of Gil-ead did you borrow
£^
^
^
1^-1^-^-1^
^
r=F
cnoKcs
As a shield to-day?
As your guide and stay ? Oh, how praying rests the wea-ry 1 Pray'r will
Who had crossed your way?
At the gates of day ?
t:
—i 1 1 1 1 —
£i^
s=±*
^E
1r— l^^ir-
fe
^^^^
-P— ^
£15:
-■^^
::£=£
change the night to day; So,wlien seems life dark and dreary, Don't forget to pray.
154
The Face at Heaven's Gate.
Fred. Woodrow.
-I s
Chas. H. Gabriel.
:^
:2z$:
^^w=^-
^
--^^ ^
[^
aasi
1. There is a face at heav-en's gate, A face I long to see;
2. There is a face at heav-en's gate, With smile di - vine and kind
3. There is a face at heav-en's gate, And if for me a pray'r,
4. There is a face at heav-en's gate, It cheers me on my way,
' I I. ^ J^^ C 1.
Vz±
--^
±1
ss:
s
m
Sfcjz
Tf i ♦ -
^^=^
4^-^
-^
-~y^ •-
■tS'-r
Lin - ger-ing by the jas - per walls. And watch-ing there for me.
For one who in this storm-y world Is left a - while be - hind.
The al - tar of a moth - er's love, It still is stand-ing there.
And is the morn - ing star that shines Be - fore the wake of day.
I I I . ^ r-i Jt^-
ii£E
-1^-'
.*> k k-
t— ^
:12=a:
hA._A-
1 h
CHURT.S.
:&:
m
-• — • — • — '
-t^
■5^
■^ u <^ X
Watch ... ing as the an - gels wait. As the
Watching as the an - gels, as the an - gels wait.
-^ 1^ A-
m-^1
s
§S
fcM=
^;^J^^
^^=^~-
-^ S-
bells of heav - en ring, Watch-ing
Watching as the bells, as the bells of heav - en ring,
^^l?Z^Z^r=^ ^ ^'
£E
Tg <—<»
iS:
1?^
-;7-
-s^-s^
I
^=^
£S
^ < Fw^-
"Ar~:g^
-N N-
i=:^^=^
-y — y — y — y-
->^
till the race is run. Waiting for the ab-sent one.
Watching till the race, till the race is run,
1
lite^
t=S= lezzpri^EidBZZii:
-4^-^
:^
-^ — \
^s:
Copyright, 1891, by Fillmore Bros.
155
A Visit to the Cross.
Rev
"Beliold Vie Lamb of God, which iakrth awiu/ the sin of the MoWd."— John 1 : 29.
William I. Feazell. Arr. by Miss Lida Clark.
qz=q=l=:Arz^z::t=d=q
-*— 5.j-:^-
1. Be-hold, ye men of earth, aiid see The Saviour die on Cal-va- ry ;
2. Oh, hear Him to His Fa-ther cry. While mul-ti-tudes in si-lence sigh ;
3. The temple's vail was rent in twain, The Saviour's voice was heard a-gain ;
4. Glo - ry to His pre-cious name, Now I'm washed from ev-'ry stain ;
f^=^-
14-2-d3f
ijsii
iE:p
W*:
PP
e=£
w^^ ^
-^-5'-
I I
^ — [-J-U---1 — sV~\ I 1-^ — I — ^ — =^-
S
-N-
His blood He shed for you and me To give us life and lib - er - ty.
And dark-er grows the low'ring sky, The sun re-fused to see Him die.
" 'Tis finished," was the Victor's cry, The debt was paid, for you and I.
His Spir - it sweet-ly dwells within, My soul is pure and cleansed from sin.
The Sav-iour died up - on the tree, His blood He
The Saviour died up-on the tree,
shed . foryouandme; Oh,letus to theSaviour
His blood is shed for vou and me ; Oh, let us to
go, He'll make us pure and white as snow.
the Saviour go. He'll make us pure and white as snow.
^i^N
^^i^
-4^
^^=V'
i
m
^ • L^ A
-"h-^
-X-H
f^^^
>/ 1/ i^ u
Copyright, ItOl, by Lee & Porter,
_>_W > i^ i^
-/-^
156
JUST AS I AM.
Chaelotte Elliot.
* M. H. B. H. p. H.
318. 283. 192.
Wm. Beadbdby.
I am ! with - out one plea,But that Thy blood -was shed for me,
I am! and wait -ing not To rid myself of one dark blot,
I am! tho' toss'dabout,Withmauy a conflict, many a doubt,
H*HiZ-
^
*U-£
:ti
^(S2-
jszz|t:z,£k_
^ lA^
p
kN
AiidthatTboubidd'stmecoraetoThee,OLambofGod ! I come ! I
To Thee, whose blood can cleanse each spot, O Lamb of God ! I come !
Fighting and fears with-in, without. O Lamb of God ! I come ! I
_ ^ ^ /^ — -t— i— ■- -'H— -". r—^ m d . ^.
come !
I come !
come !
Sz?''
iszitz^
S
4 Just as I am ! poor, wretched, blind,
Sight, riches, healing of the mind
Yea, all I need in Thee to find,
O Lamb of God ! I come ! I come !
Jnst as I am ! Thou wilt leceive,
"Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve
Because Thy promise I believe :
O Lamb of God ! I come ! I come !
* M. H. ( Methodist Hymnal.) B. H. ( Baptist Hymnal.) P. H. ( Presbyterian Hymnal.)
15T
AA/'ait On the Lord.
J. B. H. AND E. C. Lee.
i-
J. B. Herbert.
m
:=l
W^^&-
J I T
~mi—i i S
-^_u^
n^--r
1. 0 Lord give ear when with my voice I cry a-loud to Thee, Up - on me al - so
2. 0 Lord, Thou art so good and kind, To hear a sinner's plea, 0 give me peace and
3. 0 wait, my soul, up-on the Lord, And rest in Him to-day, 0 hear the promise
4. 0 wea-ry one, He'll give you rest. If on the Lord you'll wait, And you can dwell with
mer-cy have, And do Thou an-swer me.
rest of mind, And hear and an-swei me.
in His word," H'e'll guide thee all the way
all the blest In-side of heaven's gate.
on the Lord,
Wait on the Lord,
wait on the Lord,
^
-^ — ^
i i i F^
Copyright, 1902, by i. I. Lee.
y ^u
Wait On the Lord
firm of heart, Yea, wait, wait, wait and He shall strength impart
firm of heart, be firm of heart,
I
ra-'i^ -^-j — rf*— :t— f^
m^
^- -(*-
ES
±=
'X:^
:tz=^-z :*:
■w-^-
:t:
:t
:t::2
g]
158
R. HEBER.
From Greenland's Icy Mountains.
-I — I-
^
DR. LOWELL MASON.
-ji — ac — Al Ai
s=:«=^
1. From Greenland's icy mountains. From India's coral strand, Where Afric's sunny
2. What tho' the spic-y breez-es Blow soft e'er Ceylon's isle! Tho' ev-'ry prospect
3. Shall we, whose souk are lighted With wisdom from on high, Shall we to men be-
4. Waft, waft, ye winds, His story, And you, ye waters, roll, Till, like a sea of
_^
^^
:p=J
^
fountains Roll down their gold-en sand. From many an an-cient riv - er. From
pleas - es. And on - ly man is vile. In vain with lav - ish kind-ness The
ed, The lamp of life de - ny? Sal - va-tion, 0 sal - va-tion!The
ry, It spreads from pole to pole; Till o'er our ransomed nat - ure The
1—^ -^- -tS>- . . -m- -*- -m- -*- -H -»- -m~
■R i* — \m
night
glo -
X:-
&t^^^
^
■^
rs ' i
r
s
:^;:
t-t
m-j^
3S:
^— aJ— -<w ^ ^— *i^
-f* a! !^
ma-ny a palm - y plain, They call us to de - liv - er Their land from errors chain,
gifts of God are strown; The heathen, in his blindness. Bows down to wood and stone.
joy - ful sound proclaim, Till earth's remotest nation Has learned Messiah's name.
Lamb, for sin-ners slain, Re-deemer, King, Crea - tor, In bliss returns to reign.
. Jk. .JL.
^^
--isr^r
-lA iA-'-'A-'IA.-
iM I r-
-i — I — 1<
No. 159. I Will Arise and Go To Jesus.
Arr. bv Jos. F. BuTLER.
^^§^^^§
1. Come, ye sin-ners, poor and need - y, Weak and wound-ed, sick and sore;
2. Now, ye need-y, come and wel-come; God's free boun-ty glo - ri - fy;
3. Let not con-science make you lin-ger. Nor of fit - ness fond-ly dream;
4. Come, ye_^ wea - ry, heav - y lad - en. Bruised and man-gled by the fall.
^nj^t~^"^=^^=^-^=^"
=«
■^'
-r
^^^
t:
1^
Cho. — I will a -rise and go to Je - sus. He will embrace me in His arms;
I I p»t . I 1 _ J>. C Cliorns
^:
-A 1
-^: — rr
=F
Je - sus read - y stands to save you. Full of pit - y, love and poVr.
Ti'ue be - lief and true re - pent-ance, Ev -'ry grace that brings you nigh.
All the fit - ness He re - quir - eth Is to feel your need of Him.
If you tar - ry till you're bet - ter. You will nev - er come at all.
- ' '' »-—/*. — A A - * . . ^
^-P ^
:t
t
^1
In the arms of my dear Sav - iour, 0 there are ten thousand charms.
160 Majestic Sweetness Sits Enthroned.
S. Stennett
ORTOXVILLE.
Thos. Hastings.
32^a
:2£i
-^^^J-
=^
1. Ma - jes r tic sweetness sits enthroned Up - on the Sav-iour's brow ;
2. No mor-tal can Avith Him compare A-mong the sons of men;
itei
^-3=5^
His head with radiant glories crowned, His lips with gi-ace o'er-flow.
Fair-er is He than all the fair Who fill the heaven-ly train.
r:
^ ^
m
W^-^
It
J
rd:
-^--
His lips with grace o'erflow.
Who till the heavenly train.
-— i^H~ll 3 He saw me plnnged in deep distress,
Ic^lE^lJ -"^"f^ flew to my relief ;
-♦.-♦- For me He bore the shameful cross,
SI: And carried all my grief. :||
iiS
4 To Him T owe my life and breath,
And all the joys t have ;
He makes me triumph over death,
1|: And saves me from the grave. :||
1 vl
161
IN THE CROSS. (Ithamar.) 8s &7s.
Sir John Bowring,
Ithamar Conkey.
1. In the crossof Christ I glo-ry, Tow'ring o'er the wrecks of time,
2. When the woes of life o'er-takeme, Hopes deceive and fears an-noy,
3. When the sun of bUss is beaming Light and love up - on my way,
4. Bane and blessing,pain and pleasure, By the cross are sane - ti - tied ;
-^ -A- ^ I _ -A- -^ _ I Ok^A- -^
i^fcr#=
S3:
1£3.:
^±gE=t±^
All the light of sa . cred story Gath-ers round its head sublime.
Nev -er will the cross for - sake me. Lo! it glows with peace and joy.
From the cross the ra - diancestreaming.Adds new luster to the day.
Peace is there that knows no measure, Joys that thro' all time a -bide.
162
SWEET HOUR OF PRAYER!
W. W. Walford.
M. H. B. H. P. H.
789. 405. 49.
W. B. Beadbuey.
Fine
t r^
/^l
a' 2: A.*^ ^ — A,' ^ A ^
A f Sweet hour of pray ' r I sweet hour of pray ' r ! That calls me from a world of care,
*\ And bidsme.at my Father'sthrone,Makeallmy wantsand(C)??i!^. . . .) wishes known;
I /
2>. C. — And oft escaped the tempter's snare, By thy re- turn, sweet( Omit. .
H=^
^^-
H=^
K
)hour of pray'r.
B.C.
^— ^
In sea-sons of dis-tress and grief, My soul has oft- eu found re -lief.
I 1! i^—l-i / I I M Lrf ' ' ^ ' / ' ■ M 1^ ' y ■
2 Sweet hour of prayer! sweet hour of prayer!
Thy wings shall my petition bear,
To Him whose truth and faithfulness
Engage the waiting souls to bless ;
And since He bids me seek His face,
Believe His word and trust His grace,
I'll cast on Him my every care,
And wait for Thee, sweet hour of prayer.
r
3 Sweet hour of prayer! sweet hour of prayer!
May I thy consolation share ;
Till from Mount Pisgah's lofty height,
I view ray home, and take my flight :
This robe of flesh I'll drop, and rise
To seize the everlasting prize ;
And shout, while passing thro' the air.
Farewell, farewell, sweet hour of prayer.
163
MY FAITH LOOKS UP TO THEE.
Ray Palmeb.
*M. H. B. H. p. H.
384. 335.
Dr. Lowell Masov.
§S
1. My faith looks up to Thee, Thou Lamb of Cal - va - ry,
2. May Thy rich grace im-part Strength to my faint- ing heart;
3. While life's dark maze I tread, And griefs a - round me spread,
4. When ends life's tran - sient dream, When death's cold, sul - len stream
^• 1« — , # ♦ — (• ^2 — , a m. i«>-,. j» • («.
-(• (22-
:^=±
e
w^
f=
-»' — !« !•— * — m~
1 — tr-r
i
I > I
_r. ad — ^
m
*=3:
->9-
-&-
:i=*
-!«*-
n
Sav-
Mv
Be
Shall
-^ ^
iour di - vine!
zeal in - spire ;
Thou ray Guide
o'er me roll,
kl i£jl-
Now hear me while
As Thou hast died
Bid dark-ness turn
Blest Sav-iour, then,
I pray, Take all my
for me, O may my
to day, Wipe sor- row's
in love, Fear and dis -
1^^
=b
-t^
:tz:
-&-
:Xi=±X
-J^
I 1,1
-'* — M — 3
I
0
--ito-=3:
— AH
let
warm
let
bear
-aI-^ — *a — A(-
^H
I^
from this day Be wEol - ly Thine
changeless be A liv - ing fire,
ev - er stray From Thee a - side,
safe a- bove, A ran - somed soul.
guilt
love
tears
tress
a - way ; 0
to Thee Pure,
a- way, Nor
re-move ; O
me
, and
me
me
P
^=
H^ZZZSZ^C
-IS^
-&.
*=
-^==^--
164
Christ Is Precious.
Eliza Sherman.
J. H. F.
1. O the precious love of Je - sus, Grow-ing sweeter day by day,
2. But we can-not know the fullness Of the Saviour's wondrous love,
3. Come and taste the love of Je - sus, At His feet thy burdens lay ;
Tun -ing all my heart so joy - ous To a heav'n-Iy mel -o - dy.
Till we see and know His glo - ry. In the heav'nly home a - bove.
Trust Him with thy grief and sor-row, Bear this joy - ful song a - way.
^ • I*
CopTright owned by FiUmora Bioi.
Christ Is Precious.
CHORUS.
--\ -N.
b-^-i—K, 1 ^ h^ . ^ =^ ^ 1 P P-^^ — -^ fi- -gd ^
Christ is precioup, Christ is precious, In life's journey He will lead tTiee ;
,__^^-^ K ^_^-g-4jrLj^ -r- -r ' -r -r- -r -r r- -^
^zt=>:=l=t=:p
x=^
(*-i-(«— !*— P— P=P-
-^ — y-
-^--v-
-E:^
I — ■»'—£—'
J-. ijLl ;jkl ^ -ac— r— a — ^ 3j- g' . g
Christ is precious, Christ is precious, He will lead thee all the way.
:^
-Ja-^ ia. ia.-
■•■- * -r^- ■!*- -•- -•- ' -•■- -*- -»■ -»■-
-lA— =-iA bfc-
e==t
£
-^^ — r«»^
■h£i-^
i
-JB— =f
165
ALL HAIL THE POWER OF JESUS' NAME.
Edwaed Pkrkohet. 1
H. B. H. P. H.
32. 161. 32.
=1 q =t=
^^
Oliver Holden.
-^ — q =! =5 Fq^^^
1. All
2. Crown
]
-J' ^ S it-
hail the pow'r of
Him, ye mar-tyrs
r^. ^ CK ts
Je - sus' name 1
of our God,
^- f» ■^-
t • •
— *—
Let
Who
an - gels prostrate
Trom His al - tar
• ¥ • *
fall!
call;
r?"l-^"
' . ' ' '
Lf— ^ ^
—I —
=F— t— f— ^-J
-£^
ttzz}:^
/■■^ — l-
£^=
s
Bring forth the roy - al
Ex - tol the stem of
di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord of
Jes - se's rod, And crown Him Lord of
all;
all;
^e5
-^^
rrP;
3=
==1^=^=t
i^i^^
di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord
Him Lord
Bring forth the roy - al
Ex - tol the stem of Je - se's rod, And crown Hi
of all.
of all.
WEEl
-\ — r-
-p-
-Xr-
-V* f^-
!^
^m
3 Ye chosen seed of Israel's race,
Ye ransomed from the fall ;
Hail Him who saves yon by His grace,
And crown Him Lord of all.
4 Sinners, whose love can ne'er forget
The wormwood and the gall ;
Go, spread your trophies at His feet,
And crown Him Lord of all.
5 Let every kindred, every tribe,
On this terrestrial ball,
To Him all majesty ascribe,
And crown Him Lord of all.
6 O, that with yonder sacred throng;
We at His feet may fall ;
We'll join the everlasting song,
And crown Him Lord of alL
166
DID CHRIST O'ER SINNERS WEEP?
Dr. LOWELL MASON.
1. Did Christ o'er ein - ners weep, And shall our cheeks be
2. The Son of God in tears The wond'ring an - gels
3. He wept that we might weep ; Each sin de-mands a
dry? Let
see ; Be
tear ; In
Tm^
U
SL
gft
E
^=-
-O-
^^=]^
^
r^
^
-'ir==^
^=1^
-/»-
-^
tial grief Burst forth from ev - 'ry eye.
my soul ; He shed those tears for thee.
ia found, And there's no weep- ing there
' 7*»" -f^ -^^ -^ T^-
floods of
thou as
heav'n a •
pen - i - ten
ton-ished, O
lone no sin
9- : ; f^
p
L. «> ^
^
ns:
167 Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me.
REV. EDWARD HOPPER.
M
,^^^
=1:
:^1=^=^
i:
J. E. GOULD.
Fine.
-fc^3 3J-
-a^T-aJ-
i*z:3:
1. Je - sus, Sav -
2. As a moth
3. When at last
iour, pi - lot me, O - ver life's tempestuous sea ;
- er stills her child. Thou canst hush the o-cean wild ;
1 near the shore, And the fear - ful breakers roar,
S3E
P=
r-
D. C. Chart and com-pass came from Thee, Je - sus, Sav - iour, pi - lot me.
D. C. Wondrous sov'reign of the sea, Je - sus, Sav - iour, pi - lot me.
I>. C May 1 hear Thee say to me, "Fear not, 1 will pi -lot thee!"
». 1^ I D. C.
I
^^^i
^f?^'*^*^^^
— I ^ ■ — ^ —
Unknown waves before me
Boist'rous waves o-bey Thy
'Twixt me and the peaceful
roll,
^^?t-^^
U ZJ
wrw
Hid -ing rocks and treach'rous shoal!
will, When Thou saysttothem " Be still!"
rest, Then while lean-ing on Thy breast.
168
We Are Running the Race.
G. D.
^ , Con Nil
IrJfo.
Hf.b. 1_': I
•-•
The Rev.
fc ^ J
Gilbert Dobbs.
1
V iP\i ft' ■ — -
1 r C
t
^ ^^ cif
1 ^
iitbi-.*''*- f^ IV
! ^ !
♦i • w^
♦i • '
kT)^ / 4 1 s
A aJ . a! ■- A.
1 ^
*J • A. Zl-J
m m m m — —
9'
-^ ^ ^ ^
^ '-^
ijsi
1. We are run-ning the race t'ward the goal and the crown, Onward, up-ward,
2. The sons of the king - dom are cheer-ing us on. Forward then with
3. A - way with the weights and the trammels of sin, On-ward ev - er
4. We're look - ing to Je - sus the Prince of the race. Pressing stead - y
t:
t:
^^
K. k. 1 ^ \
*. S 1
MH-^-^
— V — N
— 1
— - — ^— ^— *k^
-^^~7-i^.
,* ■
ev - er on !
all our pow'rs
be our cry !
t'ward the skies !
Ind'^
! We'll
'Twas t
And s
— i"^ -^
God
let
bus
oon
-♦-
and the an - gels are now bend-ing down,
the world mock if the prize may be won,
that the he -roes of God en-tered in,
by His grace we shall look on His face.
—z^ —
To
The
In-
And
c\' \\ 1 ■•• ■
1 > —
^
^m-r-^
^-^
-1 —
_l,_^_j — ,.— ^-1 — ^ — ^1_
^ :
m^-
help us as we run We shall gain,
glo - ry will be ours
to the glo - ries on high
from His hand take up the prize. gain the vie - to - ry,
1 ^ ;^ ^ 1 I J -•-•-^ -•-•-<►- ^-^ -♦-
shall gain the
▲ Ar
rJk A. A-
fe^ » »
-N-4^
-v-f-v-;*-^-«»- -^
-^ — s-
->> — i^-^' — w -^ — y-
vic - to - ry, We shall win a star-ry prize.
When we
win a star-ry prize.
prize, a star-ry prize,
^-A) — ^ A.
shall win a star - ry prize.
^^^-m^
~m
reach the goal up there in hear n. Blessed home beyond the skies,
reach the goal, skies, beyond the skies.
,N N
Cupyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
169 Joy Among the Angels.
Jessie H. Brown. Fred. A. Fillmore.
45=c:
It
1. There is joy in heav'n a-mong the an - gels, When a wan-der - er re-
2. There is joy on earth a-mong the right - eous, There are faithful hearts that
3. You can give that joy to saints and an - gels, For the lov - ing Shepherd
-A:- -A- tIk- -a- -A^- -A:- -A- -At- -A" "A -^- "A"
• I ,3,1 * j^' ^ L.^_ _j A' ^ ^ '
turns to the fold — When he comes to seek a place of safe - ty, Aft - er
thrill with de - light When a soul is giv - en to the Sav - iour— Led to
calls you to - day, Heav'n and earth will call to bid you wel - come, Do not
_ » -A- -j£s- • -A- -At- — IW 19 ~^^ '^~ ~^~ '^^
t-
-\-
CHORIIS.
9i
stray-ing in the dark and cold,
trust the gen - tie Shepherd's might
lin - ger, do not long - er stray.
z:f_g_fl-Ll-r— r--^
There is
+^
joy, a-mong the
There is joy, yes, there is
-A- A- -A- -A- — -A-
-^^i
:^ jA A~
-I — ^-i-
n
^
y -J 1 1 ; '
■ ^ 1
N 1 K 1
iC ^
^b
^1 ^1 ^ d^'r ^' I ' 1 f^
rm w . ■ :
"'
■*.' "^
•" "■■ ■ ^
- "
\s]) ^
^ W W ^ k. ^ ^
^
"^ "^
■^
J i
an
joy
y 1 L^ 1 'J
gels. There is
a-mong the an - gels.
joy
1
a-mong
the an - gels when
'!*■ "T" '^' ^
a
?? PL fc-L ?
w !•
)» W 0 <»
#
— ^^ i ^-, 1 ^^ 1 --.
-i- —
__,• — 1__
J 1 -J 1-
-JT — ■
^ 1 • — ! >< y- ^ — 1 y—
-' '—■ ' ' " — ' " i
♦ — ♦ — -^-
S 1 ^^« N
L>
wan-der - er re-turns; There is joy a-mong the an-
There is joy, yes, there is joy a-mong the
£=p
2==i=lSZ=i=l£=dAZZZ^
— 1 — y— I — f — I
Copyright, 1887, by FiUmore BroE
-^^Ia:
A^iA.-
-I — — :^- — '^K- T-mt — H — ■■ — ■■-
JAL-!!!!izgz=[:^_p — jziq^:
Joy Among the Angels.
gels, When a wan - der - er re-turns to the fold,
an - gels,
-i« «-
170
The Old Ship of Zion.
T > -> — >i — ^
--L-* — m — 9 — •—
I — ?v_A S-
Anon.
-N-,
1. 0 what ship is this that will take us all home ?
2. Come a - long, come a - long, and let us go home?
3. Do you think she will be a - ble to take us all home ?
4. She has landed ma - ny thousands and can land as ma - ny more,
Sfe!
>» A.'
£iEfe
-/ — ^^^^
'J — ' -J ^J > —'>
i#:is«--^^ l^rp^
1 ^ J^
C^ V ^ ^
x-^ — N rn
^^^ i :;-■: ''^
-*i — * — \ f—
S~*=ir-=^
\J 1 ^
1/
glory! Hal- le - lu -
glo-ry! Hal- le - lu -
glo-ry! Hal-le - lu -
glo-ry! Hal-le - lu -
— 'J
jah! 'Tis the old ship of Zi - on, Hal-le-
jah! Our home is o-ver Jor - dan, Hal-le-
jah! No doubt she will be a - ble, Hal-le-
jah! She has land-ed them in heav - en, Hal - le-
t^"^ 5 1 • 1 i
M ^' ^m. mm.
J^ ^» ;^ Ak
1 i'*^ * * f* 1*
*^
■ , ■
1
• ^
'J J J -J -
1 V J J J J _r\
Ia
-^ — ^
s s
^ L^ 9 « «.
■m ^ N H^
'■ H M ^r
m
lu - jah! 'Tis the
lu - jah! Our
lu - jah! No
lu - jah! She has
old
home
doubt
land -
ship of Zi - on, Hal - le - lu - jah!
is 0 - ver Jor - dan, Hal - le - lu - jah!
she will be a - ble, Hal - le - lu - jah!
ed them in heav -en, Hal - le - lu - jah!
m
i^i-
is.^ .^
t
'^ w
171
'Tis religion that can give,
Sweetest pleasures while we live;
'Tis religion must supply
Solid comfort when we die.
After death its joys will be
Lasting as eternity;
Be the living God my friend.
Then my bliss shall never end.
Ukknown.
172
Isaac Watts.
JOY TO
*M. H.
THE
B. H.
105.
WORLD.
p. H.
— 3 — ^f. ^^
Arr. from G. F. Handel.
^m
=25}:
m
1. Joy to the world ; the Lord is come; Let earth re-ceive her Kiug;
•2. Joy to the earth ; the Sav- iour reigus; Let men their sougs employ;
3. No more let sins and sor- rows grow, Nor thorns in- fest the ground ;
4. He rules the world with truth and grace, And makes the na- tions prove
_s
Let ev - 'ry heart prepare Him room. And heav'n and nature sing.
While fields and floods, rocks, hills, and plains, Kepeat the sounding joy,
He comes to make His bless-ings flow Far as the cui-se is found,
The glo - ries of His righteous- ness. And wonders of His love.
And
Ee-
Far
And
5*5: 5t'
^ ?^-
And heav'n and nature
IS
fcb
-\i. \i. 'A 'f^
^
t r
t=t
=U— U— k:
heav'n and na- turesing,
peat the sound- ing joy,
as the carse is found,
wonders "^
And heav'n, and heav'n and na- ture sing.
^^^
Re - peat, re - peat the sounding joy.
Far as, far as the curse is found,
ot His love, And won- ders, wonders of His love.
And heav'n and nature sing,
^
1 L I — 1=
m
t4 |g
i:
^=t
WORK, FOR THE NIGHT IS COMING.
173
Annib L. Walkee
■■ M. H. B. H.
910. 476.
i-
Dr. Lowell Masok-
2-
- ( Work, for theniglitis com-ing, Work, thro' the morning hours; "I
t Work. while thedewissparkling,(0mi7 ) /Work 'mid springing flow'rs;
D.C. — Work, for the night is com-ing, ( 0»u'< )When man's work is done.
E^^
^^
D.C.
Work, when the day grows bright-er. Work in the glow -ing sun:
SI- s-
2 Work, for the night is coming,
Work in the sunny noon ;
Fill briixbtest hours with labor,
Rest comes sure and .soon.
Give every flying minute
Something to keep in store:
Work, for the night is coming.
When man works no more.
• M. H. ( Methodist Hymnal.) B. H. ( Baptist
3 Work, for the night is coming,
Under the sunset skies ;
While their bright tints are glowing,
Work, for daylight flies.
Work till the last beam fadeth,
Fadeth to shine no more ;
Work while the night is darkenlDg,
When man's work is o'er.
Hympal.) P. H. ( Presbyterian HymnaL)
fTaA.4 kw t\AV
I niivAr TMteAn Pa
*r« Af IVnv^Mk*
174
The Golden Stair.
W. D. S.
Arr. for this work.
1. Put a - way the lit-tle dress-es That our darling used to wear; She will need them
2. Lay a - side her lit-tle playthings, Wet with mother's pearly teai's; How we shall miss
3. Kiss the lit - tie curl-y tress-es. Cut from her bright golden hair; Do the angels
_1A ^ ' I I t ^ ^^ f— 1 1 _) Ttl 1 ^ r^ 1 j-t . --pl^.-*— i I , _-
-^
-c'-y-
nev-er — She has climbed the golden stair. She is with the happy an-gels,
Nel-lie All the coming weary years. Fold the dainty lit-tle dresses
darling In the realm so bright and fair ? 0 we pray to meet our darling
£
And I long for her sweet kiss, That her lit - tie feet are waiting In the
That she never more will wear, For her lit - tie feet are waiting Up a-
For a long, long sweet embrace Where the lit-tle feet are waiting And we
!7 ft I u J u J -V — g'^-^
-»«— ^-t^
v-^-\-
:^^
n s
CHORUS.
-1 PS — S-
-^-.-^
M
-^ — ^— ^-
realm of per-fect bliss,
bove the gold-en stair,
meet her face to face.
An-gels whis-per that our dar-ling Is in lands of
love so" fair; That her lit-tle feet are waiting
Close beside the golden stair.
rf^^-
Arrangement copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee
175
ENTIRE CONSECRATION.
F. B. HAVKRGAL.
W. J. KIRKPATRICK.
:?5=S
^=1^
^t=fs
-H \ p—m — ah: N — ^ ^ — ^
1. Take my life, and let it be
2. Take my feet, and let tbem be
3. Take my lips, and let tbem be
4. Take my ■will, and make it Thine,
5. Take my love, my Lord, I pour
Con - se - crat -ed. Lord, to Thee ;
Swift and beau- ti- ful for Thee;
Filled with mes - sa- ges from Thee ;
It shall be no long- er mine ;
At Thy feet its treasure store ;
^
m
*=*=^3IB=|K
n — /-
"■ >
^^^^=:
3Ei
^
-^ *l » ♦' ♦■
Take my hands, and let them move At the im-pulse of Thy love.
Take my voice, and let me sing
Take my moments and my days,
Take my heart, it is thine own.
Take my self, and I will be
• -^ . -A- -A- •
Al- ways, OH.- ly for my King.
Let them flow in ceaseless praise.
It shall be Thy roy - al throne.
Ev - er, on - ly, all for Thee.
:£
:ife^
f
CHORUS.
4S — ^— IS — N— N-
-IN — i-^ >» — (--
] ^ !l Al • A.I — AP— At—
^ss
^5=5:
-^—9-:-^—^S^
f Wash me in the Saviour's precious blood, 1 ^^^^ j ^^^ ^^ ^hee my
(. Cleanse me in the pur - 1 - fy-ing flood ;j ' *= •'
— fe' 1. . cj !i I. . ■ — rr-^h — h- . !■
gi±^^EgE^^^^^r^^^:M=^4^:^--^^->^
£;^.^-^-^
i
:^=i=5:
sfr
j^ ♦!
life and all, to be Thine, hence-forth e - ter - nal - ly.
I
-fc^ ^ • — fe.-
o-!-
#
^^
¥^
From " Ark of "r»i«e. " Kj per
^ tf
176
THE MORNING LIGHT.
(WEBB.) 78 & 6b. D.
I
J . h J- j
O. J. WEBB.
I 1
S
s
1. The morn - ing light is break - ing, The dark -ness dis - ap- pears;
2. See hea - then na - tions bend - ing Be - fore the God we love.
The sons of earth are wak - ing To pen - i - ted - tial tears;
-Of na - tions in com - mo - tion, Pre-pared for Zi - on's war.
And thous - and hearts as- cend - ing In grat - i - tude a-bove;
-And seek the Sav - iour's bless - ing — A na - tion in a day.
-^-A 1-
:5{=if
I I
D.S.
i
-*l — At-
a
T"
Each breeze that sweeps the o - cean Brings ti - dings from a - far,
While sin • ners, now con - fess - ing. The gos - pel call o - bey,
I _ . _ I _ J J J . . . . ^ ^'^-J-
nr i — ^-
— I — I — I —
i
3 Blest river of salvation !
Pursue thine onward way;
Flow thou to every nation.
Nor in thy richness stay.
Stay not till all the lowly
Triumphant reach their home}
Stay not till all the holy
Proclaim " The Lord is come.'*
III Stand Vp for Jesos.
I Stand up! stand up for Jesusf
Ye soldiers of the cross;
lift high His royal banner.
It must not suffer loss;
From victory unto victory
His army He shall lead.
Till every foe is vanquished.
And Christ is Lord indeedL
Stand up! stand up for Jesus!
Stand in His strength alone;
The arm of flesh will fail you—
Ye dare not trust your own;
Put on the gospel armor.
And, watching unto prayer.
Where duty calls, or danger.
Be never wanting there;
3 Stand up! stand up for Jesuit
The strife will not be long;
This day the noise of battle.
The next the victor's song;
To Him that overcometh,
A crown of life shall be;
He with the King of Glory
Shall reign eternally.
178
The "Haven of Rest."
" For we which have believed do enter into rest," — Hebrews 4: 3.
H. L. GILMOUB. GEO. D. MOOBB.
1. My soul in sad ex - ile was out on life's sea. So
2. I yield - ed my - self to His ten - der em - brace, And,
3. The song of my soul, since the Lord made me whole, Has
4. How pre - cious the tho't that we all may re - cline, Like
5. Oh, come to the Say - iour, He pa - tient - ly waits To
^£g
Ai- ;«k-
:^=^
_U fc.. •
jgf.
^-^-A-
r
f-r
f
-J H — -j — • — • — 9-^G-^G — m — •-'-■» — •-T — • — ^— — • — • — •
=fcM:
bur-dened with sin, and dis - trest. Till I heard a sweet voice say-ing,
faith tak-ing hold of the word. My fet-ters fell off, and I
been the old sto - ry so blest Of Je-sus, who'll save who-so-
John, the be - lov - ed and blest. On Je-sus' strong arm. where no
save by His pow - er di - vine ; Come, an-chor your soul in the
jp— ^
?:
'W^^
n±n==^^^:
1^^
]? ^- Al ^:
^
:^z^l^ — k^k-bj£
\A JA-
D. S.—The tem-pest may sweep o'er the
Fine.
i^^
h-i. — u-J
S
S
:a
^3^
"Make me your choice;" And I
an-chored my soul ; The
ev - er will have A
tem-pest can harm, Se
"Ha-ven of Rest," And
-j&l
en - tered
"Ha- ven
home in
cure in
say, "My
the
of
the
the
Be
"Ha - ven of Rest."
Rest'' is my Lord.
"Ha - ven of Rest."
"Ha - ven of Rest!"
■ lov - ed is mine."
i
:^z=tB;
ir^w
:^±^:
-^5^
-I I '^—^
-P2— P2-
wild, storm - y deep.
In Je - sus
.p^lSZl
I'jn safe ev
CHORUS.
I). S.
tfc=^: :J^J-J-h'-J^^-- iiaEaEg:^ :^-ati=4^ ^±^
^^^^=5:
3±S=
S:t^^
i
I've anchored my soul in the "Haven of Rest," I'll sail the wide seas no more;
Copyright, by John J. Hood. By per.
179
Life's Railway to Heaven.
W. E. Abbey.
DUET. With expression.
-U ; Kt-i 1 Kr -J — N-
Chas. Edw. Pollock.
^Z=^^^
1. Life is like a mountain railroad, With an eu gin - eer that's brave;
2. You will roll up grades of tri - al, You will cross the bridge of strife ;
3. You will oft -en find obstructions; Look for storms of wind and rain ;
4. As you roll a- cross the tres-tle— Spanning Jordan's swelling tide,
::n::^:
t=t^
—i !»
"•1 — — ^ . 7 1 — ^-
— jt.
We must make the run with patience From the cra-dle to the grave :
See that Christ is your con-duct - or On the light'ning train of life :
On a fill, or curve, or tres-tle They will almost ditch your train;
You be - hold the un - iou de - pot lu-to which your train will glide ;
I
N-, — fV
^^E^^^^^^.
^
Watch the curves, the fills and tun-nels ; Xev-er fal - ter, nev - er fail I
Al - ways mind-f ul of ob-struc-tions. Do your du - ty, nev - er fail-
Put your trust a -lone in Je - sus, Nev-er fal - ter, nev-er fail-
There you'll meet the Superintendent, God the Fa-ther, God the Son,
Keep your hand up - on the throt-tle And your eyes up - on the rail.
Keep your hand up - on the throt-tle And your eyes up - on the rail.
Keep your hand up - on the throt-tle And your eyes up - on the rail.
With "the heart - y, joy-ous plaud-it, " Wea-ry pil-grim, welcome home."
CHOKCS
Bless-ed Saviour, Thou wilt guide us Till we reach that blissful shoro :
-(« — m- — ^-
-I 1-
m
An-gels wait-ing there to join us — In Thy praise for ev - er- more.
6
(** — Iff-,
-^ fc. h. fc. H p -r— r-fi — ^^—r — ^^^-^^-n
-^^^ — I ^^ — ^-^^ ^ ^ * R-^^t-qi
180
DEATH IS ONLY A DREAM.
C. W. Ray.
Solo.
A. J. Buchanan, by per.
:M^
qsp::
-8^-
^«^
1. Sad - ly we sing, aud with trem- u- Ions breath, As we stand by the
2. Why should we weep when the weary ones rest In the bo - som of
3. Naught in the riv - er the saints should ap-pall, Tho' it frightful- ly
4. O - ver the tur- bid and on - rush- iug tide, Doth the light of e -
i
5=^"
rays - ti - cal stream, .
Je - aus su - preme, .
dis - mal may seem, .
ter - ni - ty gleam ; .
In the val - ley aud by the dark
In the mansions of glo - ry pre -
In the arms of their Sav- iour no
And the ransomed the darkness and
*^5:
^
dream.
dream,
dream.
riv - er of death, And yet 'tis no more than a
pared for the blest? For death is no more than a
ill can b^- fall, They find it no more than a
storm shall outride, To wake with glad smiles from their dream.
Hjmn need by per. The B. M. Molntosb Oo., oirnera of the CopyrlsbU
DEATH IS ONLY A DREAM.
CHOBUS.* ^ ^ ,v N
+-5 AJ A,l 1 »i ^r< ^1 * ^r-
On-ly a dream, ou- ly a dream, And glory beyond the dark stream ; How
peaceful the slumber.how happy the waking ; For death is on- ly a dream. '
• Words of Chorus bj A. J. Buchanan,
181
We Praise Thee, O God !
H. BONAR.
J. J. Husband.
1. We praise Thee,0 God ! for the Son of Thy love, For our Sav-iour who
2. We praise Thee, O God ! for Thy spir - it of light. Who has shown us oui
3. All glo - ry anS praise to the Lamb that was slain, Whohas borne all our
4. All glo - ry and praise to the God of all grace, Who has bought us and
5. Re - vive us a - gain, fill each heart with Thy love, May each soul be re-
died, and is now gone a - bove ! Hal - le - lu - jah! Thine the glo - ry, Hal-le -
Sav-iour, and scat-tered our night,
sins, and has cleansed ev'-ry stain,
sought us, and guid - ed our ways,
kin -died with fire from a - bove-
ziszzx
lu - jah, a - men ; Hal - le - lu - jah! Thine the glo - r)', re - vive us a - gain.
PASS IT ON.
Rev. h. L, PICEETT
±zE
-^ — «+
;^Tj-'-^rrr-tr
-- fv— -S-h^ 1-^— ^ — ♦! N — N 1 K
1. Have you felt the Saviour's love? Pass it on,pass it on; 'Tis a gift from
2. Have you had your Pentecost? Pass it on, pass it on; Lest your neighbors
3. Have you searched the Holy Word? Pass it on, pass it on; Sweetest message
4. Have you felt the heav'nly fire? Pass it on, pass it on; Thus its flame will
5. Christ is coming for His Bride, Pass it on, pass it on; Crowned shall be the
» • ^ •- (•> • — I
heav'n above. Pass it on, pass it on; Tell to others as they go That its
should be lost, Pass it on, pass it on; It doth cleanse the heart from sin, And the
ev-er heard, Pass it on, pass it on; Search its pages day by day, It will
rise yet high'r,Pass it on, pass it on; Faith adds fu-el to this flame, Trust in
cru-ci-fied, Pass it on, pass it on; Soon with might He shall appear, Sound the
fulness they may know, Shout the tidings here below. Pass it on, pass it on.
Saviour crown within, Helping precious souls to win, Pass it on, pass it on.
help you on your way,And v\411 be your strength and stay.Pass it on, pass it on.
Je-sus' ho-ly name. For His love is just the same,Pass it on, pass it on.
tidings far and near, Till the startled nations hear, Pass it on, pass it on.
Pass it on, (pass it on,) pass it on, (pass it on,) Speed the tidings
Copyright, 1897, by L. L. Pickett.
PASS IT ON. Concloded.
■tt ^ s ^ J-J-T-^ -H*^ — ^— A— N — P^1-N
N— V-
j — :d K
Saviour cru-ci-fied,Till it
^;2i5=5( — l^ — p — P>-
like ocean tide, Pass it on, pass it on.
183
Near the Cross.
*' Far be it from me to glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jtesus Christ."— Gal. 6: 14.
rANNY J. CROSBY. W. H. DOINE.
1. Je - SU8, keep me near the cross, There a prec-ious fount -ain
2. Near the cross, a trem - bling soul. Love and mer - cy found me;
3. Near the cross, 0 Lamb of God, Bring its scenes be - fore me;
4. Near the cross I'll watch and wait. Hop - ing, trust - ing, ev - er,
--f^- -r T-
feSEgEEg^EEB^P^EE^
-:^
^
P^
jtf-.
i
pEt3^iE^^E^^f
■d=
Free to all — a heal - ing stream, Flows from Cal - v'rfs moun^
There the bright and Morn - ing Star Sheds its beams a - round
Help me walk from day to day. With its shad - ows o'er
Till I reach the gold - en strand. Just be - yond the riv -
-^-^
•tain.
me.
me.
er.
S=t
PW
-^
t=^
■^
9. g
CHORUS.
^^^^^^=^=S
v:i=l-
1 ^^-
1^^
m
In the cross,
qP: « — ♦-f-
_La LA L. !—
the cross.
:t=J
my glo
- ry ev
er;
i^^
PE
t
3
fi=j=,^^N^a^
t=.
3-r3:
^— v
—I — ^ — J-
-3- ^S^ -•!-
i-~-S"
Till my rap - tured soul shall find Rest be - yond
9vj'L_?„g-23^^E^EE|;^
Oepyrigbt. It90, bj W. H. Doaue. By per.
1^
the riv
-^^^^m
184
Margahet Mackat.
ASLEEP IN JESUS.
William B. Bbaositbt.
i=t
4-J-J-l
-^
--3^=^
:^=^=;
A-sleep in Je - sns ! blessed sleep, From which none ever wakes to weep,
-^
-^ * — •
^n~
1 — h
i 1-
:^-l*-J*:
f
:^~>:
:a!=4=^
at:^
zi:
i^
il
A calm and un - dis-turbed re-pose, Unbrok-en by the last of foes.
f— ^ — ^ — I ^^ — 1^ — I i 1— -el--
Pe^
es:
--r-t
-T—f-
3E=pe=:s:
-r
r^ I r I I i I
No fear, no woe, shall dim that hour
That manifests the Saviour's power.
4 Asleep in Jesus i far from thee
Thy kindred and their graves may be:
But thine is still a blessed sleep.
From which none ever wakes to weep.
2 Asleep in Jesus! 0 how sweet
To be for such a slumber meet!
With holy confidence to sing,
That death hath lost its venomed sting
3 Asleep in Jesus ! peaceful rest,
Whose waking is supremely blest !
185 LEAD, KINDLY LIGHT.
John Hekby Newman. John Bacchus Dykes.
. , , X . . . r-+ -
p^^
3^-_^^
P
^^=^
:si.
ISI
■^5*-^
r-^-^
Lead, kindly Light, amid th' encircling gloom, Lead Thou me
Tkenightis dark, and I am far from ( OwiV
on!
m^
^^^
^
r
aU-isJ^
3:^
:fe=fc:^
1^
-I — I — 1^
^
-^^ "^^ ^r
:5^
^^
■^ — <^-i — ^-
-t5>--
^^F
home ; Lead Thou me on ! Keep Thou mv feet ; I do not ask to
see ..^.....^ The dis - tant scene : one step e - nough for me.
I was not ever thus, nor prayed that
Shouldst lead me on; [Thou
I loved to choose and see my path ; but
Lead Thou me on ! [now
I loved the garish day.and, spite of fears,
Prider uled my will. Remember not
yastsrearsl
So long Thy power hath blessed me,
Will lead me on [ sure it still
O'er moor and fen,o'er crag and torrent,
The night is gone, [till
And with the morn those angel faces
smile [awhile I
Which I have loved long since, and lost
186
Our Lord Gave His Life.
Kev. J. A. Lee.
Dan. 12: 3.
Chas. M. Davis.
g^i^s^
ii|
-asi — aJ — a; l£^li5z
1. Our Lord gave His life and His or - ders, too, O win-ner of
2. O friend, you must know from your own true heart. The great and the
3. You'll nev - er do that when you tight the air. Have faith in the
4. Don't wait for a sea - son to come a -round, But ask that He
i-B-r[7-te— ^ — h--—
1 — 1 N S
'-I K "K" 1
hf-fe'-;-?--* --♦' 1
Tm'^ '■'1 1 ^
'M — ^H--^' < — J^ — ^
W-^^—^^--^ — ^ - •^ -_:^ — _^ .^1. ^ — s •^-
souls, He now of - fers you A pow'r that is stron - ger than
won-der-ful truth im - part, You'll need the old Book and its
Lord, and in earn-estpray'r. Yes, tell of the One who will
now send the ble^ng down, Sa - tan nev-er waits, and not
- — - ^ :^ -^ -^
FT. , . A. — ^ — 1 rl \ 1- !■ m r*^ ^ — A — A *^ — A ,
9-'pfc^r=e=^
-1 g- -ij 1 h
P^- 1^— L-L- - L-- L i
L|A )A 4A. ^ |A, , ._|A '
'J
— I 1 — — I — ■ — I
^ .^ — . — I 1
^it^
a - ny sin. This you must possess, or no souls you'll win.
truth there - in. If souls for the ]\Ias - ter you'd try to win.
. par - don sin. Do this and you'll souls for the Mas - ter win.
ev - en sin, So work earnest, broth-er, and souls you'll win.
I ^ ,^ I
J ^k> Ttki A
t£;
-!^-^
EEt
:^=t
^
£
:t=2:
'J l>
vnwRVS
A win-ner of souls for Christ, A win-ner of souls for Christ, Go
9t^t^:£
seek out the lost whom He died to save. Be a win-ner of souls for Christ.
:a=A=is^
A— A— Hk— A-
•Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Leo,
187
Db. Bkthune.
City of the Jasper Wall.
" The wall of it was of Jasper.
W. A. Ogden.
^gt— jB^t -^^ ;^| — ^—■^ ^r — ^'*- '- ■ A:h-
■J-
1. 0 cit - y of the jas-per wall And of the pearly gate, For thee a-
2. 0 cit - y where they need no light Of sun, or moon, or star, Could we with
3. 0 cit - y where the shining gates Shut out all grief and sin. Well may we
mid the storms of If e Our wea - ry spir-its wait. 0 may we walk the
eye of faith but see How bright thy mansions are. How soon our doubts would
yearn amid earth's strife Thy ho-ly peace to win. Yet will we meek-ly
:l — ^-
:b:
r=r
'mmms^m
~m 1— I
^A '
±-'
sEt*3S
streets of gold No mor-tal feet have trod; 0 may we worship at the shrine,
flee a-way, How strong our trust would grow, Un-til our hearts should trust no more
bear the cross. Nor seek to lay it down, Un - til our Fa-ther calls us home,
^— ^-
■S-^
, , ChoruH. K I -
CHORUS.
-^--Krad-
-A.-1-L* ^ ^ A.I—'- v-T- V-*-— ^1 ^^^ J^ ' =
-sl-ati-
h^
w . ^^'->'-i
The tem - pie of our God.
The treasures here be - low.
And gives the promised crown.
0 land.... of bliss, 0 land.
of
sS
-i«---i*-,
0 land, 0 land of bliss,
N I
\»-A^Acl A-
^ .^_ ^ ^ ^ —
0 land, 0
e
:te=::^==s±
SS3E|E^
■• — -m — ■-
; .AJ ^-
-i— A^*— i^-
-m. 1 ir g—
4*- ^-
19 ■* -^- -*
iiS,
m.
-^ — r-
r— tr
H«_^-
t-^-
m
light,.... 0 cit - y of the jas-pcr wall, 0 land for-ev - er bright!
land of light,
:tst;
188
BLEST BE THE TIE.
John Fawcbtt.
* M. H.
751.
B. H. P. H.
463. 597.
Geo. Naegkli.
1. Blest be the tie
2. Be - fore onr Fa -
3. We share our mn
4. When we a - son
that binds Our hearts in Christian love ; The
ther's throne We ponr our ar - dent pray 'rs ; Oar
- tnal ':voes;Onr mn - tual bar -dens bear; And
- der part, It gives us in - ward pain ; But
l-fc:
U 1 1
=f^^
;ta^
E3?ibJ=i
^'^'J ^ -iH-H r—ji
al
-^-irr"
--r^^^^^=^
1 sJ*- -^ -S^
fel - low ■
ship of
kin -dred minds Is
like to that a - hove.
fears, oar
hopes, oar
aims are one. Onr
com-forts and our oares.
oft - en
for each
oth - er flows. The
svm-pa - thiz-ing tear.
we shall
still be
joined in heart, And
hope to meet a - gain.
=^
-J--^-,
-^--r-,
=F=ii=l
_1 L__L
=1==^^
^^— f^Lf— K-^^^s
• M. H. ( Methodist Hymna!.) B. H. ( Baptist Hymnal.) P. H. ( Presbyttrian Hymnal )
189
S. F. Smith.
AMERICA.
*M. H.
T2S.
B. H.
696.
-w—w
1. My country, 'tisof thee, Sweet land of libert}-, Of theelsing: Land where my
2. My native country I thee, Land of the noble free. Thy name I love ; I love thy
3. Let music swell the breeze, And rir)g from all the trees Sweet ireedom's song; Let mortal
4. Our father's God, toThee, Author of lib- er-ty, ToTheewesiug; Longmayour
father's died. Laud of the pilgrim's pride. From ev'ry mountain pide Let freedom ring.
rocks and rills. Thy woods and templed hiils; My heart with rapture thrills, Like that above,
tongues awake. Let all that breathe partake, Let rocks their silence break. The sound prolong.
land be bright Wiih freedom'sholy light; Pro-tect us by Thy might, Great God, oar King.
190 IS MY NAME WRITTEN THERE?
M. A. KIDDEB. FRANK M. DAVIS, by p«r.
! I I I , — , r— k— ^ \— ^-1 1
1. Lord I care not for rich- es,Neith-er silver nor gold, I would make sure of
2. Lord,my sins they are ma- ny, Like the sands of the sea,ButThy blood,ob,my
3. Oh! thatbeau-ti - ful cit - y.With its mansions of light, With its glo- ri-fied
rfrrr
?d?.
heav- en, Iwoulden-ter the fold. In the book of Thy kingdom, With its
Sav- iour! Is suf- fi-cientfor me; For Thy prom ise is writ- ten In bright
be- ings, In pure garments of white,Where no e - vil thing cometh, To de-
£
-37^-SL.
:t=
i
W-
f^
n
/ ¥
pa- ges so fair, Tell me, Je- sus, my Sav-iour, Is my name writ- ten there?
let- tersthat glow,"Tho' yoursinsbe as scar- let, I willmakethem iikesnow.**
q>oil what is fair; Where the an-gels are watching, Is my name writ-ten there ?
m
■-A-i^^^
4=1
E
r
i I ^ >^
^^
Eefeain.
k^=:^-
— z^
-^<^
\ \ V
33^
:1^s=^
-^ —I — ra
-• W — I — ~S'-
\
-=-^
Is my name writ -ten there. On the page white and fair?
I
m^^^^
1
i
rrT=r
r-t
^
m
hi • ^ I
■J \ V
•_^_i— « 9 m — I — ^ — .^ ^ • " ' ^ m ^ — ' 1 -•-•
In the book of Thy kingdom, Is my name writ- ten there?
No. 191
OVER THERE. P.M.
D. W. C. Huntington. T. C. O'Kane.
^ m "-^ — *-T-*— # — *-5--^'-d^ ■• — ^-^~0 — 9-tSS- -0-
1. O, think of a home o - ver there, By the side of the riv - or of
2. O, think of the friends o- ver there, Wlio be-fore us tlie jour-neyhave
3. My Sav-iouris now o - ver there. There my kin- dred and friends are at
4. I'll soon
be at home o - ver there, P'or the end of myjour-ney I
i^.L ^— bi— Bt-Fk^^ i^-Fj ^^— ^ I ^ ^
^-r-
j^czii^
:3dz=!!5:
^-=^
^^^^^i
:^;
:zs!:
-■d— Bi-
light, o- ver there: Where the saints all im-mor-tal and fair, . Are
trod, o- ver there; Of the songs that thep breathe on the air, . . In their
rest, o- ver there ; Then a - way from my sor - row and care, I,et me
see, o - ver there; Ma- ny dear to myheart o - ver there, Are
robed in their gar-ments of white. O- ver there O- ver there, O - ver
home in the pal- ace of God. O- ver there
fly to the land of the blest. O - ver there,,
watch -ing and wait-ing for me. O- ver there.
O - ver there,
.^.i-p: — ■■f L 1 p.- r , , y • y y.
there, Over there,0, think of a home o-ver there;Over there;Over there,0 ver there,
sJ^JLi.
O - ver there, O - ver there, O, think of a home o
*
'^-%-
-W Ik: *
:te:
1^
ver there.
:tsi=gC
Dh< V uiugtnwt witi) Uigtow »iid lt»U G*., »ira»g «I Mf7Il|Mi
192
Unknown.
Over the River.
P^^
— h-t — I 1-^ — I — 1-
T. W. Hdbbard,
>, — N— )-
A__N — ^ — PS — K— *v
^i^a^^:
^^^5=3
-N— N-
^!3t3tzas
^ ♦< w ^
1. 0 - ver the riv - er the crystal stream flows, 0-ver the riv-er the tree of life grows;
2. 0 - ver the riv - er the streets are of gold, There are enjoyments and pleasures untold;
3. There ev-'iy tear shall be wiped from our eyes, Tlicre, where the sunlight of glo-ry ne'er dies;
4. 0 - ver the riv-er, we've cross'd it at last; 0-ver the riv - er our dan-ger is pass'd;
0-ver the river each lone pilgrim goes. Thro" the dim portals of death. Close by our threshold the
0-ver the river time never groes old. Bearing the burden of years. There all our sigh-ing and
Lighting forever those fair upper skies, Eden's glad plains a-dorn. 0-ver the riv-er fair
Safe in the harbor our barks are moored fast, A'e'er from their haven to roam. Then will we sing with the
^. —
^^
-'^-b«k-*-blk-
:^
v-v-
1^=^
i-_;_,_y_
W^W1^W=W-W^
^—y~J—:i J J
d
dark an-gel stands, Beck'ning us on with His pale trembling hands; Chilling our hearts with the
sorrows shall cease. Hush'd by the chor-us of heav-en - ly peace; 0 - ver the riv-er thrice
king-dom of light, There heaven's mansions for-ev-er are bright; 0-ver the riv-er there
glo-ri-fied throng. Loud hal - le - lu - jahs in one hap-py song; Praising the pow'r that has
9^
S
CHORUS.
t-^^-
i
=p
^--M
er,
cold i - cy bands. Stealing each quivering breath. 0 - - ver the riv
hap-py re-lease. We shall be free from our fears,
cometh no night, Long is e - ter - ni-ty's morn,
brought us a-long, 0 - ver the riv - er at — home. Over the river the streets are of gold.
s N s ^ s s N ^ *-^'
—I 1 1 1 — -I— I Ht*— • —
- - - -A' Ia.-ia-i^-
• .
^
-^-^i—Z^^/^^ii^^^
:p=5=t=
^^i^
-fs^^
m
^
^^=^
--^-^a^
V-h-K
0 - ver the riv - er, 0 - ver the riv - er the streets are of gold.
There are enjoyments and pleasures nntold : O-ver the riv-er time never grows old, Bear-ing the biir-den of years.
yw J '\j u'-'—^;^
193
WHEN THE ROLL IS CALLED UP YONDER.
B. M. J.
J. M. Black.
1. When the trura - pet of the Lord shall sound, and lime shall be no more,
2. On that bright and cloud-less morn-ing, when the dead in Christ shall rise,
3. Let us la - bor for the Mas - ter from the dawn till set- ting sun,
^
And the morning breaks, eternal,bright and fair ;When the saved of earth shall
And the glo - ry of his res- ur-rec- tion share; When his chosen ones shall
Let us talk of all bis wondrous love and care, Then, when all of life is
^. ft - . -
^^=
^
■¥mm
S^EEE
^^=^
jx^:
^ U
9 U
^^^^^^P^^^^^^
gath - er o - ver on the oth - er shore, And the roll is called up
gath - er to their home be- yond the skies, And the roll is called up
o - ver, and our work on earth is done, And the roll is called up
?^^
41
^^=
Efe^E
Eg5^g=^=^^
Chorus
r^^^^j^^^g^a^g
p
yoii-der, I'll be there. When the roll is called up yon - - der,
When the roll is called up yon- der, I'll be there.
When the roll
When the roll
:ft' -fti -ft'
-^^±^
is called up yon - - der, When the
is called up yon- der I'll be there,
::Sz
=b=-^:z-fe:=fc
=t=ra
)11 is called up yonder.I'll be there
— g^? gi >« g^ gJ— ft • H
CopTrtgbt, 1693, by OlutR. B. Gkbriel. Died by per. of J. M. Blsck, owner.
194
Let Us Pass Over the River.*
KATE CAMERON.
I
i3=^
R. M. Mcintosh. By per.
-\ 1 N-^
-4
1. When our work is end-ed, we shall sweetly rest, 'Mid the saint-ed spir-its,
2. Earth hath ma-ny sorrows, but they cannot last, And our greatest t'oubles
3. When the storm is 0 -ver, sweet will be the calm, Af-ter life's long bat-tie,
3=q:
safe on Je-sus' breast; All our tri-als 0 -ver, we shall glad- ly sing
quick-ly will be past; If we look to Je-sus, He will give us strength;
bright tlie victor's palm; And the cross of anguish which now weighs us down ;
is
A
E
-A ^
^^=^
m
i
CHORUS.
S ^ -V
^5:
t^=it
Grave! where isthy vict'ry? Death! where is thy sting?
By His grace we shall be con-quer-ors at length. Tho'tlie dark waves roll
We'll exchange in heav-en for a shin-ing crown.
Bid? r r
i^^^ vt r [
}2=|:
N N
g
=^-31
-N
^£^d5*^5
high, we will be un-dis-mayed, "Let us pass o-ver the riv-er. And
^ A A .j^ — A A A A A A-
-z^-
-*. — K-
M-M
V V \
\ ^ I
*>i — s- s-
-N— A.
-N— K
*N^_>-=i-S
A' A A' V
^5=^=5=5^8:
^ w ^—s—a s • s
rest under the shade, rest under the shade, Rest under the shade of the trees."
' -^ ■^ *■ *■ * ,A A A A * -t^ ^^ -f^H^ -r- -t -f^
is
*^-*^^
ti^-t^-
i^
HA — A A A A-
v^/^-
-/■ > ^ h
-^ U* ^ h
^
* This hymn was suggested by the last and dying words of Stonewall Jackson. The clos-
ing lines of the Chorus are in his own language.
195
Deliverance Will Come.
r-:fc=1:
saw a way-worn trav -'ler,
back vTas la - den heav - y,
sum-nier sun was shin-ing.
he kept press-ing on-ward,
In tat-tered gar-ments clad,
His strength was almost gone,
The sweat was on his brow,
For he was wend-ing home ;
=1=
r» -+r ^ -*r- -^
-^ — ^
Pzziii==^
TK!— bli-
the mountain, It seemed that he was sad ;
he journeyed, De - liv - er-ance will come.
And struggling up
Yet he shout-ed as
His garments worn and dust - y, His step seemed ver - y
Still shout-ing as he journeyed, De - liv - er
L}
slow, \
ance will come, j
-P^— ri*
Sk \^ l^s-
REFKAIN.
ti — fef-i ^pHs — K— ^1 I ~
Then palms of vic-to-ry, crowns of glo-ry. Palms of vic-to-ry I shall wear.
^
Kk. • lA.
-|Ar=-IA.-
V—v-
E:
i
3 The songsters in the arbor
That stood beside the way,
Attracted his attention,
Inviting his delay :
His watchword being "Onward!"
He stopped his ears and ran,
Still shouting as he journeyed.
Deliverance will come!
4 I saw him in the evening.
The sun was bending low,
He'd overtopped the mountain
And reached the vale below ;
He saw the golden city, —
His everlasting home, —
And shouted loud, Hosanna,
Deliverance will come !
5 While gazing on that city,
Just o'er the narrow flood,
A band of holy angels
Came fi'om the throne of God ;
They bore him on their pinions
Safe o'er the dashing foam,
And joined him in his triumph, —
Deliverance has come!
6 I heard the song of triumph
They sang upon that shore,
Saying, Jesus has redeemed us '
To suffer nevermore :
Then, casting his eyes backward
On the race which he had run,
He shouted loud, Hosanna,
Deliverance has come !
196
Tt|e Sheltering Rock,
W. E. P.
Rev. W. E. Penw.
— t±_^_i — I —
1. There is a Rock in a wea-ry laud ; Its shad-ow falls on the
2. There is a Well in a des - ert plain ; Its wa - ters call with eu-
3. A great fold stands with its por- tals wide, The sheep a - stray on the
4. There is a crosswherethe Sav-ionr died; Hisbloodflow'd outiu a
burn - ing sand, In - vit - ing pil - grims as they pass, To
treat - ing strain, "Ho, ev - 'ry thirst-ing, sin- sick soul, Come,
moun-tain side; The Shep-herd climbs o'er moun-tains steep ; He 's
crim - son tide, A sac - ri - flee for sins of men, And
seek a shade in the wil -der-ness. Then why will ye
free - ly drink,and thou shalt be whole. "Then why will ye
search-ing now for His wand'ring sheep. Then why will ye
free to all who will en- ter in. Then why will ye
ij
i^t
m
t
i:^
die?
die?
die?
die?
Oh!
Oh!
Oh!
Oh!
why will ye die? When the shelt'ring Rock is so nearby, Oh! why will ye die?
why willye die? Whenthe living Wellis so nearby, Oh ! why will ye die?
why will ye die? When the Shepherd's fold is so nearby, Oh I why willye die?
why willye die? Whenthe crim-son jross is so nearby, Oh! why will ye die?
FNm "Hureat BtUs," h; {ut. W. E. Feim.
197
Old melody.
1^
^—9
Old-Time Religion.
Cho. — 'Tis the old - time re - li-gion, 'Tis the old - time re - li-gion,
1. Makes rue love ev - 'ry - bod - y, Makes me love ev - 'ry - bod-y,
2. It was good for our mothers, It was good for our motliers;
-A -*— r A ^--^A— r.^ A • A A— rrr .^ ! A -A
§at
E^^E
^^
^
■i» ■■♦-: A
■m m »-
■^
1
-^ — ykr
^
14:
^
^^-
^r^-^
'Tis the old - time re - li - gion, It's good e - nough for me.
Makes me love ev - 'ry -bod-y, It's good e - nough for me.
It was good for our moth-ers, It's good e - nough for me.
3 It has saved our fathers,
It has saved our fathers,
It has saved our fathers,
It's good enough for me.
4 It will save our children,
It will save our children,
It will save our children,
It's good enough for me.
5 It was good for Paul and Silas,
It was good for Paul and Silas,
It was good for Paul and Silas,
It's good enough for me.
6 It will do when I am dying,
It will do when I am dying,
It will do when I am dying,
It's good enough for me.
7 It will take us all to heaven,
It will take us all to heaven.
It will take us all to heaven,
It'.s good enough for me.
198
MUST JESUS BEAR THE CROSS ALONE?
Thos. Shepheed.
* M. H. B. H. P. H.
hU. 449. 223.
Geo. N. Allen.
1. Must Je - sus bear the cross a - lone, And all the world go free?
2. The con - se-cra- ted cross I'll bear, Till death shall set me free;
3. Up - on the crys-tal pavement, down At Je-sus'pierc-ed feet,
4. O precious cross! O glorious crown ! O res • ur- rec - tion day !
^^
s
1±^
a
?^=f
'^^
1^
:^
^A^^
f
I I
=J:
i
j^
■^
^^g^
-ig ■^
^
No, there's a cross for ev - 'ry one, And there's a cross for me.
And then go home my crown to wear, For there's a crown for me.
With joy I'll cast my gold-en crown, And His dear name re - peat.
Ye an - gels, from the stars come down, And bear my aoul a - way.
^
p
^
m
w
i
199
H. H
WHEN THE PEARLY GATES UNFOLD.
H. H. Booth.
&E
^=13^
3^a
::t-3i:
i
:fc=3^
^
■♦ =T !-■= 1 1
iiitea
1. I have giv'n up all for Je-sas; This vain world is naught to
2. When the voice of Je - sus calls me, And the an - gels whis - per
3. Just be - yond the waves of Jor - dan, Just beyond the chill - ing
Aj -[-A: • Ai !^ f-^-r^^i — *^ — -!* — =Nr«— :— » — !*-•■ I*
-0-*
me;
low,
tide.
m
E
s^
1
i
te
®
^
I
ir:^:
±^=^
-*5- -♦-
All its pleas ures are for - got - ten In re-mem-b'ring Cal - va - ry.
I will lean up - on my Sav-iour, Thro, the val - ley as I go ;
Blooms the tree of life im - mor - tal. And the liv - ing wa - ters glide ;
^^^
f=i=^
^
'^-p:
S-f-S-
:y==
-t^
-M I -J^— 4
Tho' my friends de - spise, f or-sake me. And on me the world looks cold,
I will claim His prec-ious prom-ise. Worth to me a world of gold,
In that hap - py land of spir - its. Flow - ers bloom on hills of gold,
yni^r^^-"^
-^-^
:t::
it^
±1
-i^^iA
^
S.
-r-^-d=
3te^
:S=;=:S:
I've a Friend that will stand by me When the pear - ly gates un - fold.
Fear no e - vil, I'll be with thee When the pear - ly gates un - fold.
And the an - gels are a - wait - ing When the pear - ly gates un - fold.
>--!♦-•-:♦- -j — >^ ->»-.
^£^
m
:Ncinc
E
^
-^
-y-
f^
D. S. But my heart will know no sad -ness, When the pear - ly gates un -fold, t
CHORUS.
ifea
-A-
fv-a^
m
^^*r-^
3
-r^-
3^=^13^
-H -J 1-
-r5^
-m — m-
5^-^•
S^
Life's mom will soon be wan - ing, And its eve - ning bells will toll ;
:^
:*:
m
m
-A-
By per. BaUinttoa Booth, N. T., owner of copjiifbt.
200
AT THE CROSi
R. ■. RTTOSOH.
-♦!-; ^ 1 ♦*-
1. A - las! and did my Sav-iour bleed, And did my Sov-ereign die,
2. Was it for crimes that I have done, He groaned up-oii the tree?
3. But drops of grief can ne'er re-pay,The debt of love I owe;
ST
m
— t-, — * — 1^—
->— A-
AT^A-
m
-f«-
i
:2:t=3^
^~f
Al-'
Wonld He de-vote that sa - cred head For such
A - maz - ing pit • y, grace unknown. And love
Here Lord, I give my - self a-way, 'Tis &U.
-Jk- ' -A- -A-
^ . . ^ 1 — ■ 1 — i —
a
be-
that
worm
• yond
I
as
de-
cau
I?
gree!
do!
i
«i^
1;?=U:
I i I
CHORUS.
At the cross, at the cross, where I first saw the light. And the
;fe3:
:Sc=lic
-m — 0t-
?^
±=s=^
IJ
ft ff ^ ^ ^ . ^^ j S' ^
:]v=sr
^^=^-
"^ '^i
bur-den of my heart rolled a-way — It was there by feith
rolled away,
1^
-i« — 0—M-
m
hX=»:
-»-! »-
V-=F
u^;^
1/ t/ 1/
'^ ^ i^
f
*
-\-N
^^
!P^ I M
H=t— f
-Ad A. ^ a' ■
:lfc=lv
:?«-^
:?szq^
-jgr
fc^
Jbizii=5iL
-tSJ-
I re-ceived my sight. And now I am hap-py all the day.
3^
m
i
i
i
fikfli/rl«bi, 1685, by B. B. Bodaoo. DMd by par.
rr
;/ i^
201 ON JORDAN'S STORMY BANKS.
Rev. Samuel Stennett. T. C. O'Kane, by per.
1. On Jor - dan's stormy banks I stand.And cast a wish- ful eye
2. O'er all those wide-ex - tend -ed plains Shines one e - ter - nal day;
3. When shall I reach that hap - py place, And be for - ev - er blest?
4. Fill 'd with de - light my ra])' -tur'd soul Would hera no long - er stay;
1 -hs;- -•- -fc^ -h^ -^_ -*- -^ -^ .ft- ^_.
£
V---
r— ^ — r
^-v
:=t
-^
:=1:
:=i:
t ^ ■! 1 —
To Ca - naan's fair and hap - py land, Where my pos - ses - sions lie.
There God the Son for-ev- er reigns, And scat -ters night a • way.
When shall I see my Fa - ther's face, And in His bos - om rest?
Tho' Jor - dan's waves a-round me roll, Fear - less I'd launch a - way.
m
«=!*':
m
i=:
^-
-^
t-
*=tF
-t
Chorus.
^=:^F3i=^=:^^^-^-^
-Al— ^— AJ— ^-
>5>-^
-^—^
-9-^40-
-AJ Ai .--a]—
^ ■
> I
We will rest in the fair and happy land, Just a - cross on the
by and by,
7^— h--
er - green shore Sing the song of Mo - ses and the
ev - er - green shore,
^ . -h,. ^. -^- j^. -^ ^.- -^
4-t-
A |A
1 — r
:^^=^
:^^=^
-■a HI ^— : 3C_
-iS»-r-
by and by, And dwell with Je - sus ev - er - more.
rfe^! — m-
:^
:t=:
.;* ^.
202
VJe Wait His Coming.
D. R. Lucas.
ts—VJ-
J. H. R.
s — ^-— -
^ — £ — W-
->>— ah
^
1. We wait the coming of the Lord, The Sav-iour reign-ing now a - bove ;
2. We wait the coming of our Friend, Who loves us with im - mor-tal love,
3. We wait the coming of the King, Who lioldstlie keys of ev - 'ry grave,
-A- • ^■
r IS — N — "^r^—r
^
-— i id ^
-Nt
-^ '^-
The prom-ise of His lao - ly word, He shall con -firm in truth and love.
And shall Himself from heav'n descend, And bring us to our home a - bove.
Who will the palms of vic-t'ry bring, And all His loy - al peo - pie save.
-Ar- -^ -j2r- ■ -Ac- Tk- _ ^ N N N
-4—4:
-^
^ — ^
;£^i:=|s=!az=;s:
V-
:p^
-^ — s^
i^ — y-
CHORITS.
m$-
*
-■V ^! ♦-
u ^ ;
O wait! O wait!
O wait, calmly wait, calmly wait, for He will come, O wait, calmly wait,
N ^ -.^ ^ ! «» « ^ ^ -!■-
g-^— t*:
I* ,*
:t=
■^ i> ^ y ife-
-s^
:yr=:^zt:
-5^
^fszzjs
5^
-t;^ b^
I—
:^
:^
O wait !
He will come and bring us home ! O wait, calm - ly wait, calm - ly
-^ - ^ ^ -^ -^ -^ ^^ -^E^^^ \^ ^
1e=^
=t==t
-y-
^
V — y-
-f-
-y-
y y
wait, for He will come ! 0 wait. He will come and bring us home.
bring us home !
^ -Ac- T*c- -At ^ N ^S n ^
-ly #' i»' i»' *t *|
m
V — V-
-y — y-
^F^
A^i^i^
-y — y-
Copyrieht, 1886, by Fillmore Bros.
203
The Welcome That's Waiting.
J. H. Painter.
Melody by J. H. Painter.
K —
1. There's a home with the Sav-iour for all who be - lieve, Where watch-ing and
2. That home is a hav - en for mar - i - ners tossed On the storm-riv - en
3. 0 my soul is in rapture, that home draweth nigh, Dar-ling lov'd ones in
m—^—m~i ••>— •-!-♦ — « — m — •• — m — ^-LH — * B ^
waiting will nev-er-more be. And the Father's glad welcome earh saint will receive,
waves and thy bil-low-y sea, Which beat o'er a ves - sel that can-not be lost —
glo - ry I almost can see; Then haste, thee, my Sav-iour, and take me on
-♦- fe ♦ ^ — '*■" +^ -^ ^ ^ ^
And that is the welcome in wait - ing for me.
And that is the ha - ven in wait - ing for me.
To share in that glo - ry that's waiting for me.
The wel
The ha
The glo
come,
- ven,
- ry,
the
the
the
• > >
The welcome that's waiting, the
The ha-ven that's wait-ing, the
The glo - ry that's wait-ing, the
-A— A-
wel-come that's wait-ing for
ha - ven that's wait-ing for
glo - ry that's wait-ing for
-St at-
-1"-^
me; The
me; The
me; The
I -♦- -♦-
^ — ^ — iw —
:[=:
-^ J J-
-y-^-
-ih
welcome that's waiting, The wel-come that's wait - ing for me, forme; The
ha - ven that's waiting, The ha-ven that's wait - ing for me, for me; The
glo - ry that's waiting. The glo - ry that's wait - ing for me, for me; The
Copyright, 1886, by Fillmore Bros.
The Welcome That's Waiting.
1^ !v '^ !v ly -' .^ / > ./ ^
wel - come, the wel
ha - ven, the ha
glo - ry, the glo
come, The welcome that's waiting for me.
ven, The ha-ven that's waiting for me.
ry. The glo-ry that's waiting for me.
■^ J J ^ J U -J
welcome that's waiting, the welcome that's v/aiting.
ha-ven that's waiting, the haven that's waiting,
glo-ry that's waiting, the glo-ry that's waiting.
204
Jesus, I Come to Thee.
Rev. J. W. PoRTi'.R.
U Soprano.
r?lt^r_h=±:
:^=2^^-^s
=F
W. D. Holt.
1. Je - sus, I come to Thee for peace. Bid all my sin - ful striv- ing cease;
2. Je - sus, for faith I come to Thee, May doubt no more be found in me;
3. Je - sus, for joy I come to Thee, The joy that lasts e - ter - nal - ly;
Tenor. ___
m- ^ r
'^%
--^,
3>-
r^£fe=?
:t=
y —
My wand'ring heart bring to its ho.T.e, T j dwell with Thee, no more to roam.
Give trust each day while life shalllast, Till the dark riv - er's safe - ly past.
The world's delights but leave me sad, Tty joy a - lone can make me glad.
=Ee
^ — g^
^=t
REFKAIX.
^m
3^=5:
:S-^»i
Hi
^-:^t=Mz
^
0 Je - sus, Lord, I see Thy face, I praise Thee for Thy won-drous grace.
-A
^
>- k k-
^
qa:
'J u
:|r— tar— ^F— ^
'J
Copyright, 1901, by Lee & Forter.
205
The Unclouded Day.
MAY BE USED AS A SOLO.
J. K. Alwood.
Aloderato.
J. F. KiNSEY.
^
-A— N-
-N— >,-
i^^^
t^z^i^^z:^
-r
^T
1. O, they tell me of a home far be-yond the skies, 0, they tell me of a
2. O, they tell me of a home where my friends have gone, O, they tell me of that
3. O, they tell me of the King in His beau-ty there. And they tell me that mine
4. O, they tell me that He smiles on His children there, And His smile drives their
tz>±c^±^r* ^ ♦-♦ — - — ^^ — ■ -^^
I
%=^
4-
^-^
^^
f-'*—
-fS N — N-
^itf^T:r^
It
-'^-A' — ^^ 1
home far a -way; O, they tell me of a home where no storms-clouds rise,
land far a - way ; Where the tree of life in e - ter - nal bloom
eyes shall be-hold Where He sits on the throne that is whiter than snow,
sorrows all a - way ; And they tell me that no tears ev-er come a - gain.
^m-
f:i±S
m
w^^-m-
X--
'ti U
6^
up UP I u u
O, they tell me of an un-clouded day ; 0, the laud of cloud-less day,
Sheds its fragrance thro' the unclouded day ; O, the land of cloud-less day,
In the cit - y that is made of gold ; O, that land mine eyes shall see,
In that lovelj' land of un-clouded day ; O, that land of love - ly smiles,
|eP^
^
p. ?t— I r
"K-
^U^^-i=^
O,
O,
R'
o.
the land of
the land of
that land of
the smiles of
an un - cloud-ed sky ;
an un - cloud-ed sky ;
an un - cloud-ed sky ;
His love-beam-ing eye ;
O,
o,
0,
they tell me
they tell me
they tell me
the King
of a
of my
of the
in His
-w ^ -I*- • -fcr
t^.^^^-^^
By per The Echo Miisii; Co
The Unclouded Day.
:^
^■fr«=ff=^p^-j-j-j;T
home where no stonu-clouds rise, 0 they tell me of
friends by the tree of life, In the land of
King on His snow-white throne. In the land of
beau - ty in - vites us there, To the land of
an un-cloud-ed day.
the un-cloud-ed day.
the un-cloud-ed day.
the un-cloud-ed dav.
-U-^^-
-7-^^
"^^>-^-^
-I*-
206
Some Day, Some Time.
w^^A^xv. .^^tAjr, w»w^***w ^ ^^s.^^,
''It is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment." — Heb. 9 : 27.
Rev. J. A. Lee. (Dedicated to the memory of Mrs. Emma Cluster.) JNO. R. BrYANT.
^liS--5:
^— *-s^
1. Some day, some time, I know not when, Our voyage here will have an end ;
2. Death calls the rich and calls the poor, 'Tis he that knocks at ev-'ry door;
3. Death comes to take the Christians home From whence they nev-er more will roam ;
mm
15^
-r-
:i.-i_^=v — ^
Then in our graves we all shall lie. To wait the summons from on high.
He calls for them who lived in shame, And never owned the Saviour's name.
There we shall see Christ's smiling face. And praise Him for His saving grace.
*:
:£=?
£
-^ j)-
m
His grace has bro't mo on my way, I've learned to love Him more and more.
-^^^^^
His grace will be my strength and stay I^n-til I reach the heav'nlv shore.
m^^
l2=3t:
:e^
-^— ^
:2i±t
i
U U U
Copyright, 1901, by J. A, Lee.
207.
Mrs. Emily J.
CHURCH OF GOD.
BuGBEE. T. C. O'Kane, by per.
'4
1. Church of God, whose conqu'ring banners Float a - longthe glo- rious j'ears,
2. In your cost- ly tem-ples pray- ing, "Let Thy king-dom come, we pray,"
3. Grace and glo - ry He hath sent you, Cast your line in pla - ces fair;
4. Shake the earth and rend the heav-en. Wake Thy sleeping children, Lord,
-A-^— A- A A— - A A ^A-^-f^-'^o-^'-A A — r A^ ,
Gath-'ring har -vest rich and gold -en Sowed in pov - er - ty and tears :
Are but words of i - die mean- ing. If with these we turn a -way.
Scat-ter bless-ings uow,He bids you. O'er His green earth ev'ry-where.
Till the measure full and e - ven Has been ren-dered at Thy word.
On - ward press, the cross is bending,
Boundless wealth to you is giv - en.
Till the mil-lions in the twi - light
Then from out her chrism of sor-row
P'ar to - ward the morning skies,
From His hand who owns it all,
Of the far-off O - rient land,
Shall the earth redeemed a - rise.
^^^
3 -^^-^'--»-^-j^=d:
Speed-y dawn of light por - tend-ing:
And His eye be-holds in heav -en
In the gra - cious morning splen-dor,
And the fair mil- len- nial mor-row Dawn with o - pal tint
-A-^-*^A • A A A—^ — A " ■ " - • "^■••
^ i 1 1
Church of Gocl, a - wake ! a - rise !
What ye ren-der back for all.
C)i the gos - pel light shall stand.
ed
skies,
f
A-
Church Of God.
■^
cries, Send the gos - pel's joyful sound Un-to earth's re-mot-est bound.
Master cries, 0 send the gos - pel's
»-3
joyful sound.
-m-m-
208
Flitting Away. C. M.
"Jesus abides ever."
^
C. C. Cliwe.
m
1. As shadows, cast by cloud and sun, Flit o'er the sum-mer grass,
2. And while the years, an endless host, Come pressing swift-ly on,
3. Yet dotli the star of Bethl'em shed A lus - ter pure and sweet;
4. O Fa-ther ! may that ho - Iv star Grow ev - 'ry vear more bright ;
n
=F
B
-A-r
k-t*-t-r-
»-=-l5 — I
I H I
i
TJr
So in Thy sight, Al-might-y One, Earth's gen-er- a -tions pass.
The brightest names that earth can boast Just glist-en, and are gone.
And still it leads, as once it led, To the Mes - si - ah's feet.
And send its glo-rious beams a - far To fill the world with light.
-2. Flitting a - way, flitting a -way,
-4. Brighter it shines, brighter it shines,
, ^ ^ »^ Rit.
:^=g=?
■* — *-
^i
Flit - ting, ... . flit-ting a-way, Flit-ting like shadows a - way.
Bright-er, . . . . brighter it shin«'S, Brisrhter the ho - Iv star shines.
S S N I -. ' ^ ^^
.__ — — — ^^ — , —
-» — » * •-
i
> J jk---\-^ — • y > •■
i^^
Flitting a-way,
Brighter it sbiues,
209
STANDING BY THE CROSS.
''Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his )twther."— Jolin 19: 25.
m
Allan Shirley.
Ref. by A. J. S.
A J. Showalter.
^
=1:
:=l:
:^
1. Sweet the moments, rich in blessing, Which before the cross I spend,
2. Here I '11 rest for - ev - er view-ing Mer-cy poured in streams of blood ;
3. Tru - ly blessed is this sta-tion, Low be-fore His cross to lie,
4. Here I feel my sins for - giv -en, While np-on the Lamb I gaze,
5. Still in ceaseless con-tem-pla-tion, Fix my heart and eyes on Thee,
.1. > I -♦-
^^
^b^4=
-i — —.A — i
p-_£.
I I
;e^
1 3-tFi_-^_^_jt-t,^S p.
i^i
Life, and health and peace possessing, From the sin-ner's dy-ing Friend.
Pr.^.cious drops my soul be - dewing, Plead and claim my peace with God.
While I see di - vine compass-ion, Beara-ing in His gra-cious eye.
And my tho'ts are all of heav-en, And my lips o'erflow with praise.
Till I taste Thy full sal- va-tion, And, unveiled, Thy glo-ries see.
k^S
■-^
tfe
1E=E
1^— A— A— A-[^-i-^ti4ir-
-rr-
^t=:^-r^_t=i_:i^-
tut^zzi^:
-,o-
Refrain.
StandingbythecrosSjStandingby thecross. Standing by the cross of Calva-ry;
-j^— ^-^-
-^i-
Lookingjupto Christ,trust-ing in His love, Hoping in Hismercy full and free.
> s h s J ^ . ^ ^ . . .. . .
— j^— Al— Ad — AI-A^T- — t-A-^A— A A At- — I A J
-0~-0- -^-
From " Perennial Songs." by per. A. J. Showalibs.
im
E=E£
— W>-j*--l
1^ -^>-Vr '
f
H
210
Wonderful Story of Love.
J. M. D.
John 15: 13.
-N— N— JV
REV. J. M. DRR'ER.
1. Wonderful sto-ry of love
2. Wonderful sto-ry of love
3. Wonderful sto-ry of love
Tell it to me a- gain; Wonderful story of
Tho' you are far a - way ; Wonderful story of
Jesus provides a rest; Wonderful story of
_i?p_
i^
m ft tm
-J J J
Y^=^
n
^ k. N ' ^
1^^ 1
Ik k. k. ^ .
V.t ' — ^
-J^ — ^ J^ ♦; ^
M — d^
\fiVs J J?
-^i — ▼■ — «( — 1 — 1-
^^-^fiK— ■— M Si ? ^
'•"^"^
iVW J • J
^ — 1 ^
love; Wake the im-mor-tal strain! An-gels with rap-ture announce it,
love; Still He doth call to-day, Calling from Cal-va-ry's mountain,
love; For all the pure and blest; Rest in those mansions a-bove us
~*^ ♦ -*^'-*c- -A^ -A:- -A^ -A- -A^-Ar-Ar*-*r
*^^
^
-(•> — ^e — ^K — ^ — ;«_
1 Tr
-\ — r^-
^
Ia W ''•' I ^
|a . 'a 7
f' ii^ 11' V If* ly
Ia. • u. 7
4;* — y — y '
4-M — '
ll '
-I — L
-^ ^ ♦! ^ .y.
N^-4-
I
-^ Ai Ai — aJ ^ ae-
:^-t^»^
-7--
Shepherds with wonder re-ceive it; Sin-ner, O won't you be-lieve it?
Down from the crystal bright fountain, E'en from the dawn of ere - a - tion,
With those who've gone on before us, Singing the rapt - u-rous cho - rus,
' -r -r -^ ^ 17,,
m
^w—^
REFRAIN.
-^^=-^
zt:
:*3^^
Wonderful sto-ry of love.
-A- -^^ -^^ -l"^ -A-*-al
Won - der - ful! Won-
Wonderful sto-ry of love ; Won-der-ful
c\\ "w y y w ^
■J J ^ 'J J '^
¥=^
-Jlt--A:-TA-
: Ia Ia A !a
r «-
A • A '
•J J J J \J 'J
"-y — y — ^
der - ful! Won - der - ful! Wonderful sto-ry of love!
story of love ; Wonderful story of love ;
~^- -A. -At- -a.- -At -:A- -a- -■ -*- -*- -A. • A-
Used b; per. of the luthor.
211
I WOULD NOT LIVE ALWAY.
Mechlenbeeq
m
fcfcf
I would not live al - way ; I
Where storm aft-er storm ris - es
would not live al - way : no,
ce Je - sus has lain there, I
a « i# . -^ m ^e_
MsiJ
ir^
'^^^
ask
dark
wel -
dread
-2
not to stay,
o'er the ( Omit.) way ;
come the tomb ;
not its ( Omit.) gloom;
t±p
:&
S
a^
-• — Q — • — «<
-3-—]
.1 A'* I
Id:
-»• Z ^ f:
£j!l ' •' £i}'
The few lu - rid morn- ings that dawn on us here.
Are e - nough for life's woes, full e-nough for its (Omit.) cheer.
I There sweet be my rest, till He bids me a - rise
\ To hail Him in tri - umph de - scend - ing the (Omi.) skies.
Home, home, sweet, sweet home, Prepare me dear Sav-iour for heav - en my home,
jz _, — fg- (3.!-0 . a. — :l~' i .T~ i» * , o «
It
1
m
M2=
i2=J
-&-
-t5-
3 Who, who would live alway, away
from his God,
.tfway from yon heaven, that blissful
abode.
Where rivers of pleasure flow o'er the
bright plains, [ reigns.
And the noontide of glory eternallv
212
Mechlenbeeq.
JV
4 Where the saints of all ages in harmo-
ny meet,
Their Saviour and brethren transported
to greet.
While the anthems of rapture unceas-
ingly roll, [ of the soul.
And the smile of the Lord is the feast
FREDERICK.
y /
r
George Kingsley.
lid,**—!
1. I would not live alway ; I ask not to stay Where storm after storm rises dark o'er the way
a-^
T|4?J
The few lurid mornings ftat dawn on us here Are enough for life's woes, fall enough for its cheer.
213 A LITTLE TALK WITH JESUS.
"And behold there talked with Him two men." '^uke ix: 30.
Anon. Arranged.
1. Tho' dark the night, and clouds look black, And stormy o - vei'- head, And
2. "S\'hen those who once were dear -est friends Be -gin to per- se - cute. And
3. And thus, by fre-queutlit -tie talks I gain the vie- to - ry; And
-t:=— t^— t:- r- r
-hk:— Ik i^
— )— "fc — "fc — i^ ^ : ■— •
:fs=^
P^ — ^-
-^- — mi d—
-&22— ^
2 ^
U* Id' U ^^
t—3—:t:^-tz
:^1
trials of al - most ev - 'ry Icind A" - cross my path are spread ; How
more who once pro-fessedto love, Have dis-tant grown, and mute, I
march a - long with cheer-ful song. En -joy- mg lib - er - ty; "With
5i^
t
f
0
fc=i=j^=ts:
m^^^E^^^^S^^
soon 1 con-quer all. As to the Lord I call, A
tell Him all my grief. He quick-ly sends re - lief, A
Je - sus as my Friend, I '11 prove un - til the end, A
__Jz-_-pi_t
JA |a: Ia. 'a ]a'», Ia
i=t^=l^=l
:t=t2:
:t=t:
U* U» l> ^ I 1^
D.S. trials of ev -'ry kind, Praise God I al - u'ays find, A
Chorus.
lit - tie talk with
lit - tie talk with
lit - tie talk with
~U U U I^
lit -tie talkxcith
i^
=d*^
]^'=J'-=?c=]^J^=:f^
-♦-^-
4^
■-p
Lw-2:
:i**=^
:=]:
:=i=
-A—
-.t-^^t~^
-^
Je sus makes it right, all right. A
lit - tie talk with Je- sus makes it
A- -A- -A- -A- -iA- -A-
u i> k U'
Je - sus makes it right, all right.
right, all right, A lit - tie talk with Je - sus makes it right, al! right. In
-A- -A- -A-
214 I Know That My Redeemer Lives.
Arr. by M. G. P. 1882.
A IT. by Rev. M. G. Prescott. 1882.
1. I know that my Re - deem - er lives, That He's pre-
2. I'm trust - ing Je - eus Christ for all, I know His
3. And now be - wil-dered at the thought I stand and
4. I know that soon uiv Lord will come, I know that
D. a For
am on - ly wait - ing here
To hear the
m
t
-^ ^ -V-
:t
S£^
pared a home for me, And crowns of vie - to - ry He gives
blood a -tones for me, I'm list - ening for the gen - tie call
won - der at His love, How He from heav'n to earth was brought
will not tar - ry long, I know He soon will call me home
J > >
summons, " Child, come home," For I
am on - ly wait - ing here
i
te
ft'iue. CHORUS.
1^==^
I^
>- . -♦- -♦-
To those who would His chil-dren be.
To say "the Mas- ter wait- eth thee." Then ask me not to
To die, that I might live a - bove.
To sing with joy the heav'n-ly soug.
rii •-
i^!f
I ^ > > > ^
To hear the summons, " Child, come home."
:F=
I
min
gle
pi
on
- — .5 J — -^ —
A - mid the
gay
and thoughtless throng.
I
■I
215
WILL THERE BE ANY STARS?
K. E. Hewitt.
Jno. R. Swenet.
==^4
i'^iz^
I ^ ■**
1. I am thiuking to-day of that beau- ti-ful land I shall reach when the
2. In the strength of the Lord let me la - bor and pray, Let me watch as a
3. Oh,what joy will it be when His face I be-hold,Liv-inggemsat His
sun go-eth down ; When thro' wonderful grace by my Sav-ior I stand, Will there
win-uer of souls; Thatbright stars may be mine in the glo-ri-ous day When His
feet to lay down; It would sweeten my bliss in the cit - y of gold, Should there
be an- y stars in my crown? 1
praise like the sea-billow rolls. >■ Will there be an -y stars, any stars in my crown,
be an - y stars in my crown. J
^
=1=*
^^m
-Mn^iz^z
— Tl- -'^
H i-
-F-P-
i
i^s
iP
When at evening the sun go-eth down? When I wake with the blest
go-eth down?
:t:
: ^^^:
In the mansions of rest. Will there be an - y stars in my crown?. . . .
an - y stars in my crown?
v-k
I — "I — I —
- j^ 1 1 r^ ^j ^j-
t=t^=t^
1^=tc
a
By per. Urs. L, E. Sweney.
210
SOME SWEET DAY.
Akthue W. French.
D. B. Townee.
We shall reach
We shall pass
We shall meet
-I*-'
the riv - er side. Some sweet day, some sweet
in - side the gate. Some sweet day, some sweet
our lov'd and own. Some sweet day, some sweet
'^-tt— ^ — Hp*-.-*--^ ■» — * ~r — *'~^~*r-^~-^ Hi — *
day; We shall cross the storm - y tide. Some sweet day, some sweet
day; Peace and plen - ty for us wait, Some sweet day, some sweet
day; Gath-' ring round the great white throne. Some sweet day, some sweet
'mm
-¥-"
— ti^i — srt^
¥ —
=*^-=*:
We shall press the sands of gold. While be -fore our eyes un -
We shall hear the wondrous strain, Glo - ry to the lamb that's
Be the tree of life so fair, Joy and rap - ture ev - 'ry -
^ J" w^ _* .^*r ♦ . ^^ ^ -^-' -*-- ^■
r^— |-*!-f^— '-+-1 =— ♦ ^- M 1 '-7— W^'^' w-i— ♦-+ ^^ - 1 1
r
fold Heav-en's spen - dors, yet
slain, Christ wasdead but lives
where, O the bliss of o -
un- told, Some sweet day, some sweet day.
a - gain,Some sweet day, some sweet day.
ver there! Some sweet dav, some sweet day.
^^,^- ^
'S^-
t i^ _
— y — ^^-1 — ^, — ^
-^£s^
By per. D. B. Towcer. owner of Oopyrigbt,
217
BRINGING IN THE SHEAVES.
GEO. A. MINOR. By per.
'^'^^"T^^t^^^
-vw^
l2=;^=^£±=i
r'EIORCS
-N-V
fe^i
-N-N-
«^;^*<^
=^
-N-N-^-
#-#T-N-
N N# ■*! — 1-»
Its:
^^^=^
-*-»-
'-^%-V^^
i s S *-
After Repeat D.W. to Fine
1 Sowing in the morning, sowing seeds of kindness,
Sowing in the noontide, and the dewy eves;
Waiting for the harvest, and the time of reaping,
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.
Cho. — Bringin in the sheaves, bringing in the sheaves,
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.
2 Sowing in the sunshine, sov/ing in the shadows,
Fearing neither clouds nor winter's chilling breeze;
By and by the harvest, and the labor ended.
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.
3 Go then, ever weeping, sowing for the Master,
Though the loss sustained our spirit often grieves;
When our weeping's over, He will bid us welcome,
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves,
218 1 ani Dwellifig eri Ifie Moatitairi.
1 I am dwelling on the mountain.
Where the golden sunlight gleams
O'er a land whose wondrous beauty
Far exceeds my fondest dreams ;
Where the air is pure, ethereal,
Laden with the breath of flowers.
They are blooming by the fountain,
'Xeath the amaranthine bowers.
Cho. — Is not this the land of Beulah,
Blessed, blessed land of light,
Where the flowers bloom forever.
And the sun is always bright.
2 I can see far down the mountain,
Where I Avandered Aveary j'ears.
Often liindered in my journey
By the ghosts of doubts and fears,
Broken vows and disappointments
Thickly sprinkled all the way.
But the Spirit led, unerring.
To the land I hold to-day.
8 I am drinking at the fountain.
Where I ever would abide;
For I 've tasted life's pure river.
And my soul is satisfied ; [ures,
There's no thirsting for life's plea*
Nor adorning, rich and gay,
For I 've found a richer treasure.
One that fadeth not awaj'.
4 Tell me not of heavy crosses.
Nor the burdens hard to bear.
For I 've found this great salvation
Makes each burden light appear;
And I love to follow Jesus,
Gladly counting all but dross.
Worldly honors all forsaking
For the glory of the Cross.
5 Oh, the Cross has wondrous gloryl
Oft I 've proved this to be true;
When I 'm in the way so narrow
I can see a pathway through ;
And how sweetly Jesus whispers :
Take the Cross, thou needstnotfefn
For I 've tried this way before thee.
And the glory lingers near.
219 W^e Are Traveling Home To-day.
" We are journeying unto a place of which the Lord said, 1 will give it you : come thou
with us, anil we will do thee good." — Ni'M. 11) : 29.
Rev. J. A. Lee. Dedicated to my wife. Edw. S. Fogg.
— , — V — r *>! K -li N llr |>r
ir^ZT
1. We are trav'ling home to-day, To that land of light and love, Trav'ling home,
2. Tho' we're often times cast down, And we'r« weary, worn and sad, Trav'ling home,
3. We shall nevermore fear iiarni. For He'll come and stem the tide, Trav'ling home,
4. He is com-ing by and by. And He'll claim His loved and own, Trav'ling home,
—^--3 — T— (i — Hj- — '^ — (3- — ^s — ^i. isri"TT-+' U — I
•> i/ > ? V v\ ^ '^
Beautiful home,
— ^ ^-
Z.yj^-$^.
^ — L ♦--—-5 ♦— ^ — I* ♦-
to OHr home,
to our home,
to our home,
to our home.
i», , |0 im.—ft — ^ — m.
Christ will guide us on our way. To that
Still the Sav - iour nev - er frowns. But He
Shield us un - der-neath His arm. And in
He will take us home on high. There to
-A:- • -A.- -A- * -A.- -A- -A- * -A.-
^f^
— y— vH-y-
Heavenly home.
^
-j^ ^^ — 1 — — -
-- N-3;: — Ni — !■
-■^T-
^1— ^— ^
-„^^.
-J^-.
->>— N
heav'n-ly home a - hove. To our home,
comes and makes us glad, Trav'ling home.
Him we'll safe-ly hide, Trav'ling home,
dwell around the throne. In our home.
Heavenly home. We are trav-
Heavenly»home.
Heavenly home.
Heavenly home.
Trav'ling to that land of love.
■A- Tk-*-A:- -A- '-A- -A:-*-Ar- "A." -P*- -P-*
— '-^— > J u— ^^— t^— I ^j—^-^- — - — - — ^^— I- — I —
eav-en-ly home,We are
-ti-ful heav'nly home a - bov
A- -A- -A- '-A- -A- ^ -£i-
day, To our beau-ti-ful heav-en-ly home,We are
-r^: ::d ^t— ' 1 :^ jlt— ^
W^e are trav-'ling, yes, trav-'ling to our beau-ti-ful heav'nly home
bove.
■W- -W-- -££- ^ -jA- -^- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A
Copyright, 1001, by J. k. Lee, Coviogton, Ey^
220
Star of Hope.
Rev. William I. Feazell.
:i2zir.rg:z;gz:[:-^=~r i ■»— l-"h ^^-
Music arr. by LiDA Clark.
.-I PS !!»>, ^
—■^^-
liT— ^-
— I —
1. Shine on, bright star of hope, sliiue on, And give me light from
2. 6 dark has been this earth to me, No Ught had 1 on
3. Now in the fut-ure bright and fair, Tho' snow-white turn my
4. But should this star e'er fail to shine, And I thro' tun - nels
1 I
ligi^
--N 1-
:^=^-3^
.-iC^-A-
---1 N \-
-b-t; — I ^ — I -^-r* f
~lN--
eve till morn, O let me in thy light a - bide, Un - til with
land and sea Un-til I learned this star to know, Whose briUiant
ra - veil hair, There is a home where I shall share E - ter - nal
dark must cHinb, The hand of God will cling to mine Till I a
^
-t--
_l . — « « 1 L|
-N-
Christ I'm glo - ri - fied. Shine on, bright star, Shine
light doth brighter grow,
peace with-out a care,
star in glo - ry shine.
Shine on,
bright star.
9-^.^^
fcir
on, bright star, shine on, Un-til I reach the gold-en shore,
r*»i shine on, •
-1^ -m- -♦-,, ^ . -♦- -•- -■•- ».
V— i-i 'j — r
m
-I -^=fcl — — ^^
May be sung after la.st ver.se.
==R=^-=i .js.[:g=r:^zzq=:i:^p—
And need on earth thy light no more. On earth no more.
Tliv light on earth no more.
^m
-Ac ▲: A: A— r^
jg^PP^^ii
Copyright, 1901, by Lee & Porter.
221
I Shall Be No Stranger There.
E. E. Hewitt.
— \ 1 s — PS —
-Ar-f— A.+-
Xit
-!♦-
-\-
A. F. BOURNB.
"V.~
m
To a sin - ner "saved by grace,"
am pressing t'ward the goal ;
1. When the pearl-y gates are o-pened
2. Thro' time's ev-er-chang-ing sea-sons, I
3. There my dear Re-deem-er liv - eth, Blessed Lamb upon the throne
iiil^SlF^-
A
--^-'-^-
— I ^1 Nft-^— ; — ^-^h-* :r^ ^ — ™ -•• '— rn-^
— i-^^-^g-L^-: :-^-^v-T-v-^v — ▼— ^ — AH-L^^ — ^ Ai v-^h
When thro' ev - erdast - ing mer- cy, I be - hold my Saviour's face,
'Tis my heart's sweet native country, 'Tis the homeland of my soul;
By the crimson marks up-on them. He will sure - ly claim His own.
I ^ tJ-^-- -H- ^ . .-!^- -■- . V
-5c '^-^r-: — Ui r ~ - — -I \
^^]i-i-i^-=-A — i^-'-i-fw— ^-=--1^— -I 1 — -^. — 'X — Y\ y — H — y — ^ V- — \
When I en - ter in the mansions Of the cit- - y brightand fair,
Ma - ny loved ones, cloth'd with beauty. In those wondrous glories share ;
So, when-ev - er sad and lone - ly, Look be-yond the earth-ly care ;
-,*_^_^-l«_^* ^ ^ . ^ r- . . ^ I* --!*— rf^
^±l:r-±=^?--i=^.z::^zzz^-Et::
>» P r 1^ ^J x^
:t::=t:
->--
:t
i
&
t=:
-K-.-4-
2- -♦-TV-*— ♦-T-rri-Fi^,— :
I shall have a roy - al wel-come. For I'll be
When I rise, redeem'd, for-giv-en, I shall be
Wea-ry child of God re-mem-ber You will be
no stran-ger there,
no stran-ger there,
no stran-ger there.
I shall be no stranger there, .Tesus will my place prepare ;
I shall be no stranger tliere, Jefus will my place prepare ;
Copyught, 1898, by Win. J. Kiikputrick.
I Shall Be No Stranger There.
■ik^ — I ^ — A-^ — '
3 3
He will meet me, He will greet me, I shall be uo stranger there-
He will meet me, He will greet me, I shall be
U' P U' I? u
222
In Touch With Jesus.
Mrs. Frank A. Breck.
Kirk PATRICK.
1. Is your soul in touch with Je-sus? Do you know His grace di-vine ?
2. Is your soul in touch with Je-sus ? Is His love your sure re - treat ?
3. Is your soul in touch with Je-sus ? Is He tru - ly all in all ?
4. Is your soul in touch with Je-sus ? Has vour will been cru-ci - tied?
-fv? _ . ^ — m-
the Lord a
Are you in
Have you made a glad sur-ren-der ?
Are youjoy-ful in His pres ence,
In His will are you re-juic-ing?
iiig. As the branch dwells in the vine?
Is your faith in Him complete?
And re - spons-ive to His call ?
Is He trust-ed Friend and Guide?
y — > — ^—i- ^
i^^
Keep vour soul in touch with Je - sus. Keep Him with vou ev'rv-where ;
.» . "h.- ^ -i«- ^ -It- -i*- ^ . _ . -I*- -i«- -(«- -i«L ^e. .^•
-ff-i 1^ d y — y — ■z^—\-\ 1- i-i*-^-» — » — 1» — b- — !•— H ^
:l 1-
t
Keep vour soul in touch with Je-sus, By thepow'rof love and prayer.
Copyright, 1899, by AVm J. Kirkpatrick.
223 WHl the Gates of Heaven Be Open to Me?
E. R. Latta. C. E. Leslie.
^-^
p> — *l —
T^^-^-
f^-i— -^
=^=5
f*
1. When my work is fiu-ished I'm try-ing to do For my dear Re-
2. When my toil-some jour-ney is end-ed be -low, And my feet, so
3. W^hen the tears of sor-row, so com-mon to all. And each scene of
4. Where no death nor sickness can ev - er-more come. And the loved, if
m$m
f
t-
y
r=^
^^-^-
:S=1:
TKh
^=^=^=^
:Jr:$:
— N — C-^-
deem-er, tho' humble I be, Will the gold-en cit - y a - rise to my view ?
wea-rj', for- ev -er aref»-ee. Will the walls of jas-per ef- ful-gent-ly glow?
trou-ble completed shall be. Will the voice of Je-sus in tenderness call ?
ho - Iv, each other shall see, Will I there be welcomed, no lon-ger to roam ?
^ " - N N I N N N S ,N N N,
m^S
CH OKI'S.
Will the gates of heaven be o-pen to me ? 0-pen to me, o-pen to you ?
■(*^=^
-fc^— Si'— p^-
f^>^ — *i ^ .^' n
4=ir±J=^=5=^r^:
^fe
rise to my view ? Will the gates of heav-en be o - pen to you ? i
i=
Owned and copyrighted by C. E. Leslie, Published by the Chicago Music Co.
224
E. A. IIOFFMAX.
Glory to His Fame.
J. H. Stockton.
J-
1. Down
2. I
3. Come
at
am
to
the cross -svhere the Sav - iour died, Down where for
so won - drows-ly saved from sin, Je - sus so
tliis foil n -tain, so rich and sweet ;Cast thy poor
cleans- ing from sin I cried, There to
sweet - ly a- bides with - in. Saves me
soul at the Sav- ior's feet;Plunge in
my heart was the
each mo - ment.and
to -day, and be
fes
^
f=^
E^b=i=-Wz^
to
Z^ 1 *
D.s. Nolo to ray heart is the
. Fine. Chorus.
-^ ^ — :g— "^^-^ ^5— • — ^— -^i ^^^— -"j — ■ *
blood ap - plied, Glo - ry to his name! Glo - ry to his
keeps me clean ; Glo - ry to liis name !
made com-plete, Glo - ry to his name!
w
I2=F
*=!«;
l»=t:;
3ES
-12^
blood ap- plied, Glo - ry to his name!
D.S.
name! .... Glo - ry to his name! . .
Glo-ry to his name! Glo-ry to his name!
fd2=rf=r
i^s:
J33E4
'W~S1
\^ \^ ^ \^
:^->-t^-k-
I
225 Going By.
1 There aro lont-ly hearts to cherish
While the days are going: by ;
There areiweafy souls who perish,
While the days are going by ;
If a smile we cau renew.
As our journey we pursue,
Oh, the good we all may do,
While the days are going by.
Refrain.
Going by, going by,
Going by, going by,
Oh, the good we all may do,
While the days are going by.
1 There's no time for idle scorning,
While the days are going by,
Let your face be like the morning.
While the days are going by ;
Oh, the world is full of sighs.
Full of sad and weeping eyes ;
Help your fallen brother rise.
While the days are going by.
3 All the loving links that bind us,
While the days are going by;
One by one we leave iSehind us,
While the days are gofng by;
But the seeds of good we sow,
Both in shade and shine will grow,
And will keep our hearts aglow,
While the days are going by.
— ffeo. Cooper.
226
Mendon.
Prof. B. Manly, D. D., LL.D.
German.
1. Sol-diers of Christ, in truth ar-rayed, A world in ru - ins needs your aid;
2. His gos-pel to the lost pro-claim. Good news for all in Je - sus' name;
3. Morning and even-ing sow the seed, God's grace the ef - fort shall sue - ceed;
4. We meet to part, but part to meet When earth-ly la - bors are com -plete;
A world by sin de-stroyed and dead; A world for which the Sav -
Let light up-on the dark-ness break. That sinners from their death
Seed-times of tears have oft been found With sheares of joy and plen •
To join in yet more blest em - ploy In an e - ter - nal world
iour bled,
may wake,
ty crowned,
of joy.
227
1 How tedious and tasteless the hours
When Jesus no longer I see !
Sweet prospects, sweet birds, and sweet
lowers,
Have all lost their sweetness to me, —
The midsummer sun shines but dim,
The fields strive in vain to look gay ;
But when I am happy in Him,
December's as pleasant as May.
I His name yields the richest perfume,
And sweeter than music His voice;
His presence disperses my gloom,
And makes all within me rejoice ;
I should, were He always thus nigh,
Have nothing to wish or to fear.
No mortal so happy as I,
My summer would last all the year.
3 Content with beholding His face.
My all to His pleasure resigned ;
No change of the season or place
Would make any change in my mind
While blessed with a sense of His love,
A palace a toy would appear;
And prisons would palaces prove,
If Jesus would dwell with me there.
4 Dear Lord, if indeed I am Thine,
If Thou art my sun and my song,
Say why do I languish and pine?
And why are my winters so long?
O drive these dark clouds from my sky,
Tliy soul-cheering presence restore ;
Or take me to Thee up ou high.
Where winter and clouds are no more.
228
1 Farewell, my dear brethren, the time is at
hand,
That we must be parted from this social band;
Our several engagements now call us away.
Our parting is needful, and we must obey.
2 Farewell, my dear brethren, farewell for a
while,
We'll soon meet again, if kind Providence
smile :
But when we are parted and scattered abroad.
We'll prav for each other and wrestle with
God!
3 Farewell, faithful soldiers, you'll soon be
discharged.
The war will be ended, your treasures en-
larged ;
With shouting and singing, though Jordan
may roar,
We'll enter fair Canaan, and stand on the
shore.
4 Farewell, you young converts, who've 'list-
ed for war.
Sore conflicts await you, but Jesus is near;
Although you must travel the dark wilder-
ness.
Your Captain's before you. He'll lead you to
peace.
5 Farewell, faithful Christians, farewell all
around.
Perhaps we'll not meet till the last trump
shall sound ;
To meet you in glory I give you my hand.
Our Saviour to praise in the heavenly land.
229
Our Race Will Soon Be Run.
Rev. J. a. Lee
Onet
" J/a)i goelh to tiis long home." — EccL. 12: 5.
DUET AND CHORUS. J. H. Fillmore.
^--A ^ — ^-^ *-^H-
^1
3
'^^^m
1. Our race will soon be run, dear wife, I feel the end is draw - ing near,
2. WeVe tried to serve the Lord each year, We've tried it in our home be - low,
3. Life's bur-dens we will soon lay down With ev-'ry du - ty, toil and care ;
m^
^-—^ —\-ii «-^-^— ?♦ ■■ — ^ ^ mi 1 ' - ' ' — — t- — ^ r\-^X-- 1
When we'll be free from sin and strife, And go to meet our Sav - iour dear.
To teach our chil - dren God to fear. And point them in the way to go.
Then we shall wear the gold-en crown, And dwell with Christ and friends up there.
fjz:
^
nioRt's.
iJS-B
0 will our children meet us there, meet us there. And spend e - ter-ni - ty a - bove;
: \ '■+- [A. '^- — W-^—W—W—t^ J
> b ^-
-y-'y
-s< — \i) J J
->-^-
-:^— 5^— p*^-
iCi.^.
E3$S^^:!?Eta5i^;l
-^— N
-Nrai
"*-*! H — f^
-^-^
1
t. ' '^ ■^ '' ' ^ -♦■--♦■• ^ -♦- ^ " -^ .
It's been our earn-est, life -long pray'r. That we'll dwell together in that land of love.
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
* The upper voice of the duet may be a male voice.
230 The White Pilgrim.
lis, 8s.
1 I came to the spot where the white pilgrim
liiy.
And pensively stood by his tomb.
And iu a low whisper a voice seemed to say,
" How sweetly I sleep here alone."
2 The tempest may howl, and loud thunders
may roll,
And gathering storms may arise,
But calm are my feelings, at rest is my soul,
The tears are all wiped from mine eyes.
3 " The call of my Master compelled me from
I bade my companions farewell, [home,
I left my "sweet children, who for me now
In a far distant region to dwell. [mourn,
4 "I wandered a stranger, au exile from home,
To publish salvation abroad ;
I met the contagion and sunk in the tomb,
My spirit ascending to God.
5 " Go, tell my companion and children most
dear,
To weep not the loved one that's gone;
The same hand that led me through scenes
dark and drear,
Hath kindly conducted me home."
231 Hear the Saviour Gently Calling.
Mrs. J. A. Lee.
' The Master hascome, and calkthfor thee."— Joim 11 : 28.
^
-jsi N-
^^=^=1-
r-J-
J. H. Fillmore.
:^:
-« — ♦—L^, 1
1. Hear the Sav-iour gent-lj' call-ing Come, oh come, whv yet de- lay?
2. Sin - ner, won't you heed His calling? Answer "Here am I," take me ;
3. Answer now wliile yet He's pleading At the door of thine own heart,
§5Sf
:^=i:c
5fe=^
rj
— I '^ B ^ ^ 1 _ — ^
* — — '^-^— T— ^
See the hand of death ap - pall - ing, Claiming peo - pie ev - 'ry day.
While the dead a-round are fall - ing, Seek the Sav - iour and be free.
Ma-ny oth - ers He is lead -ing, Do not let Him now de-part.
J J
SEFjEE^^
HearHis voice while yet He's say-ing. Come, ye wear - y, Morn and sad.
^
tlfb N--J 1
J=c:
=^-*i-
-^ — I-
Come, let there be no de - lay ■
ing. Come, your hearts He will make glad.
—A: ^ki r*: A:-
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
232 Key of G.
1 IMy hope is built on nothing less
Than Jesus' blood and righteousness ;
I dare not trust the sweetest frame,
But wholly lean on Jesus' name.
Chorus.
On Christ, the Solid Rock, I stand ;
All other ground is sinking .sand: ||
2 When darkness seems to veil His face,
I rest on His unchanging grace ;
In every high and stormy gale
My anchor holds within the veil:
3 His oath, His covenant and blood
Support me in the whelming flood ;
When all around my soul gives way.
He then is all my hope and stay.
233
C. M.
1 How sweet the name of Jesus sounds
In a believer's ear !
It soothes his sorrows, heals his wounds,
And drives away his fear.
2 It makes the wounded spirit whole,
And calms the troubled breast;
'Tis manna to the hungry soul,
And to the weary, rest.
3 Dear name ! the rock on which I build.
My shield and hiding place ;
Mv iicver- fail ing treasure, filled
With boundless stores of grace !
4 I would Thy boundless love proclaim
With every fleeting breath ;
So shall the music of Thy name
Refresh my soul in death.
234
WHEN I GET TO THE END.
CHABLIE D. TILLXiR. By ptT.
The Bands have been washed in the footprints Of the stranger on
There are eo many hills to climb upward, I oft - en am
He loves me too well to for-eake me Or give me one
When the last f ee-ble step has been tak-en And the gates of that
^
^^^=^^=1^
g
-A- ->»- -A- -A- -A.
:^^-t^-K^
i#3^
^^F
ip=^
D. C. — And the toils of the road will seem nothing, ]nen I get Ao the
Last. — Then the toils of the road will seem nothing, ]\Tien I gtt to the
^^
^
^
-^ — *-■■
5^
Gal - 1 - lee's shore, And the voice that subdued the rough billows,
long-ing for rest, But He who appoints me my pathway,
tri - al too much, All His peo-ple haVe been dearly purchased,
cit - y ap - pear. And the Ibeau-ti - ful songs of the an-gela
SS
r— I*— rP:
4^
m
r r . r~=
-iA ^— = — Uk — 1^
:fe
^^
P
-Ar-
:g:
1/ k- u
end of the way, And the toils cf the road will seem nothing,
end of the way, Then the toils of the road will seem nothing.
^^^fe;j^^^^^^
Will be heard in Ju - de - a no more.
Knows just what is need-ful and best
And Sa - tan can nev - er claim such.
Float out on my list - en-ing ear.
But the path of that
I know in His
By and by I shall
When all that now
^^
^ -A- A- ^. ^
f g '^ '^^^^
^—-
Wh^n I get to
tfie end
the way.
M
I S N fc. . h. p ,N .. n.c.
^^^
^
lone Gal - i - lee -an With joy I will fol-low to-day.
word He hath promised That my Btrength,"itshallbea3 my day."
see Him and praise Him, In the cit - y of un - end-iug day.
seems so mys-te-rioua Will be bright and as clear as the day.
^ -* PL
:SSfc
^^
^
m
rr
i-^^i-^i
y V '^
Oofrriibt, 1W6, br CbuUt D. TlUfflta.
235
Beautiful.
B. E. W.
B. E. Wakbkn.
1. Beau-ti-ful robes of white, Beau-ti-ful land of light, Beautiful home so bright,
2. Beau-ti-ful thought to me, We shall for-ev - er be Thine in e - ter - nj - ty,
3. Beau-ti-ful things on high, 0 - ver in yon-der sky ; Thus I shall leave this shore,
-A -.A,- -A. -A. -A- -^- • A. •
H -I 1 1 —
1^,^ , I . , in iT — 1^~r — — r ^ — ' ' r I — — ^ — m — m — ^~r'
W ' W ' W—
I 1
Where there shall come no night; Beautiful itowh I'll wear. Shining with stars o'er there. Yonder in
When from this world we're free; Free from its toil and care, Heavenly joys to share; Let me cross
Counting my treasures o'er; Where we shall never die. Carry me by and by, Nev-er to
-A_ -A-A -A^-Ai -A- -Ai A--*^ • A -A- -A
qv— :— — 4»-|^-^-p|»--j»--^-v-4— — I — I — [- 1 — ! — ^---^-j^ j rfc:T'kr~kL~~kr~L. L.~"]
^^tii-l*4— t:-^r^-^-t---t^ — A--A-f A^ir=--bA-i-Ut^i*--l?--H — I — I y — y — ^—A
'^^-
-y-^
CHORUN.
^ «> ■ ■ ^W MM, SJ £^ ■
-PK_J
iP^^
mansions fair, Gather us there.
0 - ver there, This is my pray'r.
sor-row more, Heavenly store,
Beautiful robes, Beautiful land,..
Beautiful
IdlBi^ibti^:
^^^-
V V V
Beautiful robes of white,
— r»— »~i*- »— !•— 1^^
^
V-^-^-
:=]■
:i5=r5
-^ri=
Beautiful home Beautiful band
land of light, Beau-ti-ful home so bright, Beau-ti-ful land no night,
-A A ,A
m^^s^
^^:
t=it=t:;
:Nc:y k k-k.=|g:
^—
&_»_A ^Z
y !^ ^
^ I
-lA-HA— A— A— A—
N-N
iiiBEi
£
-♦-=-!♦-«— H-i — ^
^feEE
-t^^
Beau-ti-ful crown, Shining so fair
Beau-ti-ful, beau-ti-ful crown, Shining, yes, shining so fair,
^. -A- -A- -A. • .A.. -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -f^
-HA— A-A A \A
-W — 1^ — >< 1/ — >■
.— A— A— A— j^---
5=;=
-s^— c<— U— fa^— i;^-V— I — 9-
Beautiful.
■A— K
_^_S
— ii L«_: ^_i ♦_: ♦ IP *
J ■<> ^ ^f \
Beau-ti- ful man - sion bright, gath-er us there,
Beau-ti-ful mansion bright, gather us there, yes, gather us there.
SS
idtf
2=5^-^
n
-^—V—J—V
i
p
^ y ^-L^
U y y
236
NO, NOT ONE.
Rev. Johnston Oatman, Jr.
Slow and vv^itb feelini;.
Geo. C. HrGG.
^=V^-
"If
a^ N-
3^=3SL
1. There's not a friend like the low - ly Je - sus, No, not one! no, not one!
2. No friend like Him is so high and ho - ly. No, not one! no, not one!
3. There's not an hour that He is not near us, No, not one! no, not one!
4. Did ev - er saint find this friend forsake him? No, not one! no, not one!
5. Was e'er a gift like the Sav-iour giv - en? No, not one! no, not one!
None else could heal all our soul's dis-eas-es. No, not
And yet no friend is so meek and lov,'-ly, No, not
No night so dark but His love can cheer us. No, not
Or sin-D*r find that He would not take him? No, not
Will He re - fuse U3 a home in heav - en? No, not
one!
one!
one!
one!
one!
no, not
no, not
no, not
no, not
no, not
one!
one!
one!
one!
one!
,D. S. Therms not a friend like the low-ly Je - sus. No, not one ! no, not one !
rHOBVS.
..f^ ^
^ K
Je-sus knows all a - boat our struggles. He will guide till the day is done.
■■•- - - - - - T' 'f ^ - "*" - ^ ^ ^ -^
m
^=t:
-A'-^-ak-
'^ 'J '^
^~ — ^ r' ^ — ^ ' — ■ ^
Uied by per. of Uro. C. Hufj, owner of copyright.
237
TRIUMPH BY AND BY.
" For he mast reign, till he hath put all enemies under hig feet." — 1 Cor. 15 : 25.
Dr. C. R. BLACKALL. H. R. PAXMER.
1f^
^
-^- fV
'=^
^^^^
"*■ 3t
^T^*-!^
1. The prize is set be-fore us, To win His words implore us, The eve of
2. We'll follow where He leadeth, We'll pasture where He feedeth, We'll jield to
3. Our home is bright above us, No tri-alsdark to moveus, But Je - sus
... . _ . ^_^
i
fM^
=¥^
s
->,—
■i J Nt
V -6-
w r-'^* ^
9^
- - ' I • ^
God is o'er us, From on high; His lov-ing tones are call-ing,
Him who pleadeth, From on high; Then naught from Him shall sever,
dear to love us, There on high; We'll give Him best en-deav-or,
from on high;
N ^ N N I ^!* — j-i II - ^ w_
*3!
-w -^ ^
$=t=^
J^-^
-N--N-
^m
-^^
-^fT^
?rrc
While sin is dark, appalling, 'Tis Je-sus gently calling. He is ni^h.
Our hope shall brighten ever, And faith shall fail us never, He is nigh.
And praise His name forever; His precious ones can never, never die.
He is nigh.
-A-A-
-A A a:
3i^X5
t=t=t
m — !• ^ ' '» 'im
-f-h — -I 1 — . I ■■ I 1—
-J-IA — A — A — A A — A
Kzt
-ii — 5^-V
P
CHORIIS
^ ',
ife
«=«=i=^=^
^^?^
-f^ — R — N-
E^^=iF
j^ , ^ . V — ■» — - — - - i5^— ■^- J5-
By and bv -we shall meet Him, Bv and liv we shall greet Him, And with
^ ^ 'I ^ ^ ^ 1^ ^ ^ "
-^-^-^-^
-*!" -«^ -^ir "*^ I^
Jesus reign in glory by and by; Jesus reign in glory by and by.
by and by ;
t_jfA_A.
•L5— y — y — J. — j^-^—/-
L^r-:
Used by per. of 1^ B B Paioiei, uvoer of Copynjiiit.
238
He Will Know Me.
"Whosoever therefore shall confess me before men, him will I confess also before my
Father which is in heaven."— Matt. 10 : 32.
J. L. G. and J. A. L. Cetnpanion to "I Sfiall Know Him." Jno. R. Bryant.
—- >> ^ .^^ '^ ^-| — ^ — N — ^ — r
~-i -I -mi — ^ — m> — LH— ^IB — H — ^ — « -m — ■• — -J
-♦- -♦- ^ ^ -♦- -♦•- -♦-
1. When this world's cares are over and I'm com-ing home to rest, When my
2. When my soul mounts in freedom to yon bright ce - les-tial shore, And en-
3. 0 how oft have I wandered from His ten-der, loving care, Seek-ing
4. 0 the sweet con - so - la - tion in life's journey here be - low. Is the
5. Thro' the streets in that cit - y I shall wear a robe of white. And I'll
Sav-iour bids me welcome o - ver there. He will know me, He'll take me to the
raptured sees the Saviour's kindly face; I shall bask in the sunshine of His
pleasure in this world's e - ter-nal night; But my soul He de-livered from the
hope that I have ev - er dear-ly prized; That the loved ones depart-ed in the
walk with Him throughout eternal day; I shall nev-er grow weary, but will
ones that I love best. For they've long been waiting in that land so fair,
love for ev - er-more. While I praise His name for all His wondrous grace,
fowl-er's cru - el snare. And re-stored it to a realm of brightest light,
f ut - ure I shall know. And by Je - sus, too, I shall be rec - og - nized.
praise Him with delight. All my tears and sor-rows will be cast a - way.
T'^r^ Mc A: 4K: ac mi «k p^ ^ '
^^i^r9-^ — W; — It— fc^ — bi^ k: — k^ — 1-* — i*- — * * — -!• !• — I* — .*
CHOKOS
I^^E&
He will know me, He will know me.When we meet in yon blessed glory-land;
glory-land;
s s
fe^
fe?
~^ — N-^ ^^ — N-i — I 1 P«i — Vi — I — N— ^ — ^^ 1 — I — i-i
i^s
y > / > > •
He will know me. He will know me, For I'm wash'd in the blood of the Lamb.
K He will know me, f*^
-£x Ar-,Ar-.^*-r|- I- _\Z_
tl^E^E^El^^feEE
-V— ^'-'-l
_l«_H*_pEZ^
\- U -J
J- J
m
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
J ^
239
THE SWEET BY AND BY.
S. F. Ben NET,
Jos. P. Webster.
1. There's a land that is fair - er than day, And by faith we can
2. We shall sing on that beau - ti - ful shore, The me - lo - di - ous
•?. To our boun - ti - ful Fa - ther a - bove, We will of - fer our
i:4r?:^^-
4-;^ — ^
:t==
J:
— *.— K-
=1 .. A-^-^-
3^2±E^;
1=1:
^i.§
-^■
=3^=^^:
:i=:?^=
:=^==:l^
:t=ii^:^
:a=js
==^
m
see it a - far, For the Fa - ther waits o - ver the way, To pre -
songs of the blest, And our spir - its shall sor - row no more, Not a
trib - ute of praise. For the glo - ri - ous gift of His love. And the
:fe=^
ji^b?-^
^:t=ta.:
igSziitz
£
"tn^-r-
■aJ-
?c^=^
-*=li--^
i
Refrain.
parens a dwell-ing place there. In the sweet by and by,
sigh for the blessing of rest.
blessings that hal-low our days. in the sweet . by and by,
^ R I
I -,>^ ^ _ ^^ ^«^*-^*-^-^^ '^
■::-5=5=^
♦— h»— ^--
t
-^-F
=rpi
1^ ^
■AI-. Ai
^zzlt^-^zrj^^jizrf^z^r
:2:
=^^
We shall meet on that beau-ti - ful shore, In the sweet
by and by, by and by,
.^...»- .^. jft. ^- -^. .^ -^.. -•_ .^- _^ -^,.
,^ — I [— — I 1 rr — I \ 1 c: i-^i ir-^^ — !*-
-t=f^
V-
tr-
-S-A--F
^£^=^=±^
-^—'^-
1^ l/
> bs
V t^
by and by. We shall meet on that beau - ti - ful shore.
_ by and by,
:t:
@
Ibj
f— ^=r=>— Mt=-=5^— F
'-V-~-
Ulta bj srraugement iritl> Oliver PitBon CompaD^,
240
I MUST TELL JESUS.
'Casting all your care upon him; for he careth for you." — I Peter 5: 7.
Rev. ELISHA A. HOtTMlN.
W
3^
— +-^ — h
^
«^-2M-:
■fr-^
TT^-^=^
1. I must tell Je - .sus all of my tri - als; I can-not bear those
2. I must tell Je - sus all of my troubles, He is a kind, com-
3. Tempted and tried, I need a great Saviour, One who can help my
4. Oh, how the world to e - vil al-luresmel Oh, how my heart is
-«— ^^— = K f» r fc^ . ^ ■ ^ k. (*-
fe
-fS?-^-- N-
— [7 > > > - I
burdens a - lone; In my distress He kindly will help me; He ev - er
passionate Friend; If I but ask Him,Hewillde-]iv - er, Make of my
burdens to bear; I musttell Je-sus, I must tell Je- sus; He all my
tempted to sin ! 1 musttell Je-sus and He will help me 0-verthe
CBtOKTS.
■9-\r-
-T-W • »-
i/ • /-
loves and cares for His own.
troubles quickly an end.
cares and sorrows will share,
world the vic-t'ry to win.
;/ > ^ I
I must tell Je - sus, I must tell
S
£
•ff ^g
-I
tK-t-H r-i i i <■
-Hfc- 'A
^^ •
f^H^
3^
^^
^?=f=
^^
-A^ ^A— Al-
Je -^sus, I can-not bear my burdens a- lone; I musttell
kf-f, 1 P H; -+= 1- U, -= 1 1 1^ Uj ' =^* •>-. 1^
^
•^ '^ ^
--^
^
^ s N
s > — ^ — i—
^i-i — I — ""^ — ^^
rr
r^ I
Je-sus, I must tell Je-sus; Je-sus can help me, Je-sus a - lone.
1^
SI
' ^ -' 'I 1 — Sr-!7-l7
Copyright, 1894, by The Hoffman Music Co. Used by per.
241
m. b. woliaus.
Duet. i
My Mother's Bible.
:5fc^^
CBABA Ok TRISAS.
3
I
^
1. There's a dear and precious book, Tho' its worn and faded now; Which re-
2. As she read the sto-ries o'er, Of those mighty men of old, Of
3. Then she read of Je -sus' love. As He blest the children dear, HdwBc
4. Well, those davsare past andgoue, But their mem'ry lingers still. And the
^ X ;■ ~j
m
i2±:s:
-^
^
iE^
^ ♦! ♦( ""♦I-
^
f
^
-♦• V-
-al S *>-
calls those happy days of long a - go; "When I stood at mother's knee,
Jos-eph and of Daniel and their trials; Of lit - tie Da-vid bold,
suffered, bled and died upon the tree; Of His heav-y load of care,
dear old Book each day has been my guide; And I seek ta do His will,
SS:
jznv
1 — ■ — I s 1 ^'^ c — ♦ — ^ ^ Pr«#-
With her hand upon my brow, And I heard her voice in gentle tones and low.
Who be-came a king at last; Of Sa-tan with Kis many wicked wiles.
Then she dried my flowing tears With her kisses as she said it was for me.
As my mother taught me then, And ever in my heart His words abide.
Bless-ed book, . . pre-cious book, . . On thy dear old tear-stained
Blessed book, precious book.
^f-rF^
^^
U 1/ I i/
:^
leaves I love to look; (love to look;) Thou art sweeter day by day,
m^^
^-^^i
:^
-?> — >
-X-
^^
oog>rigM. lan. ^ ciMdi* d. tums.
My Mother's Bible.
As I walk the narrow way That leads at last to that bright lioine above.
A-rA — A — A A ' A ^^— It ^ — A — A- - _N _N
-F=F-r=^
I
Jh.^ {hb^ — kk Ifc.-
■^^^ Si^ ^ ^- A A. I
lie— <A^ hk-
-y — b* -Y~
242
SAFE WITHIN THE VAIL.
J. M. Evans.
--ft-ik^ ^ A -At-^AI-A.1 A.I Al -Ah^Ah-^^— Al- -Ar^ A-- A- Al-H- Ai- -St S
_^_^ ] — _ 1 .^_ J__ ^ 1_:*_^
1. '"Land a - headlitsfruitsareTvavingO'erthe hills of fadeless greeu;
2. On-ward, bark! the cape I'm rounding; See the bless- ed wave their hands;
3. There, let go tlieanchor, rid ini; On this calm and sil-v'ry baj';
4. Now we're safe fromall teinpta-tiou; All the storms of life are past;
I
k — A^ -jA^-A-Ah — I — A-
1-3 — |-t-^:=;l hi IB^I f-i —
U-;A:£..A^-j£_jkir:jA- . :a_
u I N J ^ I ,
— 1^-- 1 — I— J — — i-i — I — i —
=F^F
m
^m
I* * ^^
And the liv - ing wa-ters lav-iiig Shores where heav'uly forms are seen.
Hear the harps of God resounding, P>om the bright im-mor-tal bands.
Seaward fast the tide is glid-ing, Shores in sun-light glide a - way.
Praise the Eock of our sal- va-tiou, We are safe at home at last.
-I* — ^-i->x — Hi- 1 1 1 — rTT-T 1
-A'-Ah 1 1 — —^--i^-s-l
^i — /?-
:^-r;-=t
-A-
T-
Chorus. IV ,
Kocksaudstorms I'll fear no more When on that e-ter-nal shore;
g:|_A-AH=^^A^4=^^=Ayt:i:^— gz:gqit:=h=:i==^z>:i|:}:=L:— I
— r— / r-^r-*^ ^ '-r^t^ '-F-F — '
-n — m — •-^«— •i-^-*-^ — «-! — ^<T^-H-ii IN — TV — I— J i ^ — i^=H'
1 \-\ — I It — H— I t-|-*rv-*-^ — I i--*iT-*-^ — ♦ — ^H — :?-
Drop the an- chor! Furl the sail!
■miT-mi
am safe Avith- in the vail.
vS — I 1 — l-A._Ai-A-A— A-l A-' -^-s— ^ — A-l-A^A^-i 1 1 — \-[—f — =-
P=-y^ -" -^— I u__p-_^_i-^--iA —
ra
243
DOWN IN THE LICENSED SALOON.
( An answer to "Where is my Wandering Boy To-night?")
"At the last it bitetb like a serpent, and stingeth like an adder." — Prov. 23: 32.
W. 4. W. W. A. WILLIAMS. By per.
_^_^_< ^.^ .— ^-P- ""•
Where is my wand'ring boy to-night? Down in the hcensed sa-loon.
§S
i
PS^M*^
p:=^-
-i* — 0 — y9 — !•-
y^— Lyk-HA-
■ — ^ — «< — ^ — « ♦! -^ -^ ^ -^— ?-h^ w ^ m w—-\
Down in a room all co - zy and bright, Filled v/ith the glare of
Learning new vie- es all the night long, Tempted to all that's
Lit - tie arms once were thrown round ray neck Look at him now, my
Brother, I guess you'd en-ter this fight, If it were your boy
JR. H«- -^ _^ -,* i^ i^ * :^ .(ft- ^aiL j«_ .|ft. -i«_
tf-y — ^ — c^- -^-
:t::
±:=t:
mp
Z9t=at
-it-M=1t=M='M=k±S=S=^i=^^
^
-*=*=*
^
ma - ny a light, Beau-ti-ful mu - sic the ear to delight, Down in the
sin-ful and wrong, List-en-ing to the har-lot's foul song, Down in the
poor heart will break! Think of that boy to-night a sad wreck, Down in the
down there to-night,Ruinedandwrecked by the drink appetite, Down in the
^'- ~^~ H^- -^-
'^ ' 1 i —
bik — lA — L«c
u/ u r
t
^sgH
CHORtlM "I
N — !-
3S
-A— -v-
=P
=S^*^
3^Eg
-♦I-
licensed sa - loon. There is my wand'ring boy to-night. There is my
-^ -(»- -^
wand'ring boy to-night,Down,down,down,down,Down in a licensed saloon?
pis
&
-)*- -I*- -^-
-m- ^
» !•■— I ?•
£
^
=??=?^
^;*i-i*-
-lA* lA •■
Copyright, 1892, by W. A. Williams. Fiom " Silvet Tones," a 36 cent Frohibition oong book published by W.
Williams, Warnock, 0,
244
Dr. Ray.
Floating Across.
" WIto givetlmongf: in the night." — Jon;?.") : 10.
s I ^ ^ I ^ s
R. M. McIntosh.
^ I I >
1. Floating a-cross .... from the oth-er side Cometh a mel - - o - dy
2. Tender and sweet ... is the mys-tic storm,. . . Far a-way ech - - oes of
3. In the deep si - lence comes floating o'er Far a-way ech - - oes, but
1. Floating across from the oth - ec side,
Com-eth a mel-
sweet and low, Over life's shad
E - den bright, . . . Sweetly it stil
faint and clear, .... Tones of re-joic
ow-y, rest-less tide, .... Down where the
leth the heart's deep pain, . . . Crowns the sad
ing from heaT'ns glad shore. . . Wel-com-ing
^pL-rpcTHi:
■^^
0 - dy sweet and low;
Over life's shad - 0 - y, rest-less tide,
S
bil - - low-y sur-ges roll List to the song of the an - gels
soul .... with its calm, clear light ....
songs. . . of our loVd ones there .... List to the song of the
J^4-A!
iisess
^SPj
.fijt^t-^
r^ ^ -I-- -I ( ^ ,
Down where the bil
t— I — r
- low - y sur-ges roll.
-N— ^-
iti:
i^-
d:
n>^ >>.3tii.. -fi^
_^-_;-
-t^-t-
■z£ihj-
♦I m ♦-
:^
sweet,. . . Drift-ing a - cross from the gold-en strand,. . . And the glad
an-gels sweet. Drifting across from the gold-en strand,
^
-ft— A.
-l«-^M«-i*-
-I* i» jg-
iri:
=^55^5^
^— i^-f-^f^^f-?-^
t=zt:
y I
i+s-^-N-r
mur - mur of waves that beat .... Up o'er the shores of the f air-er land.
And the glad mur-mur of waves that beat
Copyright, 1»02, by J. A. Let.
245
Deal Gently, Lord, With Me.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
Chas. M. Davis.
a
1^
1. Deal gen-tly, Lord, with me to-day, Lead Thou me on where I should go;
2. I want my hand with-in Thine own, My will be lost, O Lord in Thine;
3. When day is gone and night is here, And I have griefs I can-not bear;
4. And wlien I stand be-fore the throne. With all the nations gath-ered there;
mm-
- :::^-:t =q=±:F3==i:S
I^^5:t=
And may 1 nev - er go a-stray. But seek the more of Thee to know.
AndhaveThinearmsaroundmethrown, And may Thy praise ev - er be mine.
Then may I feel Thy presence near. And have Thee all my sor-rows share.
Then Thou wilt call me as Thine own. And have a robe for me to wear.
Lead me on, lead me on, Lead Thou
Lead me on, lead me on,
4^
:k> • ^
iigfcg
Xh.-' iA. — ^-
^^^
S-
&^
t=^-
-X-
-fi— b-fc ^ ^ H sr-
s-
ptI —
jFwf-^v-. g — -r -^
--^ S -N
-iSd
V\v\r\j ^ h^ h^ •^ ^
«
V '' ' l^' ^ . »- »- _ ^
.■<5^
^ •
<•■ •
_♦_
A
me, yes on and on,
Lead Thou me, yes on
and on.
Lead me on.
Lead
> •
me
-A-
1
on,
-A-
^^vr^ * r — r — ^
g T
N»
'Vi — T"
-1 —
-A
^^Yr-—"^— —
t^
=^=4=
•K
^^
Z^._
*r=i^-
-^-
-3-r
T-r-:*r— £ zi ^ »— ^7^1 "'-'
^m
lead me on. Lead me on. yes on and on.
lead me on, Lead me on, yes on and on.
-A-* -A- -■^ r^
^ei^S
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee,
246
Faithful, Ever Faithful.
E. E. Hewitt.
J. B. Herbert.
y.
^m^m
^--N-
T^^
-^--^
-K--h
3±^Eg:^t?^:
1. Faith-ful, ev - er faith-ful to the King's command, Faithful to the guid-ance
2. Faith-ful, ev - er faith-ful thro' His sav - ing pow'r, In the try-ing con-flict,
3. Faith-ful, ev - er faith-ful, boundless grace I seek; May His bless-ed Spir-it
4. Faith-ful, ev - er faith-ful to the task assigned; In the Master's serv-ice,
— V- — ^ — V — c — i—s-F—^^ — -^> s ^ I ^ ■ N — ^ — >
of His lov - ing hand. As His loy - al sol - dier may I brave-ly stand,
in temp-ta - tion's hour. Read - y for His bid-ding, in life's sun and show'r,
give the words I speak; Promptmy will to ac-tions, kind, for-giv-ing, meek,
sweet-est joy I'll find; For the com-ingharv-est, precious sheaves I'll find;
-^=i^
:r-
-f-
;b
"^
\j
m
Faith - ful to the Lord who died for me. Faith - ful, ev - er faith - ful,
1
tfjE^f^^
±*
i
^n-
^#^
i=t:
A
^-^-
i.-- N— ^-T
A.' A-; L A^T-AI AJ t-AI ^ J J ' ^^T 1"
faith-ful to the end. Then a crown of glo-ry, where e-ter-nal praises blend; 0
faithful, ev-er faithful, may I tru - ly be. Faithful to the Lord who died for me.
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
247
The Saviour Is With Me.
To my friend and brother, Rev. T. C. Ecton.
— •— •-_ — I — m-. — 5-1-^
Rev. J. A. Lee.
*- - tiz*!-
1. The Sav-iour's with me now to - day, He's guid-ing me a - long the way,
2.- 0 I find com-fort as I go To know He will His grace bestow;
3. The dark -est hour that comes to you, 'Tis He will come and guide you thro';
4. He's journeyed with the saiats these years, Driving away their doubts and fears;
m^.
i
jA ^OkZIIIjA-CiA ■ jA jA JA.-
>=^
-£:
:^tt
-^ ^
__,_-
4-lf^ — pj ^'^ — ^|— fe ^ — fs.
«>-_L^ ^ 1 ■-L-- H — « <»_
3^=^
He'll go with me thro' ev - 'ry clime. And furn-ish aid each try-ing time.
He is a lov - ing, ten-der friend. Who'll journey with me to the end.
A - mid the waves of troubled sea Or at the grave He'll be with thee.
And when they stand be-fore the throne. He will be there each one to own.
i;*^
S=f*
1^
1
-I — -^
CHORUS.
■^h^r^
-^kJ— aJ— -*»>- — ^
1 '/ I 1/ I
With me now to - day, = .
With me all the way;
With me all the
§teE=
m
-j — ?-^-?-
^
®E
<Si~
^=:1:
-nr
way,
With me now to - day.
[ J \ ^
Sav - iour. Friend and Guide, ........
Ev - er at my
Ipg^t
Ev
side,
er at my side
Sav - iour, Friend and Guide.
*-^-^
ii^i^S
Copyrigbt, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
J I ^-^l
248
One Of These Days.
Rev. J. A. Lee. Dedicated to mjr deceased friend and brother, John Bridges. CHAS. H^dGrABKIIL.
-^ %TT. 1 cn — N c : 1 1
J 'J ^J
1. One of these days our trou-bles will cease, C)ne of these days there'll
2. One of these days, and not ver - y long, One of these days we'll
3. One of these days from sin we'll be free, One of these days in
4. One of these davs our bod - ies will rise. One of these days no
.jL. .A- _A.. .A_ .A.. UL- •
§^^
:^^=5rT
*.— fit— -^— "-i — z^_ — *r
J
come bless-ed peace ; One of these days our sor-rows will end,
sing the new song ; One of these days our partings will end,
heav-en we'll be; One of these days no bur-dens or care,
tears in our eyes; One of these days from death we'll be free.
m
SE
'-^ — r — r
-A — ^ — i^-
p i+ s
p^
CHORl'S. I
nb^'it-*-
** ^ ' h A '*^
■* « J
k N k
■i it_l M 1 H
♦ ^ ^— ->
^ > ^ 1
-'5-fi«LJ5 — -; — 15—
^
of these days we'll meet our dear friends.
One
One
of these days our voic - es will blend. One of these davs it
One
of these davs we'll meeto ■= ver there.
One
of these davs with Je - sus,we'll be.
^^. a 1 —
.A_ _A.. ,A. _A_ .^- -A.. _ -A-
— t '^ r=^ O ^i^ ^- •-.. ^ i: ■ k 1
^.%^ ^
-k. k. ^
^ ^% ^
J J ^ ■^
! ; •*• J \^ J \' <J -
ff
1 A
Im m « , J 1
^.^=i
all will be o'er, One of these days, one of these davs, One of these
-A. -A. .^ _A- • .,.- _ ^- -A- ^^ '
O---.- j 1 " •—'—,-• it *- —
-> / / H
-^— ?-
m
^E^i
-- N-
:!5=-=^=!!=z±*=^:
^ -♦- A"
days, with Christ ev -cr-more, One of these clays, one of these days.
^%=i=
:k- k k-
V >-
Copyright, 19113, by J. A. Lee.
^ V J
249
O Tell of the Saviour.
Rev. J. A. Lke.
1. 0
2. 0
3. 0
4. 0
3:
tell
tell
tell
tell
:i-:4^--J:
^ ^ •• — •■
^^J
-^— -asl
-N-
the Saviour, His won - der ful love, Of His com - ing to
the Saviour, the life He did live, Of His walk - ing this
the Saviour, and what He did do, Of His help - ing the
the Saviour, and how He will come, Of His call - ing the
— I 1 I-' — ^ — I
• — « — w — « — I
9*te
earth in a man-ger to lie;
earth, and so oft - en a - lone;
wear - y and trou-bled each day;
dead from the grave and from sea;
N .N ^ ^
Of
Of
Of
Of
His leav - ing
His preach-ing
His com - fort
His tak - ing
the man-sion in
and pow - er a -
■ ing words and His
His chos - en to
heav - en a - bove. Of His treatment on earth and of how He
lone to for - give, Of His leav-ing this world and is now on
warn - ing ones too, Of His death that our sins may be washed all
heav-en, their home. Of Hia reign-ing with them thro' all e - ter •
did die.
the throne,
a - way.
ni - ty.
/-:^
-^ir^—^-. «J^ — K— ^
^^^^^^
_-; — <--i— • ' — -^ _ 1
Won - - der-fui Sav - iour ! Wonderful Saviour is He, ....
Wonderful, wonderful, wonderful Saviour! Wonderful, wonderful Saviour is He,
P
^ > ^ 1^ U
-T-^-^-
£
^|*-j*Itiit=k_|:£5lEV^.:
h «^— H H ^ — HI, <^ ! , I '—
]HF=^q=:
i^i
Won - - der - ful Sav - iour! He pardons and makes us free.
Wonderful, wonder-ful, wonderful Saviour!
y — y — L^ — ^ — ^ — |___y_L)A.^^A — IJ
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
250
J. A. L.
Are You in the Lord Abiding?
Rev. J. A. Lke.
1. Are you in the Lord a - bid
2. Are you in His grace still grow
3. Are you in His footsteps walk
4. Are you in His presence liv
ing ? Is He now your
ing ? As you're trav - - 'ling
ing? Have Him con - - stant
ing ? Just as if your
m^
-l-P HI 1 J 1 r-J 1 -Tl '-I 3 1 -zl 1 —I—
X^ \J 1j J <J ^ 1^ \J %>
1. Are you in the Lord a-bid-ing? in the Lord a-bid-ing?
■w-i^ u z^ j-
Is He DOff your sure re-
sure re - treat ? Are you all in Him con-fid
on and on ? While His love for you is flow
at your side, So that you can hear Bim talk
work was o'er ? Are you to oth-ers for - giv
r
ing
ing?
ing,
ing?
Ai-A_A-
'-Iv— b-* — T^ '. — ^— »-i~t—
treat? Is He your sure retreat ?
A^ A._Ai A-A^ A Ai A
Are you all in
U ^ J ^ ''J Z> V Z> \J
lira confid-ing? all in Him confiding 1
As you near the mer-cy - seat ? With my Lord . . . from day to
0 then seek to be made strong
And you can with Him a - bide
Growing like Him more and more With my Lord, my
Are you near the mercy-seat? yes, near the mercy-seat?
> > > > I ... . -J ^ "^ ^
day, Yes, with my Sav - iour all the way
Lord from day to day. With my Sav - iour all, yes all the way.
i3ta?=#^
^
Copyright, 19U2, by J. A. Lee.
251
Sweet Over There.
Rev. Gilbert Dobbs.
JoyfuUp. In march time.
Maestoso.
Rev. 21 : 23.
Frank L. Bris'^ow.
fe^£
k^T-
:^
-A— A \-
m
1. Sweet 0 - ver there, be-yond the storm, Be - yond the sur - ges' an -gry swell,
2. Sweet o - ver there, blest summer land, Where scented gales from E - den blow,
3. Sweet 0 - ver there, 0 heav'a my home, Unstained • by sin, un-vexed by care.
:J?!=TF^;-^-g:
». » — m' ■- l^»
m
-» s
S I S-. s * *
f
I _ I. ' ' '
Be - yond earth's low'ring tempest form, Be-yond the circ-ling waves of hell.
Sweet wa - ters lip thy flow -'ry strand.'Twill then be sweet to rest, I know.
No bane nor pain shall ev - er come To mar thy joys, my home so fair!
CHORCK.
Sweet 0 - ver there, .
0 land so fair,. .
Sweet o-ve/ there,.
Sweet 0 -ver there!
0 land so fair!. .
Sweet 0 - ver there ! .
Sweet over there, over there, over there, Sweet over there, over there, over there !
0 land so fair, land so fair, land so fair, 0 land so fair, land so fair, land so fair!
Sweet over there, over there, over there, Sweet over there, over there, over there !
^S
tt
F?
f^-
j z>
^:
g^^^— ^^
♦■ — m-
_x-^
^Zr-'tr^
'I'll an-chor o -ver there, o - ver there, I'll an-chor
i By the grace of God I'll meet you o - ver there, I'll meet you
f 0 bliss-f ul 0 - ver there, o - ver there, 0 bliss-f ul
\ By the grace of God I'll meet you o - ver there, I'll m««t you
r I'll soon be o - ver there, o - ver there, I'll soob be o- ver there!
\ By the grace of God I'll meet you o- ver there, I'll meet you o - ver there!
.iX±-
0 - ver there ! \
0 - ver there ! )
0 - ver there! \
0 - ver there! i
Copyright, 1902, by J, A. Lee
<, 252 I'll Soon Be Crossing the Stream.
Dedicated to my brother, R. M. Lee, who departed this life Dec. 23, 1901.
J. A. L. J. A. Lee.
r— I N N N-
F-8-
-G N-— -fV
^=r
— N N — --N-^j — A^ — Ai — ^
-^ — ^ ^ — L^ S
1. I soon and for - e'er shall be cross-ing the stream That sep - ar - ates
2. That stream is so nar - row I al - most can see The friends who have
3. 0 Je - sus is com - ing to meet me, I know, When friends here be-
^^E^m
loved ones from me ; The 'knovv-ing each oth - er is more than a dream, For
long since been gone, And still they are wait - ing and beck'ning for me, O'er
low say good-bye; Theheav-en - ly hosts will me greet when I go From
I I
r ■ S »
rg-— -N-AI — Ai 1 — ]•
wl—wl-
~s s
r* ■♦ :♦
'^ u u U u
ing and greet
sweet, 0 how sweet, it will be. 0 the meet
there with the glo - ri - fied throng.
earth to the Sav-iour on high. 0 the meeting and greeting of friends over
-A— A_A-i»-rA— '*'-.-*-'*-rA— ^— A— -*^— A .A— A— A-
\J D V
ing of friends o - ver there, Yes, the greet
there, the meeting and greeting of friends o-ver there, Yes, the greeting and
N N N
-V— ^*^^.aL-A'-^-A A.
_ ^ ^ ^ V ^ ^ ^1 m}
-P» — » — m — * *-F;^ d-
-^-
-3<k \^r
-y 5»-
^
-4*— I* 1«-
U L
ing and meet - - ing in heav - en so fair
meeting in heav-en so fair, the greeting and meeting in heaven so fair.
^^^=i^g^^
CopyiiKlit. 1902, by J. A. Lee.
• / >
253
Beholding the Cross.
"None otlwr name under heaven given among men whereby we nnist be saved."— Acts 4 : 12.
Rev. J. A. Lee. D. E. Dortch.
My sins were SO great that no tnngiip could tell, I felt that I sure - ly would
I looked up to Christ as my "All in All," I knew 'twas His Spir - it that
The world sometimes seems, 0 so dark and cold, Un - wor - thy I am of the
I want to es - teem Je-sus more and more. For He left that beau - ti - ful,
I know to the man-sions a - bove the skies, Some-day my glad spir - it shall
^ ^ ♦ ■*^- "'*■ ■!*■ '-'-" -^1 :^- ■» J ♦ ♦ -^^ ♦ ■*- -ks-
±z\:t^-z:^z=± — ^-Z2i^^zz^zz£ r-_|-L__^ — ^ — i ^—^-
ituzzt::
=^
sink in hell; My load was so great that I could not bear, I went to the
gave the call; I felt so un - wor - thy and al - way do. Still I will in
Shep-herd's fold; But He loves me still with an end -less love. And som3 day He'll
shin - ing shore. To suf - fer and die on the cru - el cross. That I might be
hith - er rise, To dwell with my Sav-iour for- ev - er there, Re-leased from all
^ -#- -h.- ^ ^ -N- -(*- -f- -■- -f-- -^- ^ I
'y ? 17 iT 'y
cross and I left it there. I am traet - - ing in my
Him trust to lead me thro',
take me to heav'n a - bove.
cleansed from all sin and dross.
sor - row, and pain, and care. I am trust-ing in my Sav-iour, I am
^ I LA, • L Li 1_
-\-^
=r=r-
U V
•y J '/ V — \ P — T~ ,
Sav - - iour, For He keeps me all the
trust-ing, day by day. For lie keeps me by His Spir - it, yes, He
k- k* >
And He gives me peace and
3s me all the way ; And He gives me peace and par - don in this
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
Beholding the Cross.
'^ '\^ '^ ''i^ '^ 'V ^ V J '-J J '^ W W f* f'
par - - don, As I trust. Him day by day.
b]ess-(!d r.ar-row way, As I trust Him day by day, as I trust Him day by day.
p£-p£=^=^=k-Pt_;ir *^
-y — y-
^—^^^
-A— A-
>--?—>-
-y—7-
*j±y-
r
254
There Is a Home In Heaven.
" [n /inii'dtktr's hoiixf. nil iiiaiiji iiKim^inn.^i." — .John 14: 2.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
^=^i
Rev. Elisha A. Hoffman.
«^ ^.H- feait ^^t •^'
1^
1. There is a home in heav'n a - bove Where all are free from sin and woe,
2. There is a land I long to know Where sin and death do not a-bound;
3. There'll be no part - ing o - ver there, When we have rfsch d that peace-ful shore;
-J-j,
-9- *) ^-
Whith-er, if \re our Sav-iour love When death o'ertakes us, we can go.
My tho'ts to friends up yon - der go, By grace I'll there some day be found.
But in that bet - ter land so fair We'll praise our Sav - iour ev - er-more.
^0
>< > I . ^ • ^
That home a- waits God's saints to-day Of ev - 'ry kin-dred, tribe, and ra^e;
^#^-=1=^=^
^r
^ J 'j-
E
-S*-
^
1^
:i
II
^ifci^-
— ^
5=^
Then come to Christ, the on - ly way; He'll save and keep you by His grace
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
255 The Story That Never Grows Old.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
"Glad tidiium of good things." — ROM. 10 : 15.
Chas. M. Davis.
1. The sto - ry that nev - er grows old, Tho' o - ver and o - ver it's told,
2. That sto -ry in sermon and song Has aid - ed the world all a - long,
3. 0 beau-ti-ful sto-ry so true That tells of the One to save youl
^^^^^^
i^^fe
"4^^^ — ^
^m
That sto-ry I love, 0 so dear, Brings Jesus our Lord ev - er near
When down to the a - ges it's told, It's helped both the young and the old;
Then make the sweet message more plain By tell - ing it o - ver a -gain;
^W
asiEe
.^_,-^_s_^
■ '^ ( . . -^____> . r — 1
That sto - ry that's always so sweet, Brings Je-sus to us more com-plete,
0 tell that sweet sto - ry a - gain. And make it to all the more plain,
Yes, tell of the cross where He died, And heav - en - ly gates o-pened wide,
::p
^ u >* I
What comfort to my wea-ry soul, When-ev-er that sto-ry is told
For sweet, 0 how sweet, it will be. When we our Re-deem-er can see
0 tell of His pow-er to save, Of our coming up from the grave
sto-ry is told.
-A- --*- -Ai.A- s s N I
^^faf ?— ^<t-hiA— ^<t— A— 'A^A. 'A. -A^ A-A-H 1 ' 1 i ! hA-T At
The sto-ry that never grows old, Tho' o - ver and o-ver its told;
That never grows old, and over it's told;
-^Jl ^ A_A*A A. -A.' .£._▲ -^^^
Copyright 1902, by J. A. Lee.
^ > b/
The Story That Never Grows Old.
--b-fc ^1 i^ — ^~l *^i — P>- — N"^ — '■ ^1 — K"
I love to repeat that sto-ry so sweet, The story that never grows old
never grows old.
-A- -A- -A- -A..-.A-A._A- -A- -A-vA. ». \ h
l^^i?;
=5=^^*=^
;^
256 It Makes a Heaven Down Here Below.
J. A. L.
'The Lord, had made thanJoyful."—EzRA.6: 22.
Rev. J. A. Lke.
— s~ — f»>
ii
l--=i=S=^?=t|6z^F^
> I
1. It makes a heav'n down here be - low, To walk with Christ as on I go;
2. 1 find heaven when with the Lord, Where I can hear His ho - ly word,
3. I have heav-en from day to day, When walk-ing in the nar - row way;
4. I have a heav'n thro' all the dark; For I'm in Christ who is the Ark;
5. I have a heav'n, I'm glad to tell, I trust in Christ and all is well;
6. 0, friend, that heav'n is free to all, Who will re -pent and on Him call;
ri:=g-=;-t^
With Him I'm hap - py a - ny -where. When I can talk to Him in pray'r.
And what I want you all to do, Is to love Christ who died for you.
In His ser - vice I now can find Great joy for an - y and all time.
It may be dark and lone - ly now, He'll make it right, I know, some-how.
I'll trust in Christ for ev - er - more. To take me to the oth - er shore.
Just look to Christ, God's on - ly Son, It is thro' Him the work is done.
_^ I ^S__fs 1
-ffjf-^^k^ AJ Al A' ^'
Some peo-ple wait for a heav'n to come. But I find one while traveling home;
v^ .▲. .▲. .▲. .▲-
^-*^A. — A — A: — A. A ^-Tl 1- ik-7-iA--A' A — A— -I hi i — J^
s^S
I
4
•«^g^
-» g
id-^-
J ^j ^ -I \ 1 )-- --
> I "^ I I
We can have heav'n as on we go. If we live right down here be - low.
-A^ -A- -A- -A-
g^^=i::^=:&|=i==t:=r— ♦-Tg:=y— r— ^rszzi^^^^:^:
A — A — A — lA— 1-yk — A — Ar-^-uks-k'Ar — ^ — ^ — ^^ -I \^ — ^-S"
I
Copyrieht. 1902, by J. A. Lee.
257
J. A. Lee.
Just a Little Sunshine.
"There is one glory of the sun. "—1 COR. 15 : 41.
Fkank L. Bristow.
— — -M-- *^- '-^-g^* P^i-g — "^H
1. Just a lit - tie sun-shine is what we need to-day, Ma - ny have the dark-
2. You can give the sunshine to those who round you live, Tell-ing them of Je-
3. You can give the sunshine from earnest hearts of love, Tell-ing of the man-
Organ.
5i
1- 1-
i^^iE^iE^
is
-j s-
^
_l ills '—^- .*J_! 1
ness a - long life's wea - ry way. You can give the sun - sbine by
sus, who's read - y to for - give. You can give the sun - shine that
sions in heav - en bright a - hove. You can give the sun - shine to
,&.=!
fe
i^t=,-lCT|:
what you do or say,
e'er will help a-long,
those who're weighed with sin,
-f n ^ ^— '
It will help your broth-er who has gone a-stray.
Do - ing right and shunn-ing ev'rything that's wrong
Praying to the Sav - iour to come and dwell within.
Efc
CHORU.S
0 the sun-shine, 0 the sun-shine! Showing ua the heav'nly way;
0 the sunshine, the sun-shine!
-^: -g- -g- -^: jgi t:^_^ w.-»^^_S-1^,:^ >- -g-
Ev -'ry day, ev - 'ry day!
l^
0 the sun-shine! 0 the sunshine!
0 the sunshine, the sun-shine!
-^
_^:i2-_?^^J
-^ -'
I I J
U 0 V
Copyright, 1900, by J. A. Lee.
Just a Little Sunshine.
I .-=:Rit.5=- A teoipo. ^
K— H 1-1 • — T"~^ — ^ P^ N-
You can give it as you do and say! You can give the sun-shine to
:^- — A — N- ■^— N-ii — F-N — ^ — s — N---1-
thosewho're weighed with sin, Praying to the Sav - iour to come to dwell with-in.
-hh — & — h- — ^^ — ^ — tr^t-r'*-^*^ — •■■
-!-■> > 1> 1^ >fc P^ — Li ^j 1
V <^
258
Land of the Morning.
Key, Gilbert I>obi:s.
Andanle relig^ioso.
Rcvdiifion, chaptir 2\.
Frank L. Bristow.
> i I ;/
1. 0 land of the morning, Thy glo - ries a - dorn-ing. The mansions su-
2. No night and no curs-es. No death and no hears-es Shall dark-en with
3. No tears and no sigh - ing, No fears and no cry - ing. All fore-bod - ing
per- nal, Where God ev - er reigns! Where throne lights are streaming, And
gloom, Nor thy gates, nor streets. No thirst-ing, nor fast - ing, But
hor - ror Of dar'u - ness e'er past. But there at His side. The
spir - its are beaming With bliss-es e - ter - nal, And sin nev - er stains!
joy ev - er - lasting, 'Mid iiow-ers a - bloom, And heav-en - ly sweets!
soul sat - is - fied. In the dawn of the mor-row Shall reach home at last.
_j_ — t^ ^ _u^ -_| _|„j
:rft::z=z=2z:bi3^;=t5=tlx:v:
.pk^nS
Copyright, 1901, by J. A. Lee.
259
I WANT TO BE A WORKER.
"Words and Music by I. Baltzell, by oer.
1. I want to
2. I want to
3. I want to
4. I want to
^ h h
-Ai— Al— Al—
be a\vork-er for the Lord, I want to love and trust His ho-ly
be a work-er ev - 'ry day, I want to lead the err-ing in the
be a worker strong and brave, I want to trust in Jesus'pow'r to
be aworker,help,me,Lord,To lead the lost and erring to thy
— I 1 1 1 —
^ ]^-^-^-^-^-i^-^-
_^_^(«_
^'^W-
-A y F A.
i^
i^r
J— n
■^^
r
E
^^^
JM!L
word, I want to sing and pray, be bus - y ev - 'ry day, In the
way That leads to heav'n a-bove, where all is peace and love. In the
save. All who will tru - lycome,^hall find a hap -py home, In the
word, Thatpointsto joys on high, where pleasures nev-er die, In the
vineyard of the Lord,
kingdom of the Lord,
kingdom of the Lord,
kingdom of the Lord.
will work.
I will pray,
In the
will work and pray, I will work and pray.
vine • yard, in the vine -yard of the Lord, ( of the Lord,) I will
. — r
work, I will prav, T will
bor ev - 'ry day In the vine-yard of the Lord.
->&.— A-- A-T-i ! A-T-A h 1 1
260
Do Good.
Rev. J. A Lke.
Jno. R. Bryant.
1. I'll try to do good in the world while I live, For much has been
2. There's work on the sea and there's work on the land For us in the
3. O work for the night is approaching so fast, Yes, toil for the
:p
Uezzjc
^.^
.jA |A ,A-
V — u-
\J \J J if ^
S
-N-i
N-:*^
— N es — ^ P f
IT
^^^^-
done by the Lord for me, Free grace to us all He will
home and for those a - way, O yes, there's much to be done
Mas - ter and do your best, For life will soon end, and we'll
!_2zi2iz?:
=?=
cer-tain- ly give,
near at hand.
lie down at last,
Then let us be work-ing, dear Lord, for Thee.
Be - fore the night cometh, and still it's day.
And then we'll go home to praise Him and rest.
iz^^ETg
g=i^i 7^V-
±
p—>-
CHORIS
Do good, do good. Do good while you live in this world below ;
Do good, do good.
9^^?=^
■•**%.
t= 1- b
m m '^ 'm ^ ^
.=2ik
-J J J V J J
=fc^
-+aJ-
^IL! "i:
-a.^Al
3=5:
^^P^?
Do good, do
Do good,
go®d, Do good for the Master while on you go.
do good,
^-fc^-fc.^ — k. — hi.— h. — k^ — m — « — *— H*
CopTright, 1902, by J. A. L«e.
V — W — ^ — ^-
y J
1
261
In the Land Beyond the River.
E. E. Hewitt.
Rev. 22 : 1, J,
c. M. Davis.
1. In the laud be-yond the riv - er, " Home, ^^^'•et home;" by faith I see;
2. Ma-ny loved ones there are singing, Swell-ing love's en-rapt-ured song;
3. Close to Je - sus, He'll con-duct me To that home so bright and fair;
4. Christ with- in, the hope of glo - ry. This thro' life shall com fort bring;
. 1 g^g—i 4r. ml, __*f ;
RiL^zz!;:
There to be with Christ for - ev - er, Bless-ed hope ! it shines for me.
Joy- bells in my heart are ring - ing, I shall join that white-robed throng.
He will strengthen, cleanse, instruct me, Keep me in His ho - ly care.
" Saved by grace," my grate-ful sto - ry, When my eyes be-hold the King.
In the land be-yond the riv - - - er,
Land be-yond the riv - er, Land be-yond the riv - er,
,s ; , ; ;
-A' — a' A^ ^— * ^ —Jk .Ac — A: -
Since His love shall fail me nev - - er.
Love shall fail me nev - er. Love shall fail ma nev - er,
^^
■^ — «-
:l ^
A: A-
-A— A— A —
:> — > — U_e-
r ^.^.
-J— .^V
I shall dwell with Him for - ev - - er, In the
Dwell with Him for-ev - er, Dwell with Him for-ev - er.
Ccrjright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
In the Land Beyond the River.
Beau-ti ful home,
beau-ti-ful home,
262 O Come to the Fountain of Life.
"I will give unto him that is atlurst of tliefuantniii of the miter of life freely."— Rkv. 21 : 6.
E. E. Hewitt. R. M. McIntosh.
1. 0 come to the fount -ain of life, A - bun-dant - ly flow-ing for thee;
2. This fount-ain of bless - ing un - told, StrMiiis forth from the cleft in the rock;
3. This won - der- ful fount - ain will make The \v',\ - der-ness bloom as the rose;
4. 0 come to the fount -ain to - day, Constrained bv love's welcoming voice;
z>-i—w—v — -^r-m—^ — •i-^^a" zt — ■
Come, wea - ry of sin and its strife. And take of its wa - ter so free.
And there is the Shepherd's safe fold, There, safe - ly re - pos - es His flock.
Come, now of its ful - ness par - take, Sal - va - tion which Je - sus be - stows.
Its riv - ers shall glad-den thy wav; Thv heart in the Lord shall re - joice.
t:
>• — *-^-W-
■l£s-i-J
KEFRAI>'.
P^
;e^
I ■■ — ^ 0 ■i~r*' ' ■ ' — V — ' I —
0 come to the fount-ain, 0 come to the fount-ain to - day;
0 come, 0 come, to-day;
m-
come, 0
O come,
-I*- -<*-
^i:
a=5t:
come, 0 come to
0 come.
the fount-ain to - day.
-A A
Cifyright 1902. hy J. K Lee.
263
My Jesus, I Love Thee.
me, keep my commandments. " — John 14:15
A. J. GORDAN.
1. My Je - sus, I love
2. I love Thee, be - cause
3. I'll love Thee in life,
4. In man - sions of glo ■
Thee, I know Thou art mine; For Thee all the
Thou hast first lov - ed me, And purchased my
I will love Thee in death. And praise Thee as
ry and end - less de - light, I'll ev - er a-
fol
par
long
dore
■ lies of sin
• don on Cal - va
as Thou lend - eth
Thee in heav - en
re - sign; My gra - cious Re - deem - er,
ry's tree; I love Thee for wear - ing
me breath; And say when the death - dew
so bright; I'll sing with the glit - ter -
my
the
lies
ing
i!^
s^
-<9- ■■ ~ -^S*
I I
Sav - iour art Thou;
thorns on Thy brow;
cold on my brow;
crown on my brow;
^p^S
If ev - er I loved Thee, my Je - sus, 'tis now.
:P^
t-
!■ I I j
^^^^
i
t-T-^l--
264
What Hast Thou Done For Me?
1 I gave my life for thee, .
My precious blood I shed
That thou niight'st lansomed be,
And quickened from the dead.
II : I gave, I gave my life for thee,:
What hast thou given for me ?
2 My Father's house of light,
My glory-circled throne
I left, for earthly night.
For wandevlnus s^ad and lone,
II :1 left, I left it all f..r thee,:||
Hast thou lelt anght for me?
Key C.
3 I suffered much for thee,
More than thy tongue can tell,
Of bitterest agony,
To rescue thee from hell ;
II -.I've borne, I've borne it all for thes
What hast thou borne for me?
4 And I have brought to thee
Down from my home above,
Salvation full and free,
I\Iy pardon and my love ;
||:1 bring, I bring rich gifts to tliee,:
Wliai iiast thon bronght to me?
— /'. R. Havagal.
265
^A/'e'll Work Till Jesus Comes.
I)K MlI.I.FK.
1. 0 land of rest for thee I sigh; When will the moment come When I shall lay my
2. No tranquil joys on earth I know, No peaceful, sheltVing dome, This world's a wilder-
3. To Je-sus Christ I fled for rest; He bade me cease to roam, And lean for succor
^jifeife
=t=:JE
:[=^
■I iM h
-b£i-=-
■^— i^— yk— ^
eE?
CHORl'S.
> • ■ »v ■ •
ar - mor by. And dwell in peace at home ? We'll work till Jesus comes, We'll work
ness of woe, Thia world is not my home,
on His breast, And He't3conduct me home. We'll work We'll work
r*i -A- -A- _!*: I I. .
r:
It
— r-^-f
-I =^
m
gi^
^=^H=
-^ — 1-
*■ — ♦ — ♦ — <r- -g-i- ■»-r'^— ^g—y^
:=t:
"^""5 — :k — ^ ' — TV" ; —
till Je-sus comes,We'll work till Je-sus comes, And we'll be gathered home.
We'll work
266
J. A. L.
±^-
ril Be With My Saviour.
Rev. J. A. Lee.
J S S > S '
■^T-
i^z^lsBz^-::*:
I'll be with my Saviour* o - ver there, I be with my Saviour* I know;
over there, I know;
-^- ^
_^^^^
1^"=^*-
:^^^
I'll be with my Saviour* o - ver there. When I leave this world be-low.
over there.
'4
-/-^
Copyright, 1902, by J. A. Lee.
* Substitute the word father, mother, sister, brother, neighbor. Christians, etc.
267 THO
F.J. Crosby.
Duet. Oently.
W 3-=-#-i-^-i-,&.
YOUR SINS BE AS SCARLET.
W. H. DoANK, by per.
i."Tho' your sins be as scar- let,They shall be as white as snow; as snow;
2. Hear the voice that en-treats you, Oh, re - turn ye un - to God! to God!
3. He'll for-give your transgressions,And re-member them no more;no more;
-K- -,<©■- -K- -lO-
ggg^Eg^iS
-A*?tr-
-^
Quartet.
\^ ^
i^=^
F==F:
:|=
:t
H^4
:M^
- -♦- -♦-
Tho' they be red,(tho' they be red,) like crim-son. They shall be as wool;"
Jie is of great, (He is of great) com-pas - sion. And of won-drouslove;
"Look un - to Me, (look un - to Me,) ye peo - ple,"Saith the Lord your God;
"Tho' your sins
Hear the voice
He'll for
Jive
be as scar- let, Tho' your sins
that en-treats you. Hear the voice
your transgressions. He'll for -give
be as scar - let,
that en-treats you,
your transgressions,
. 3 . .
They shall be as white as snow. They shall be
Oh, re- turn ye un- to God! Oh, re - turn
And re - mem-ber them no more, And re - mem
^
fc*;
k— ▲ A-5 — ▲
-^-'
Cop;rij^t. 1887, bj W. H. Doue.
I
as white as snow."
ye un - to God.
ber them no more.
f-
268 Take Me as I Am.
1 Jesus, my Lord, to Thee I cry.
Unless Thou help me I must die ;
Oh, bring Thy free salvation nigh,
A nd take me as I am !
Refrain.
Take me as I am,
Take me as I am ;
Oh, bring Thy salvation
And take me as I «"^ '
li^rh,
2 Helpless I am, and full of guilt,
But yet for me Thy blood was spilt,
And Thou cans't make me what Thou wilt,
And take me as I am !
3 I thirst, I long to know Thy love,
Thj' full salvation I would prove;
But since to Thee I can not move,
Oh, take me as I am !
4 If Thou hast work for me to do.
Inspire my will, my heart renew.
And work both in and by me, too,
But take me as I am !
269
My Saviour, As Thou Wilt.
Jane Borthwick. Tr.
jew]:tt.
C. M. \'ON Weber.
I I "J
1. My Sav-iour, as Thou wilt- -0 may Thy will be mine! In - to Thy hand of love
2. My Sav-iour, as Thou wilt- Tho' soen thro' many a tear, Let not my star of hope
i?. My Sav-iour, as Thou wilt -All shall be well forme; Each changing future scene
I would my all re - sign.
Grow dim or dis - ap - pear;
I glad • ly trust with Thee;
Thro' sor - row or thro' joy, Con-duct me
Since Thou on earth hast wept. And sor-rowed
Straight to my home a - bove I trav - el
^ C - - ' -- '^-
as Thine own. And help me still to say, My Lord, Thy will be done !
oft a - lone. If I must weep with Thee, My Lord, Thy will be done !
calm - ly on. And sing in life or death. My Lord, Thy will be done !
zpe-. 4«- -m-
-t-
t:
9^^u
^Eiztz^i
:^~-\-
it
-i9 — m—
-^-
270 ThePromisedLand.
Old Tune. Key Eb.
1 I have a Father in the promised laud,
1 have a Father in the promised land;
My Father calls me, I must go
To meet Him in the promised land.
Chorus.
I'll aw.iy, I'll away to the promised land,
I'll away, I'll away to the promised land ;
My Father calls me, I must go
To meet Ilim in the promised land.
:i I have a Saviour in the promised land,
I have a Saviour in the promised land ;
My Saviour calls me, I must go
To meet Him in the promised land.— Cho.
;; I have a crown in the promised laud,
I have a crowu in the promised laud ;
VVhen Jesus calls me, I must go
To wear it in the promised land.— CTo.
■i I hope to meet J'OTi in the promised land,
I hope to meet you in the promised land ;
At Jesus' feet, a joyous band,
We'll praise Him in the promised laud. Cho.
271 Rest for the Weary.
1 In the Christian's home in glory,
There remains a land of rest ;
There the Saviour's gone before me,
To fulfill my soul's request-
Choeus.
There is rest for the weary.
There is rest for the weary.
There is rest for the weary,
There is rest for you.
On the other side of Jordan,
In the sweet fields of Eden,
Where the tree of life is blooming,
There is rest for you.
2 He is fitting up my mansion.
Which eternally shall stand.
For my stay shall not be transient
In that holy, happy laud.— C'/to.
3 Pain nor sickness ne'er shall enter,
Grief nor woe my lot shall share;
But in that celestial center,
1 a crown of life shall wear.— CAo.
272 JESUS, I MY CROSS HAVE TAKEN.
Henby Feancis Lyte.
*M. H.
510.
B. H.
455.
P. H.
317.
mm
From W. A.
-N — I U
MOZAET.
1. Je - sus, I my cross have tak - en, All to leave, and fol- low Tliee;
2. Let the world de-spise and leave me; They have left my Sav-iour too:
3. Go, then,earth-ly fame and treasure; Come dis - as - ter, scorn. and pain;
4. Man may trouble and dis-tress me, 'Twill but drive me to Thy breast 5-
5. Soul, then know thy fall sal - va - tion ; Rise o er sin, and fear, and care;
6. Haste thee on from grace to glo - ry, Armed by faith, and wing'd by pray'r;
Na - ked, poor, de-spised, for - sak-en, Thou, from hence, my all shalt be.
Hu-ma!i hearts and looks deceive me — Thou art not, like them, un-true ;
In Thyserv-ice pain is pleasure; With Thy fa - vor loss is gain.
Life with tri - als hard may press me ; Heav'n will bring me sweeter rest.
Joy to find in ev - 'ry sta-tion Something still to do or bear.
Heav'n's e - ter - nal days be-fore thee, God's own hand shall guide thee there.
J -1 ■■■■rJL::
^m
ic
^^
Sc
-> 14 ii> i r • u — A^
"-t-
I I
U i I
D.S. — Yethowrich is my con-di - tion! God and heav'n are still my own.
D.S. — Foesmayhate,and friends disown me; Show Thy face, and all is bright.
D.S. — Stormsmayhowl,and clouds may gather; All must work for good to me.
D.S. — O 'twere not in joy to charm me, Were that joy un - mixed with Thee I
D.S. — Think that Jesus died to win thee: Child of heav'n, canst thou re-pine?
D.S. — Hope shall change to glad fru-i - tion, Faith to sight, and pray'r to praise.
t—i N—l -1-r— I s ^ , .. I 1^— I 1 . I h—i^-^
Per - ish, ev - 'ry fond am -bi- tion, All I've sought, or hoped, or known;
And while Thou shalt smile upon me, God of wis-dom, love, and might,
I have called Thee, Ab-ba, Fa-ther, I have set my heart on Thee:
O 'tis not in grief to harm me, While Thy love is left to me !
Think what Spir-it dwells within thee ; Think what Father's smiles are thine ;
Soon shall close thy earth-ly mis-sion. Soon shall pass thy pil - grim days ;
K I
273 My Days are Gliding
1 My days are gliding swiftly by,
And I, a pilgrim stranger.
Would not detain them as- they fly
Those hours of toil and danger.
Refrain.
For oh I we stand on Jordan's strand
Our friends are passing over.
And just before the Shining Shore,
We may almost discover.
2 AVe'U gird our loins, my brethren dear,
Our distant home discerning;
Our absent Lord has left us word,
Let every lamp be burning.
3 Should coming days be cold and dark,
We need not cease our singiug :
That perfect rest naught can molest,
Where golden harps are ringing.
274 Faith in Jesus.
1 "lis our faith in Jesu.s brings the promise
near,
'Tis the love of Jesus conquers every fear,
'Tis the voice of Jesus warns us every day.
'Tis the blood of Jesus takes our sins away.
Chorus.
Jesus in our trials, Jesus in our cares.
Jesus in our praises. Jesus in our prayers,
Jesus in our sorrows, Jesus in oxir song,
O 'tis always Jesus all the waj' along.
2 'Tis our faith in Jesus makes us bold and
brave.
'Tis our hopeiu Jesuslooks beyond the grave,
'Tis the smile of Jesus makes the cloud.s
depart,
'Tis the eye of Jesus reaches every heart.
:^ 'Tis the ear of Jesus bending from the sky,
'Tis the car of Josus hears the mourner's cry.
In the arms of Jesus sweetly we repose,
From the side of Jesus living waters flow.
275 NOTHINS BUT THE BLOOD OF JESUS.
K. L.
Music by U. LowKir.
Chorus.
. ( Whatciiuwashawaymysiu? Nothing butthe blood of Jesus; J'
■ { What can make me whole aguiu ?Nothiiig but the blood of Jesus ; j
^ ^ ^ ^ -^ -l^-^'g- ' '
•SA_Ai^_.;A._t::_rts_|A.:jiiZL^_A_:A._;A_iA:
Oh.preGious is the flow
-Ai-^-
S-PAi-A|--Ai- .
3
That makes me white as snow ; No oth-er fount I know, Nothing but the blood of Je-sns.
-:gili=l=i:^q^ti=t:
F^ptpzip
t^t:
1;*=t^=i^
^iia
2 For my pardon this I see-
Nothing but tlie blood of Jesus ;
For my Cleansing, this my plea,—
Nothing but the blood of Jesus.— C/io.
8 Nothing can for sin atone,
Notiiing but the blood o! Jesus;
r
Naught of good that I have done,
Nothing but the blood of Jesus.— Cfto.
4 This is all my hope and peace-
Nothing l)nt the l>lood of Josus;
This is all ray righteousness—
Nothing but the blood ol Jesus.— <9kOb
276
SAU.i.H F
NEARER, MY GOD, TO THEE.
Adams. (BETHANY. 6, 4.)
Lowell Mason.
-A! 22d-
— i-^s- __ ^ _ ^
-^ -'^-^g-. - — - '-J- c- -.^ -^
Near-er, my God,to Thee,Near-er to Thee; E'en tho' it be a cross
Tho' like a wan - der-er, The sun gone down, Darkness be o - ver me,
There let the way appear Steps un -to heaven; .'Ml that Thou sendest me,
Then with my waking tho'ts, Bright vvitli Thy praise,Out of my sto-ny griefs.
Or if ou joyful wing, Cleaving the sky, Sun, moon and stars forgot.
ia
^
p^
-f*^/^-
-P^— K-l^-
Fixe.
-P-
t;
-A-
:fe=r;
^?5_
That rais - eth
My rest a
In mer - cy
Beth - el I'll
Up - ward I
me,
stone,
giv'n;
raise;
fly.
ki • \^ — wk-
:^«E=^
r-r
Still all my songs shall be-
Yet in my dreams I'd be
An -gels to beck-on me
So by my woes to be
Still all my songs shall be
D. s. Near-er, my God, to Thee!
I \ D.S.
^
Prr-
^-
-25i— il^S?-
Nearer, my God, to Thee I
Nearer, my God, to Thee !
Nearer, my God, to Thee !
Nearer, my God, to Thee !
Nearer, my God, to Thee !
Near - er to Thee!
Ditd kj trtngcatnl with 0. OlMos O*., fwawt •< M|gf>i|kt.
277 Triumphs of Our God.
Dedicated to missionaries everywhere.
" I will slug unto the Lord, for he hath triumphed gloriously.'
Rev. J. A. Lee.
/
-Exodus 1.5: 1.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
^-^
1. The triumphs of our God are ev-'ry-where to-day, The glorious news is borne o'er
2. The glorious triumphs of our great and mighty King Have been the long expected
3. For greater triumphs of our might-y God a-bove, Let all our Christian peo-ple
4. The triumphs of our God are ev-'ry-where to-day, Awake! awake! ye sleeping
-M- -?* _ — ^ .^ — ^ J,
-1 1^^-* .1
land and sea. Of na-tions who de-sire to know the on - ly way, That they with
looked for day. Let heav'n a-bove and all of earth re-joice to sing Of our Re-
give and pray, From hearts that now o'erflow with gratitude and love, Un - til all
Church, be true. The Ho - ly Spirit's pow'r has now the right of way. Awake! pray
Je - sus may in heav-en be.
deem-er who now holdeth sway,
of the world may know the way.
tell us now what will vou do?
The triumphs of our might-y God are ev-'ry-
il
The triumphs of
1^ ^ ^
^ s> ^ ^
our might - y
God are ev-'ry-where.
His truth is ev - er-more pre - vail - ing, In an-swer
to our earnest faith and fervent pray'r, Be-hold! the gospel ships are sailing.
to our earn - est faith and fervent pray'r,
Copyright, 1902, by J. 1. Lee.
P J
278 Repent To-day.
" Except ye repent ye shall all likewise perish.
Arr. bv L. A. J.
-Luke 13: 3.
Ohas. H. Gabriel.
m — ^ — ^ l^^-i — 9'
— I — w-
-♦- ^
1. Re-pent to-day! to-morrow's ris - ing sun May see thee in the
2. Re-pent to-day! So long thy stubborn will Has ris- en in re-
3. Re-pent to-day! Still stands thy bless-ed Lord, And bids thee yield to
4. Re-pent to-day! Thou canst not tell theglo-ry That waits thee in that
^1 1— r: Wc J^ ^-| f^ 1 ri ^ r I 1
cold em-brace of death, Soon shall thy brief, un - cer-tain course be run,
bel-lion 'gainst thy God — Why wilt thou grieve and wound thy Master still.
Him a lov - ing heart, 0 trust Him and be-lieve His promised word,
hap - py home a - bove, But an-gels strike their harps and tell the sto - ry
»— /
=Ll — u^— fczz*:
\j
-(S=^A-
-y-
<'IIORlIS.
E5=-
n^
This present hour may see thy lat - est breath. Re-pent,
He the Cre - a - tor, and thy - self a clod ?
Nor lon-ger from His presence dwell a - part.
Of joy that bless the soul redeemed by love. Re-pent to-day,
-«>-.
pent, To - mor-row's sun may nev - er rise, Be-fore the
re-pent to - day,
m — ^
'- ^ — IS — ^--3^-i-f-'^~f'
♦-
spir - it strives again with thee, E - ter-ni - ty may greet thy waking eyjs.
2^:
1^ !^ U 1^
Copyright, 1902, by J, A. Lee.
279 Seeking the Lost.
" For the Son of man is come to seek and to save that which was lost."— Luke ]9 • 10.
J. A. Lee. Chas. Edw. Pollock.
Tenderly. ^-^
-N K— N 1 ^ — y, — N — h- _ . N ! N ^
-^-
S?i2Z
fc«:i:W5Z3E
^^-
-ai ai^-ar
T
-♦- ! -♦-
1. Seek-ing the lost, He is seek-ing to - day, Want-ing those back who have
2. Dy - ing for you, yes, dy - ing for me. See, yes, be - hold Him just
3. Pray-ing, my broth - er, yes, praying for you, Al - ways He's seek - ing so
EhzES:
E
^
*r^^-=^±3=a^?^^3
fY^^r-'V^^^
wandered a - way ; Wan-der - ing ones who are out in the cold. When will you
now on the tree ! Filled with an an-guish no tongue can e'er tell. All this to
ear-nest and true ; Pleading, His spir - it is plead-ing just now. Come to the
\-
■A ^
V -ir — y
• V
CHMRUS.
I 1/ U 1/
come to the dear Shepherd's fold ? Seeking the lost He is seeking to - day,
save a lost world from dark hell.
cross, yes, come humbly and bow. Seeking the lost,
i?- I -, ^ • / > .
Seeking His sheep .... that have gone a - stray ; Up in His arms and
Seeking His sheep, _ Up in His arms.
safe from the cold. He ten-der-ly bears them back to the fold.
ten -der-ly bears
-^ IN -^
'^m
2=;^=>=>=Lji^
^^
t=3^
^
I* m — y
'^ J J-
Copyright. 1902, by J. A. Lee, Covington, K> .
f^^1-^-°
280
HIGHER GROUND.
Rkv. Johnston Oatman, Jr.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
::1!5=::a
—N 1 H^ Pi c^ -PS-^-
.^ -^
1. I'm pressing on the upward way, New heights I'm gaining ev-'ry day ;
2. My heart has no de-sire to stay Where doubts arise and fears dismay ;
3. I want to live a-bove the world, Tho' Satan's darts at me are hurl'd ;
4. I want to ^cale the utmost height, And catch a gleam of glo - ry bright ;
-•s— • l-L^_--» » ^_L"_^ — ■ m "_L^___J — » \^^ — l-T--*
Still praying as I onward bound, " Lord, plant my feet on high-er ground."
Tho' some may dwell where these a- bound, My pray'r, my aim is high-er ground.
For faith has caught the joyful sound. The song of saints on higher ground.
But still I'll pray till heav'n I've found, "Lord, lead me on to high-er ground."
§5fcS
^^^=^
Titi
S^SES:?
-c^-
Ar--
]^ i'A ' iA-
iifeg
Lord, lift me up and let me stand, By faith, on heaven's ta-ble-land ;
N }s -^ -40- • -m- -40- -f^ -m-'
^= — !-r — b-. 1 Pr h— t^ m—T-
^=^=^t
m
-V-l^
u u t
^ ^ ». ».
^-— N-ari
A higher plane than I have found, Lord, plant my feet on high-er ground.
§5feS
m
't^ • — ^
-^ r» i-*-!^
p
Copyright, 1898, by J, Howard Entwisle. Used by per.
281 We Shall Lay the Armor Down.
J. A. L.
iz±z^r^:z:«=zb:q=:^z=q=
->, — S
.:i:z:«t
J«5--^— V
g-s
-«j— -N-
J. A. Lee.
1. We shall lay the ar-mor down, And re-ceive a fadeless crown, Some sweet
2. Our dear Lord will some day come And will take His children home,
3. Heav-en's beau-ties will un-fold, As we walk the streets of gold,
4. Yes, our Lord will claim His own, When He sits up - on His throne, ■
,N ^ ^ ^ N ■
m^
XL/
day, some sweet day; Then we'll be among that throng. And we'll
beautiful day, hap-py day; When we see Him in the skies, Then the
We shall meet our loved ones there,When we
There the saved are on His right. And there'll
-,♦ ,♦ ♦-♦- -^-'-^--^ ■ ^
IfcHA-lA-^ ( — ±2 — •■
j^>_>_>-
■^:»--
g&&*j
--N-
-y— 5— ,^-f '
-Jtc^
£3^
>
-♦- . -♦- -^
*— *■
-y— y-
S
ig^
sing the new, new song. Some sweet day,
dead will all a - rise,
reach that home so fair, beau-ti - ful day,
come to them no night,
S S \ \ 3
some sweet day.
m-»-J'
-y— jy--
.^y=?_^>_
hap-py day.
■X-fc--
CIIORIKS.
z\r=t
S^ j; -♦..♦--♦-.-♦--♦-.-♦--♦-♦-.
ss
Some sweet day, some sweet day, There the saved from ev'ry nation
beauti-ful day, hap-py day.
^t^^
-^->-^-
•s-fc-±^^-
.t^^-
-y— y
fcvli
-♦-.-♦- ♦■.♦--♦-.-♦--♦--♦- >.i^ ^1
Praise the God of their sal-vation. Some sweet day, some sweet day.
beautiful day, hap-py day.
9trt^=t^iFt::^=t:=t=t:
■v ^ ly 'j 'V
<^ <J ^ J ^
Copyright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
■J^ ^
-A-^-- yk-A-
;»^=t
._y._-_j*.-33
282
J. A. L.
Can We Count on You?
i
-^ — N — K-:
jL-c
f^-i-
J. A. Lee.
-N K-
^
1. In the preach-ing and the pleading, Can we count,
2. In the pray - ing and the talking,
3. In the lov - ing and for-giv - ing,
4. In the stand - ing for the right, Can we count,
i I C £ Tk..
0 say.
wm^^
*
:=t
i
:^
--S s-
can we count on you?
-A, a; t- a* — A.^
In the teach-ing and the lead-ing.
In the sing - ing and the walk-ing,
In the do - ing and the giv-ing,
count on you ? In the • thick - est of the fight,
Can we count, 0 say, can we count on you ? Can we count.
Can we count. Can we count,
53=
■— ^-
l^
^=:t=t
n # 1^
1 «1
1 k N^
/ ff j
1 ^ 1^ ' m
^^
-^. ^-i
w — ^
on
on
you? Will you e'er be
you, on you ? Will you e'er be
.(ft- -^ ^ft- -^'-^- -0- -^
true ? Can we
rue, be true? '
-r -r -^-
C\'^ 'a
1 r i 1
'a 'a '^
^••t 1
M ^ lA ^
N* L^ ■ L^ L^ L^
N*
^ ^ r
11 ■ "^
1 1 1 i^
L-i i i
1 ':J i i 1 1
count, can we count on you, 0 say, can we count on you ?
can we count, on you
-A— A.-
V >-
i — \-
~J — 5 — I (-
•|£j-i-
i
Copyright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
283
Beautiful Place.
J. A. L.
J. A. Lee.
:fc
-N-r
■■-f^— i N-i
-♦I— »^-H^*-^-^-4^— — « — m—A
1. Beau - ti - ful man-sion, 0 so fair, Where Je-sus has gone, yes, to pre-pare;
2. Beau - ti - ful riv - er, shin-ing shore, Wbere millions of saved are crossing o'er;
3. Beau- ti- ful day! it now has dawned. The one we have waited for so long;
-J^ -Ar- -At -At- "A" "At- !*«•
-I — -i — -j^:. -( — H — H — ^1 ^ ^ ^
I* — Ik — ^ — I 1 r fct: — »>=z:t: — ! r*-^lfc; — z ^-"^-^—r (* ^ ^-
t=?::
1~— « — ••-
-^-
-^~-
:=1:
tP-[?-^--
-♦ — ^-
Chil-dren of God are gath'ring there With nev - er a bur-den or a care.
There we shall meet those gone before, And nev-er, no, nev-er part no more.
There we shall sing the new, new song, And be ev - er-more a - raid the throng.
-^ .^- -j^ ^ -^. .j^ ^
r-
:iilzJ--*=:!E:
9'
Beau - ti
Beau - ti - ful place,
■A' -A- -A- -A^ .
-^-^
i • • >
ful, beau - ti - ful place, Where shall
0 beau - ti - ful place,
^tr8-U-
_fs_(x:
:Sz=C
jA- -A- -A- -A-
■y=2^
^^l^-* — ,♦— ♦ — - — t— I — K— -♦ — ♦— ♦■t-;:t-i
end.... life's wea-ry race;.... Then we shall see Him face to
Where shall end, shall end life's weary race;
There we shall see, shall see Him
fct
:tr=y:
--S^
-fe-i*
*J^
fe^-^
-fc^b'— bi— I-
N— ^-^r^-.-
-^— ^
:^e=^
:;^=--^
r
.+•..
iS
'"''r
face And we shall sing re-deem-ing grace
face to face, And we shall sing re-deem-ing grace, redeeming grace.
9ig=^^£^^=^A^_
-I — ^— h
Ijl 'J 'J-
-t^
tlZI^
Cop^rright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
T
284
J. A. L.
Walking in the Light.
L. R. G.
-♦I- -^- -♦<- -♦- -V- -♦- -♦■
1. I am walk-ing in the light, to that country fair and bright, Where the
2. I will sure - ly win the race, for I'm saved by His free grace, And I'll
3. All my toil will soon be o'er, and I'll go to that bright shore, Where our
fe£
S
Ei3E
Ha:
-m — ■-' ■» — L^ 411 ^ ^ ^.
saints of all the a - ges go (a-ges go); When I reach that hap-py place,
be with Je-sus o - ver there (over there); There I'll rest for ev - er-more
friends and many loved ones wait (loved ones wait) ; In that land there is no night,
'^K\>1' f. *.
SeEeS
SE£
fr^s^ — b*-
■^ — A .^ A
A^La:
u -J
'J I
I
■•;^ ^i -"-^ — ^— ^— ^
I shall look up - on His face, And 111 praise Him ev - er-more I know,
with the loved ones gone be-fore. And I'll nev - er have a wait or care,
all things there are pure and bright, When we en-ter thro' the pearl - y gate.
I am walk - ing in the light, ... To that coun - try fair and bright,
I am walking in the light, in the light, To that country fair and bright, fair and bright
Where the saints of a-ges go, ... . Where our loved ones we shall know.
Where the saints of ages go, ages so, Where onr loved, where onr loved ones we shall know, we shall know
§5^^^^
Oapyiicht, 1903. \ji.h.lm.
t-. — t-^ — H ^ : J I J i i *—
1 — s/-jM^
P
285
Gather Them In.
" He shall gather the lambs with his arm.''— Isa. 40 : 11.
Words arr. and 4th verse by Chas. Edw. Pollock. Chas. Edw. Pollock.
, R»rn«stly. \ S S
1 1 1 r^ 1 1 1
;=:{:-q-q-qz:^^4:J^J^
y^ >
1. In from the highways and byways of sin, In from the storm and cold,
2. Bring them to Je-sus from pal-ace and cot, And from the lane and street;
3. Gath-er them in, jewels bright for His crown, Gath-er them in to - day;
4. Chil-dren of Je - sus the work is for you. Will you the call o - bey ?
•r-f-
_ U > L'
1 — 1^ — S — K— j — r-if:[z::r-=i;=
-v' TH — 1-- — I 1 — — i— ♦ — f^* — m-
Gath-er the lambs that are go - ing a-stray In - to the Shepherd's fold.
Ten - der - ly He will re - ceive them all, Guiding their wayward feet.
Gath-er the rich and the poor just the same. Show them the narrow way.
Will you go glad - ly the work to per-form, Sav-ing the lambs a - stray ?
z^bc^l — J
Gath-er them in from the by-ways of sin,
-^ — I — y--\ — 5—5 — ^ — ^ — L^_^__i^
In from the storm and, cold;
Copyright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
I Shall Some Day Cross the River.
J. A. Lee.
m
:=^
shall some day cross the riv - er Where the loved ones watch and wait;
then come my dear Re-deem-er, Come and claim me as Thine own;
shall up there meet the loved ones. And shall see them face to face;
shall walk the streets in heav-en. With the saved from ev - 'ry land;
t:
— ^s--
H*- • .^. • H*.
*^aL.
Copyright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
r
-y-
t:
-ft- -1*-
t:
-y — y-
m^
I Shall Some Day Cross. Concluded.
S.
N-
:=T
J^^--
-A^-
-4
1=
A =^V
i :j^-r:3 »< r~m N — "^ 1 ■
r-
There to be with Christ for - ev - er, Safe with - in the pearl- y gate:
Look up - on me in much fav - or, When Thou sit - test on Thy throne.
He my soul 1 know will wel-come, When I've run my earth - ly race.
Who by Christ have been for - giv - en, There they praise the bless - ed Lamb.
D. S. There I'll see the dear Life Giv - er, (Seat
CHURL'S. ». ». .
I
ed on the great white throne
~^ r
Yes, I'll some day cross that riv - er. Where no troub - le e'er is known.
1287
I'll Love Him Till I Die.
J. A. L.
J. A. Lee.
^5^-=
». I — K — s ^-
L The Lord sup - plies my dai - ly need, I'll love Him till
2. The Lord's so good and kind to me, I'll love Him till
3. I want to work for His cause to-day, And love Him till
4. He saves me now by His free grace, I'll love Him till
* ^ k. 3^r-i« 1* fct— -^s^ r I*--
I die;
I die;
die;
die;
r- f-j -; ^- k> i- 1 |____U;^_!. 1
On what He sends I'll dai - ly feed, I'll love Him till I die.
I want His faith - ful fol-l'wer to be. And love Him till I die.
I want Him with me long the way, And love Him till I die.
In heav'n above I shall see His face. And praise Him there on high.
-I* !* <*^ s — ri* !* ^^ s — r|*-
D. S. He
so good and kind to me, I'll love Him
:fe: — N— I — s— a>i-v— aJ:
die. [
n. a.
g^g
9iife
I'll love Him till
?^ :a^ -■-: -m-
=>:l2zy=J
-i^-
-^-
die,
-A- ,
I'll
t
—A —
love Him till I
I* •..
=1=
die;
M
Cojiyright, 1903, by J. A. Lee.
No. 287'/^.
Homeward Bound.
J. A. Lee
C. J. Gilbert.
1. I feel that I am homeward lumnd, Where many loved ones watch and wait,
2. 0 yes, I know I'm homeward bound, Where I'll for - ev-er praise and rest;
3. I know that I am homeward liouiid, Where I shall walk the gold-en street;
4. I'm homeward bound, yes, tionieward bound, To loved ones who've gone on be - fore;
.A. • A -A
91:
There 1 11 re-ceive a shin-ing crown When I have passed the pearly gate.
With ev - 'ry bur-den there laid down, I'll be with all the pure and blest.
Yes, there with Christ I shall be found. Where we shall hold commun-ion sweet.
Whom, while on earth the Saviour found, But now they're on the oth - er shore.
-A- • -A A- _ . _
m^
-y — /:-->— y ^ i-i
.t:=t==t=;t:
-^— ^— *-
±::
ill
Home-ward bound, yes, home - ward bound, I know, Where the
Homeward bound.
-^-=5?:
-^ 1-
— -j 1— y— p^i
z^tizzw-
■^ i. i^ > > / i, ^
saints are robed as white as snow; There we 11 rest from
for -ev-er we'll rest
all our earth - ly cares, When we meet our Sav - iour 0 - ver there.
m^=^^
-yk---A-
Copyright, 1903, hy J. A. Lee.
_^-
I
:t:=t=:;
U' U J
:t^=
288 Favor. 7s & 6s.
1 Oh, when shall I see Jesus,
And reigu with Him above !
And drink the flowing fountain,
Of everlasting love,
And with my blessed Jesus,
Drink endless plearsures in,
When shall I be delivered
From this vain world of sin.
2 But now I am a soldier,
My Captain's gone before,
He's given me my orders,
And teWs me not to fear ;
And if I hold out faithful
A crown of life He'll give.
And all His valiant soldiers
Eternal life shall have.
3 Through grace I am determined
To conquer though I die.
And then away to Jesus
On wings of love I'll fly;
Farewell to sin and sorrow,
I bid them both adieu ;
And you, my friends, prove faithful,
And on your way pursue.
4 And if you meet with troubles
And trials on the way,
Then cast your care on Jeaus,
And don't forget to pray ;
Gird on the heavenly armor '
Of faith, and hope, and love,
An(l when your v,'arfare is ended
You'll reign with Him above.
5 Oh ! do not be discouraged.
For Jesus is your friend.
And if you lack for knowledge
On Him you may depend ;
Keither will He upbraid you,
Tliough often you request ;
He'll give you grace to conquer,
And take you home to rest.
289 The Half Has Never
Been Told.
1 I know I love Thee better. Lord,
Than any earthly joy,
For Thou hast given me the peace
Which nothing can destroy.
Refrain.
The half has never yet been told,
O love so full and free,
The half has never yet been told.
The blood — it cleanseth xne.
2 I know t'hat Thou art nearer still
Than any earthly throng,
And sweeter is the thought of Thee
Than any lovely soug.
3 Thou has put gladness in my heart ,
Then viell may i be glad !
Without the secret of Thy love
I could uot but be sad.
4 O Saviour, precious Saviour, mine !
What will Thy presence be
If such a lite of joy can crown
Our walk on earth with Thee?
290 More Love to Thee.
1 More love to Thee, 0 Christ !
]\Ioie love to Thee !
Hear Thou the prayer I make
On bended knee ;
This is my earnest plea, —
More love, O Christ ! to Thee,
More love, O Christ ! to Thee,
^lore love to Thee !
2 Once earthly joy I craved,
Sought peace and rest;
Fow Thee alone I seek.
Give what is best;
This all mv prayer shall be, —
:More love,"0 Christ! to Thee,
More love, O Christ! to Thee,
More love to Thee!
3 Let sorrow do its work,
Send grief and pain ;
Sweet are Thy messengers,
Sweet their refrain.
When thev can sing with me,
3Iore lovej O Christ ! to Thee,
More love, O Christ ! to Thee,
:More love to Thee!
291 Roil the Sea Away.
1 W^hen Israel out of bondage came,
A sea before them lay.
The Lord reached down His mighty haud
And rolled the sea away.
Chorus.
Then forward still, 'tis Jehovah's will
Tho' the billows dash and spray,
With a fionquering tread we will push ahead.
He'll roll the sea away. — Cho.
2 Before me was a sea of sin,
So great I feared to pray.
My heart's desire the Saviour read
And rolled the sea away. — Cho.
3 When sorrows dark !ike stormy waves
Were dashing o'er my way,
A gain the Lord in mercy came
And rolled the sea away. — Cho.
4 And when I reach the sea ol death
For needed grace I'll pray,
I know the Lord will quickly come
Aad roll the sea away.»— C/io.
292 Farewell.
1 Shed not a tear o'er your friend's early bier,
When I am gone, when I am gone,
Smile, if the slow tolling bell you shall hear,
\Ylien I am gone, I am gone.
Weep not for me when you stand by my grave.
Think of the crowns all the ransomed shall
have,
Think who has died His beloved to save.
When I am gone, I am gone.
2 Plant ye a tree which may wave over me,
When I am gone, wheu I am gone ;
Bingye a song when my grave ye shall see,
When I am gone, I am gone.
Come at the close of a bright summer day,
Come wheu the sun sheds its last ling'ring ray.
Come and rejoice that I thus passed away,
When I am gone, I am gone.
3 Plant ye arose that may bloom o'er my bed,
When I am gone, when I am gone ;
Breathe not a sigh for the blest early dead.
When I am gone, I am gone :
Praise ye the Lord that I'm freed from all care.
Serve ye the Lord that my bliss ye may share,
Look up on high and believe I am there,
When I am gone, I am gone.
293 Key OF D.
1 He leadeth me ! oh ! blessed thought.
Oh! words with heav'nly comfort fraught ;
Whate'er I do, where'er I be.
Still 'tis God's hand that leadeth me.
Ref.— He leadeth me ! He leadeth me !
By His own hand He leadeth me ;
His faithful follower I would be.
For by His hand He leadeth me.
2 Sometimes 'mid scenes of deepest gloom,
Sometimes where Eden's bowers bloom.
By waters still, o'er troubled sea.
Still 'tis His hand that leadeth me.
3 Lord, I woiild clasp Thy hand in mine.
Nor ever murmur nor repine —
Content, whatever lot I see-
Since 'tis my God that leadeth me.
4 And when my task on earth is done.
When, by Thy grace the victory's won.
E'en death's cold wave I will not flee,
Since God through Jordan leadeth me.
294
Key of G.
1 Come we that love the Lord,
And let our joys be known ;
Join in a soug with sweet accord,
Aud thus surround the throne.
Chorus.
We're marching to Zion,
Beautiful, beautiful Zion,
We're marching upward to Zion,
The beautiful city of God.
2 Let those refuse to sing
Who never knew our God ;
But children of the heavenly King
May speak their joys abroad.
3 Then let our songs abound.
And every tear be dry :
We're marching through Immanuel's ground
To fairer worlds on high.
295 There is a Name I
Love to Hear.
1 There is a name I love to hear,
I love to speak its worth ;
It sounds like music in mine ear —
The sweetest name on earth.
2 It tells me of a Savior's love.
Who died to set me free ;
It tells me of His precious blood.
The sinner's perfect plea.
3 Jesus ! the name I love so well,
The name I love to hear !
No saint on earth its worth can tell,
No heart conceive how dear.
i This name shall shed its fragrance still
Along this thorny road ;
Shall sweetly smooth the rugged hill
That leads me up to God.
296 The Old Church
Yard.
1 Ob come, come with me to the old church
yard,
1 well know the path through the soft green
sward ;
Friends slumber there, we were want to
regard.
We'll trace out their name in the old church
yard ;
Oh mourn not for them, their grief is o'er.
Weep not for them, they weep no more.
For deep is their sleep, though cold and hard
Their pillow may be m the old church yard.
2 I know it seems vain when friends depart,
To breathe kind words to the broken heart ;
I know that the joys of life seem marred.
When we follow our friends to the old church
yard ;
But were I at rest beneath yon tree,
Why should you weep, dear friends, for me?
I'm wajnvorii and sad. oh why then retard
The rest that I seek in the old ehurch yard.
3 "Our friends linger there in the sweetest
repose,
Released from the world's sad bereavements
and woes :
Asid who veould not rest with the friends
they regard.
In quietude sweet, in the old church yard ?
We'll rest in the hope of that bright day.
When beauty shall spring from the prison
of clay,"
When Gabriel's voice, and the trump of the
Lord,
Shall awaken the dead in the old church
yard."
4 " Oh ! weep not for me, I am auxious to go
To that haven of rest wnere tears never flow ;
I fear uot to answer that dark lonelv ward :
For soon shall I rise from the old church
yard :
Yes, soon shall I join that heavenly band
Of glorified souls at my Saviour's right hand ;
Forever to dwell in "bright mansions, pre-
pared
For the saints, who shall rise from the old
church yard."
297
C. M.
1 Come, humble sinner, in whose breast.
A thousand thoughts revolve, —
Come, with your eruilt and fear opprest,
And make this last resolve :
2 I'll go to Jesus, though my sin
Hath like a mountain rose;
His kingdom I will enter in,
Whatever may oppose ;
3 Prostrate I'll lie before His throne,
And there my guilt confess ;
I'll tell Him I'm a wretch undone,
Without His sovereign grace :
4 The Saviour will admit ray plea,
For He has bid me come ;
Forthwith I'll rise and to Him flee,
For yet, He says, " there's room."
5 I cannot perish if I go,
I am resolved to try :
For if I stay away, I know
I must forever "die.
298
Key op A-Flat.
1 Take the name of Jesus with you,
Child of sorrow aud of woe ;
It will joy and comfort give you.
Take it, then, where'er you go.
CHOKue.
Precious name, O how sweet,
Hope of earth, and joy of heaven ;
Precious name, O how sweet,
Hope of earth and joy of heaven.
2 Take the name of Jesus ever
As a shield for every suare ;
If temptations round you gather,
Breathe that holy name in prayer.
C Oh ! the precious name of Jesus ;
How it thrills our souls with joy,
When His loving arms receive us,
And His songs our tongues employ.
1 At the name of Jesus bowing.
Falling prostrate at His feet,
King o* kings in heav'u we'll crown Him,
When our journey is complete.
—Mrs. Lydia Baxter.
299 Forget Him Not.
1 O thou, my soul, forget no more
The Friend who all thy sorrows bore.
Let every idol be forgot,
But O, my soul, forget Him not.
2 Renounce thy works and ways, with grief,
And dy to this divine relief ;
Nor Him forget, who left His throne,
And for thy life gave up His own.
3 Eternal truth and beauty shine
In Him, and He Himself is thine:
And canst thou, then, with sin beset;
Such charms, such matchless charms forget ?
4 O no : till life itself depart.
His name shall cheer and warm my heart ;
And, lisping thisjfrom earth I'll rise.
And join the chorus of the ski,es.
' Krishnoo Pal. 1801.
2V. by Rev. Joshua Marshman. (1767—1837.) 1801.
300 Faith in Christ Our
Sacrifice.
1 Not all the blood of beasts
On Jewish altars slain,
Could give the guilty conscience peac«,
Or wash away the stain.
2 But Christ, the heavenly Lamb,
Takes all our sins away ;
A sacrifice of nf)bler name,
And richer blood, than they.
3 My faith would lay her hand
On that dear head of Thine,
While like a penitent I stand.
And there confess my sin.
4 My soul looks back to see
The burdens Thou didst bear,
When hanging on the curs6d tree,
And hopes her guilt was there.
5 Believing we rejoice
To see the curse remove,
We bless the Lamb with cheerful voice,
And sing His bleeding love.
Rev. Isaac Watts. (1674—1748.) 1709.
3ol A Charge to Keep
I Have.
1 A charge to keep I have,
A God to glorify ;
A never-dying soul to save,
And fit it for the sky.
2 To serve the present age, ,.
My calling to fulfill,—
Oh, may it all my powers engage
To do my Master's will.
3 Arm me with jealous care.
As in thy sight to live ;
And oh, thy servant. Lord, prepare,
A strict account to give.
4 Help me to watch and pray.
And on thyself rely,
Assured, if I my trust betray,
I shall forever die.
302 I Love Thy King-
dom, Lord.
Tune— Dennis, s. M.
1 I love Thy kingdom, Lord-
The house of Thine abode,
The church our blest Redeemer saved
With His own precious blood.
2 I love Thy church, O God !
Her walls before Thee stand.
Dear as the apple of Thine eye,
Aud graven on Thy hand.
3 For her my tears shall fall.
For her my prayers ascend ;
To her my cares and toils be given,
Till toils and cares shall end.
4 Beyond my highest joy
I prize her heavenly ways,
Iler sweet communion, solemn vowi^
Uer hymns of love and praise.
5 Jesus, Thou Friend divine,
Our Savior and our King,
Thy hand from every snare and foe
Shall great deliverance bring.
—DwigttU
303 Courage. -
1 Oh, do not be discouraged.
For Josiis is your FrK'ud !
Oh, do not be discouraged.
For Jesus is your Friend !
He will give you grace to conquer,
He will give you grace to conquer,
And keep you to the end.
Chorus.
I am glad I'm in this army.
Yes, I'm glad I'm in thi.s army,
Yes, I'm glad Fm in this army.
And I'll battle for the school.
2 Fight on, ye little soldiers.
The liiiltie you shall win ;
Fight on, ye little soldiers.
The battle you shall win ;
For the Saviour is your Captain,
For the Saviour is your Captain,
And He has vanquished siu.
3 And when the conflct's over,
Befi)re Him yon shall stand;
And when the conflict's over.
Before Him you shall stand ;
You shall slug His praise forever,
You shall sing His praise forever,
In Canaan's happy land.
304 I Left it All With.
1 I left it all with Jesus,
Long ago ;
All my sins I brought Him,
And my woe.
When by faith I saw Him
On the tree.
Heard His small, still w'hisper,
" 'Tis lor thee,"
II: From my heart the burden:!
|i:Rolled away— Happy Day! :||
■2 I leave it all with Jesus,
For He knows
How to steal the bitter
From life's woes ;
How to gild the tear-drop
With His smile.
Make the desert garden
Bloom awhile:
|l:When niv weakness leaneth :!
||:0n His might— All seems light. :ll
3 I leave it all with Jesus
Day by day :
Faith can firmly trn.st Him
Come what may,
Hope has dropped her anchor,
Found her rest
In the calm, sure haven
Of His breast :
P :IjOve esteems it heaven: ||
|[:To abide— At His side.:||
4 Oh, leave it all with Jesus,
Drooping soul !
Tell not half the story,
But the whole.
Worlds on worlds are hanging
On His hand.
Life and death are waiting
His command ;
II :Y'et His tender bosom :il
II -.Makes thee room— Oh, come hom.el :|1
305 O How Happy.
1 O how happy are they
Who the Saviour obey.
And whose treasures are laid up above,
Tongrecan never express
Ihat aweet comfort and peace
0! a soul in its earliest love.
2 That .sweet comfort ■was mine,
When the favor divine
I first found in the blood of the Lamb;
When by faith I believed,
0 what joy I received !
What a heaven in Jesus' sweet name !
3 'Twas a heaven below,
My Redeemer to know ;
And the angels could do nothing more
Than to fall at His feet,
And the story repeat,
And the Lover of .sinners adore.
•1 Jesus, all the day long,
Was my Joy and my song ;
O that all His salvation might see !
" He hath loved me," I cried,
"He hath sufl'ered and died
To redeem such a rebel as me."
5 O the rapturous height
Of that holy delight
Whicli I felt in the life-giving blood !
Of my Saviour possessed,
1 was perfectly blest.
As if tilled with the fullness of God.
306 Pass Me Not.
1 Pass me not, O gentle Saviour,
Hear my humble cry :
While on "others Thou art smiling.
Do not pass me by.
Chorus.
Saviour, Saviour, hear my humble cry.
While on others Thou art calling.
Do not pass me by.
2 Let me at a throne of mercy
Find a sweet relief :
Kneeling there in deep contrition,
Help my unbelief.
3 Trusting onlv in Thv merit,
Would I seek Thy face;
Heal my wounded, broken spirit.
Save me by Thy grace.
i Thou, the spring of all my comfort.
More than life to me ;
Whom have I on earth beside Thee'?
Whom in heaven but Thee':'
307 The Ninety and Nine
1 There were ninety and nine that safely lay
In the shelter of the fold.
But one was out on the hills away,
Far off from the gates of gold—
Away on the mountains wild and bare,
II : Away from the tender Shepherd's care.:||
2 " Lord Thou hast here Thy ninety and nine;
Are they not enough for Thee ? "
But the Shepherd made answer: "Thisof mine
Has vjraudered away from me ;
And although the road be rough and steep,
|i:I go to the desert to find my sheep.": ||
'^ But none of the ransomed ever knew
How deep were the waters crossed ;
Nor how dark was the mght that the Lord
passed through.
Ere He found His sheep that was lost ;
Out in the desert He heard its cry—
|;:'Twas helpless and sick, and ready to dii'. :|1
4 And all thro' theniountains, thunder-riven.
And up from the rocky steep.
There rose a cry to the gate of heaven,
" Rejoice! 1 have found my sheep ! "
And the angels echoed around the throne.
II:' Rejoice, for the Lord brings, back His
own.": 11
INDKX.
No.
A Charge to Keep 301
After This, Home 22
A H u ndred Years to Come 129
Alas, and did My Saviour Bleed 200
A Little Talk with Jesus 213
All tor Jesus 57
All Hail the Power 165
All to Christ I Owe 106
Amazing Grace 135
Am I a Soldier of the Cross Ill
Anywhere with Jesus 7
A Place in the Ranks for Me 102
Are You in the Lord Abiding 250
Are You Ready 68
As Doves to Their Windows 124
A Shelter in the Time of Storm 118
Asleep in Jesus 184
As Shadows Cast 208
A Visit to the Cross 155
At the Cross 200
Beautiful 285
Beautiful Beckoning Hands 140
Beautiful Place 283
Beautiful Robes 16
Beholding the Cross 258
Blessed Assurance 18
Blest be the Tie that Binds 188
Bringing in the Sheaves. 217
By the Side of the Deep Rolling River. . . 5
Calling Me Over the Tide 100
Can We Count On You ? 282
Cheerful Giving 39
Child of the King 9
Christ is Precious 164
Church of God, Awake 207
Cling to the Bible, My Boy 114
Come and be Blest 11
Come Kvery Soul by Sin Oppressed 146
Come, Holy Spirit 136
Come, Humble Sinner 297
Come, Thou Almighty King 108
Come, Thou Fount 143
Come to Jesus 32
Come to Jesns Just Now 148
Come, We that Love the Lord 294
Come, Ye Sinners, Poor and Needy 159
Crown Him 37
Courage 303
Deal Gently, Lord, With Me 245
Death is Only a Dream 180
Deliverence Will Come 195
Diamonds in the Rough 145
Did Christ Oer Sinners Weep 166
Do Good 260
Down at the Cross 224
Down in the Licensed Saloon 243
Doxology 60
Ere You Left Your Room This Morning.153
Faithful, Ever Faithful 246
Faith in Christ, Our Sacrifice 300
Faith in Jesus 274
Farewell 292
Farewell, My Dear Brethren 292
Favor 288
Flitting Away 208
Floating Across 244
Forget Him Not 299
Frederick 212
P'rom Greenland's Icy Mountains 158
Gathering Home 92
Gather Them In 285
Glory to His Name 224
God be with You 62
God Held Out His Hand 28
Golden Harps 85
Hallelujah, Amen 17
Happy Day 119
Hear the Saviour Gently Calling 231
Heaven V/ill Be the Bes't of All 6
He Leadeth Me 2'1:?
He Never Turned Sinners Away 5.5
He Rolled the Sea Away '280
H'"ie ,. , . 1 2871^
Nx).
He Will Know Me 238
Higher Ground 280
Holy Spirit, Faithful Guide 144
How F'lrm a F'oundation 121
How Often in Life's Journey 70
How Sweet the Name of Jesus •i;53
How Tedious and Tasteless 227
I Am Coming to the Cross 120
I Am Dwelling on the Mountain 218
I Am Resolved 87
I Am Resting in the Saviour's Love 10
. I Am Trusting, Lord, in Thee 120
I Can, I Will, I Do Believe 76
If the Saviour Journey With Me 20
I Gave My Life for Thee 264
I Have a Father in the Promised I^and.. .270
I Know I Love Thee 278
I Know My Redeemer Lives 214
I'll Be With My Saviour 266
I'll Go Where He Wants Me to Go 33
I Left It All With Jesus Long Ago 304
111 Live for Him .58
I'll Soon Be Crossing the Stream 252
I Love to Scatter Sunshine 84
I Love Thy Kingdom, Lord 302
I Love to Tell the Story 77
I Love Him Till I Die 287
I'm Going Home 30
I Need Thee Every Hour 98
In My Father's Dwelling 115
In the Christian's Home in Glor}^ 271
In the Cross of Christ I Glory 161
In the Land Beyond the River 261
In Touch with Jesus 222
I Must Tell Jesus 240
I Shall be no Stranger There '221
I Shall Some Day Cross the River 286
Is My Name Written There 190
It Makes a Heaven Down Here Below. . .'256
I've Had a Talk With Jesus 130
I Want to be a Worker 259
I Will Arise and Go to Jesus 169
I Will Follow Jesus 61
I Would Not Live Always 311
I Would Toil in the Field 18o
Jesusalem, My Happy Home 109
Jesus, I Come to Thee 204
Jesus, I My Cross Have Taken 272
Tesus is Passing this Way 49
Jesus, Knocks at Thy Heart 67
Jesus, Lover of My Soul 131
Jesus, My Dord, to Thee I Cry 268
Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me 167
Jesus Will Be There 48
Joy Among the Angels 169
Joy to the World 172
Just a Little Sunshine 257
Just As I Am 156
Just Over the River 88
Kneeling at the Threshold 83
Land Ahead 242
Land of the Morning 258
Lead, Kindly Light 185
Leaning on the Everlasting Arms 42
Let Us Pass Over the River 194
Life's Railway to Heaven 179
Lily of the Valley 141
Little Feet, Be Careful 59
Live for Jesus 1
Loving Each Other 101
Majestic Sweetness 160
Make Some Other Heart Rejoice 63
Meet Me There 41
More About Jesus 82
More Like Thee 81
More Love to Thee 290
Must Jesus Bear the Cross Alone 198
My Country, 'Tis of Thee 189
My Days Are Gliding 273
My Faith Looks Up to Thee 163
My F'ather is Rich 9
My Hope is Built on Nothing Less 232
INDEX.
No.
My Jesus, I Love Thee 263
My Mother's Bible 241
My Mother's Prayer 29
My Savior, as Thou Wilt 2B9
My Savior, Face to Face 8
My Savior First of All 14
Nearer, Mv God, to Thee 276
Nearer the' Cross 183
Never Alone 78
No, Not One 236
Not All the Blood of Beasts 300
Nothing But the Blood 275
O Come to the Fountain of Life 262
Oh, Come Unto Jesus 52
Oh, City of the Jasper Wall 187
Oh, Do Not Be Discouraged 303
Oh, For a Closer Walk 138
Oh, For a Faith 137
O How Happy Are They 305
O How I Love Jesus 139
Oh, Sound the Jubilee 50
Oh, Think of the Home Over There 191
Oh Thou, My Soul, Forget No More 299
Old-Time Religion 197
On Christ, the Solid Rock 232
One of These Days 248
On Jordan's Stormy Banks 201
Only Trusting 146
Onward, Christian Soldiers 51
Open Wide the Door 86
O, Tell of the Savior 249
Our Lord Gave His Life 186
Our Race Will Soon Be Run 229
Over Jordan We Shall Meet 31
Over the River the Crystal Stream 192
O, When Shall I See Jesus 277
Pass It On 182
Pass Me Not 306
Precious Promise 105
Redeemed 73
Remember Mother's Prayers 97
Repeat the Sweet Story 103
Repent To day 278
Rescue the Perishing 147
Rest in the Valley 34
Riches of Grace 133
Rock of Ages (New) 24
Rock of Ages 107
Roll the Sea Away 291
Safe Within the Vale 242
Saved For Evermore 66
Savior, Lead Me A . . . 46
Savior, Take Me 21
Seeds of Promise 38
Seeking the Lost 279
Send the Light 2
Shall We Gather at the River 123
Shed Not a Tear 292
Showers of Blessing 91
Show Pity, Lord 25
Sinners, Turn, Why Will Ye Die 127
Softly and Tenderly 151
Soldiers of Christ 226
Some Day, Some Time 206
Some Sweet Day 216
Some Sweet Morn 36
Standing by the Cross ._ 209
Standing on the Promises. . . ." 61^
Stand Up for Jesus 177
Star of Hope 220
Step Out On the Promises 90
Stepping in the Light 45
Sunshine in My Soul 80
Sweet By and By 239
Sweet Hour of Prayer 162
Sweet Over There 251
Take Me As I Am 268
Take My Life and Let It Be 175
Take the Name of Jesus 298
Tell It To-day 116
Tell It to Jesus Alone 149
Tell Mother I'll Be There 99
That Beautiful Dream 150
The Child of a King 9
No.
The Comforter Has Come , 44
The Cross 12
The Face at Heaven's Gate 154
The Gate Ajar 69
The Golden Stair 174
The Great Judgment Morning 89
The Great Physician 117
The Half Has Never Been Told 289
The Haven of Rest 178
The Hollow of God's Hand 19
The Kingdom of the Lord 4
The Life-Boat 126
The Lily of the Valley 141
The Morning Light Is Breaking 176
The Old and the New Home 75
The Old Church Yard 296
The Old Musician and His Harp 47
The Old Ship of Zion 170
There Are Lonely Hearts to Cherish 225
There Is a Fountain Filled With 132
There is a Home in Heaven 254
There is a Name I Love to Hear '2yo
There is an Hour of Hallowed Peace 112
There is Sunshine in My Soul. 80
There's a Great Day Coming 53
There's a Land that is Fairer than Day. .239
There Were Ninety and Nine 307
The Rock That is Higher Than 1 43
The Savior is Coming : . . . . 71
The Savior is With Me 247
These are They 65
The Sheltering Rock 196
The Sinner and the Song 72
The Song That Rings Around The 74
The Story That Never Grows Old 255
The Water of Life 27
The Way of the Cross 110
The Welcome That's Waiting 203
The White Pilgrim 230
The Unclouded Day 205
Thou Thinkest, Lord, of Me 23
Tho' Your Sins be as Scarlet 267
Through the Blood 64
'Tis Religion That Can Give 171
Triumph By and By 237
Triumphs of Our God 277
Trust and Obey..' 35
Turned Away from the Beautiful 54
Waiting for Thee 40
Wait on the Lord 157
Walking and Talking With Jesus 113
Walking in His Footsteps 79
Walk in the Light 94
Walking in the Light 284
We are Gliding Along 11
We are Running the Race 168
We are Traveling Home 219
We'll Be There 128
We'll Never Say Good-by in 9b%
We'll Work Till Jesus Comes 265
We Shall Lay the Armor Down 281
We Praise Thee, Oh God 181
We Wait His Coming 202
What a Friend We Have in Jesus 104
What a Wonderful Savior 56
What Shall We Do in Heaven 95
When I Can Read My Title Clear 142
When I Get to the End 234
When I Think They Crucified My 134
When Our Work is Ended 194
When the Peariy Gates Unfold 199
When the Roll is Called 193
When the Saints are Marching in 96
When the Waiting Time is Over 152
Whiter than Snow 93
Why Should Mortals Doubt and 122
Why Will Ye Say To-morrow 26
Will the Gates of Heaven Be Open 223
Will There Be Any Stars 215
Wonderful Peace 3
Wonderful Story of Love 210
Workers at Home 15
Work for the Night is Coming 173
^^
V-'
Vf:
^ SHGET MUSIC ■S
OF HIGH GRADE. FOUR VERY ATTRACTIVE PIECES.
\. Mother, I Leave You,
2. Our Darling,
.; 3. The Old Homestead,
\ 4. Christ Changes Never,
40c.
40c.
40c.
40c.
SPECIAL OFFER.
'> All four of the above songfs combined will be sent for 50 cents.
. Address all orders to J. A. LEE, Glencoe, Ky.
PRICE LIST OF •♦ LASTING HYMNS."
BINDING.
Board,
Muslin,
Manilla,
Single
Copy.
$0 35
25
■20
Dozen.
$3 60
3 00
2 45
By p;xpre98.
-^ V
$3 00
2 50
2 20
Hundred
$25 00
18 00
15 00
Lots of 5C
or trore
$0 25
18
15
Be careful to specify which binding you want ; also, whether round or
shaped notes. Unless otherwise ordered, we will send round notes.
AODRBSS ALL ORDERS TO
JOHN A. LEE
7921 St. Charles Avenue, 419 Elm Street.,
NEVS^ ORLEANS, LA. CINCINNATI, OH'O.
QLENCOE, KY.
N. B.— Send P. O order or registei^d letter, which is s&fe.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11